Index
A
- AdminRootController — Class in namespace
- AfterCallAspect — Class in namespace
- An AfterCallAspect is run after a method is executed
- AfterCallAspect::afterCall() — Method in class AfterCallAspect
- Call this aspect after a method is executed
- Aggregate — Class in namespace
- Calculate an Aggregate on a particular field of a particular DataObject type (possibly with an additional filter before the aggregate)
- Aggregate_Relationship — Class in namespace
- A subclass of Aggregate that calculates aggregates for the result of a has_many query.
- AopProxyService — Class in namespace
- A class that proxies another, allowing various functionality to be injected.
- $AopProxyService — Property in class AopProxyService
- ArrayData — Class in namespace
- Lets you wrap a bunch of array data, or object members, into a {@link ViewableData} object.
- ArrayData::array_to_object() — Method in class ArrayData
- Converts an associative array to a simple object
- ArrayLib — Class in namespace
- Library of static methods for manipulating arrays.
- ArrayLib::array_values_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib
- ArrayLib::array_map_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib
- Similar to array_map, but recurses when arrays are encountered.
- ArrayLib::array_merge_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib
- Recursively merges two or more arrays.
- ArrayList — Class in namespace
- A list object that wraps around an array of objects or arrays.
- ArrayList::add() — Method in class ArrayList
- Add this $item into this list
- AssetAdmin — Class in namespace
- AssetAdmin is the 'file store' section of the CMS.
- AssetAdmin::addfolder() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- AssetAdmin::AddForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- AssetAdmin_DeleteBatchAction — Class in namespace
- Delete multiple {@link Folder} records (and the associated filesystem nodes).
- Authenticator — Class in namespace
- Abstract base class for an authentication method
- Authenticator::authenticate() — Method in class Authenticator
- Method to authenticate an user
- BBCodeParser::autolinkUrls() — Method in class BBCodeParser
- BulkLoader_Result::addCreated() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- BulkLoader_Result::addUpdated() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- BulkLoader_Result::addDeleted() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- CMSBatchAction::applicablePagesHelper() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
- Helper method for applicablePages() methods. Acts as a skeleton implementation.
- CMSBatchAction::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
- Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
- CMSBatchAction_Archive::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Archive
- Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
- CMSBatchAction_Delete::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Delete
- Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
- CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive
- Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
- CMSBatchAction_Publish::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Publish
- Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
- CMSBatchAction_Restore::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Restore
- {see SiteTree::canEdit()}
- CMSBatchAction_Unpublish::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Unpublish
- Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
- CMSMain::archive() — Method in class CMSMain
- Delete this page from both live and stage
- CMSMenu::add_controller() — Method in class CMSMenu
- Add a LeftAndMain controller to the CMS menu.
- CMSMenu::add_link() — Method in class CMSMenu
- Add an arbitrary URL to the CMS menu.
- CMSMenu::add_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu
- Add a navigation item to the main administration menu showing in the top bar.
- CMSPageAddController::AddForm() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
- ClassInfo::allClasses() — Method in class ClassInfo
- Wrapper for classes getter.
- ClassInfo::ancestry() — Method in class ClassInfo
- Returns the passed class name along with all its parent class names in an array, sorted with the root class first.
- CompositeDBField::addToQuery() — Method in class CompositeDBField
- Add all columns which are defined through {@link requireField()} and {@link $composite_db}, or any additional SQL that is required to get to these columns. Will mostly just write to the {@link SQLQuery->select} array.
- Config::anything() — Method in class Config
- Get a marker class instance that is used to do a "remove anything with this key" by adding $key => Config::anything() to the suppress array
- Convert::array2json() — Method in class Convert
- Encode an array as a JSON encoded string.
- DB::affected_rows() — Method in class DB
- Return the number of rows affected by the previous operation.
- DB::affectedRows() — Method in class DB
- DB::alteration_message() — Method in class DB
- Show a message about database alteration
- DBConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class DBConnector
- Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query
- DBField::addToQuery() — Method in class DBField
- Add custom query parameters for this field, mostly SELECT statements for multi-value fields.
- DBField::ATT() — Method in class DBField
- DBSchemaManager::alterationMessage() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Show a message about database alteration
- DBSchemaManager::alterIndex() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Alter an index on a table.
- DBSchemaManager::alterTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Alter a table's schema.
- DataExtension::augmentSQL() — Method in class DataExtension
- Edit the given query object to support queries for this extension
- DataExtension::augmentDatabase() — Method in class DataExtension
- Update the database schema as required by this extension.
- DataExtension::augmentWrite() — Method in class DataExtension
- Augment a write-record request.
- DataList::alterDataQuery() — Method in class DataList
- Return a new DataList instance with the underlying {@link DataQuery} object altered
- DataList::addFilter() — Method in class DataList
- Return a new instance of the list with an added filter
- DataList::avg() — Method in class DataList
- Return the average value of the given field in this DataList
- DataList::addMany() — Method in class DataList
- Add a number of items to the component set.
- DataList::add() — Method in class DataList
- This method are overloaded by HasManyList and ManyMany list to perform more sophisticated list manipulation
- $DataObject — Property in class DataObject
- Provides a list of allowed methods that can be called via RESTful api.
- DataObject::Aggregate() — Method in class DataObject
- DataQuery::avg() — Method in class DataQuery
- Return the average value of the given field in this DataList
- DataQuery::aggregate() — Method in class DataQuery
- Runs a raw aggregate expression. Please handle escaping yourself
- DataQuery::applyRelation() — Method in class DataQuery
- Traverse the relationship fields, and add the table mappings to the query object state. This has to be called in any overloaded {@link SearchFilter->apply()} methods manually.
- DataQuery::addSelectFromTable() — Method in class DataQuery
- Add the given fields from the given table to the select statement.
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry::autodiscover() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
- Detects all _register_database.php files and invokes them
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry::autoconfigure() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
- Detects all _configure_database.php files and invokes them Called by ConfigureFromEnv.php
- DatabaseAdmin::autoBuild() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
- Check if database needs to be built, and build it if it does.
- Date::Ago() — Method in class Date
- Returns the number of seconds/minutes/hours/days or months since the timestamp.
- Director::addRules() — Method in class Director
- Add URL matching rules to the Director.
- Director::absoluteURL() — Method in class Director
- Turns the given URL into an absolute URL.
- Director::absoluteBaseURL() — Method in class Director
- Returns the Absolute URL of the site root.
- Director::absoluteBaseURLWithAuth() — Method in class Director
- Returns the Absolute URL of the site root, embedding the current basic-auth credentials into the URL.
- Email::attachFileFromString() — Method in class Email
- Attach a file based on provided raw data.
- Email::attachFile() — Method in class Email
- Attach the specified file to this email message.
- Email::addCustomHeader() — Method in class Email
- Add a custom header to this email message. Useful for implementing all those cool features that we didn't think of.
- Extension::add_to_class() — Method in class Extension
- Called when this extension is added to a particular class
- FieldList::addFieldToTab() — Method in class FieldList
- Add an extra field to a tab within this FieldList.
- FieldList::addFieldsToTab() — Method in class FieldList
- Add a number of extra fields to a tab within this FieldList.
- File::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class File
- Just an alias function to keep a consistent API with SiteTree
- File::appCategory() — Method in class File
- Returns a category based on the file extension.
- FixtureBlueprint::addCallback() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
- See class documentation.
- Folder::addUploadToFolder() — Method in class Folder
- Take a file uploaded via a POST form, and save it inside this folder.
- Form::addErrorMessage() — Method in class Form
- Add a plain text error message to a field on this form. It will be saved into the session and used the next time this form is displayed.
- Form::Actions() — Method in class Form
- Return the form's action buttons - used by the templates
- Form::addExtraClass() — Method in class Form
- Add a CSS-class to the form-container. If needed, multiple classes can be added by delimiting a string with spaces.
- FormAction::actionName() — Method in class FormAction
- Get the action name
- FormField::addExtraClass() — Method in class FormField
- Add one or more CSS-classes to the FormField container.
- FormField::attrTitle() — Method in class FormField
- Returns a version of a title suitable for insertion into an HTML attribute.
- FormField::attrValue() — Method in class FormField
- Returns a version of a title suitable for insertion into an HTML attribute.
- $FormScaffolder — Property in class FormScaffolder
- FunctionalTest::assertPartialMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.
- FunctionalTest::assertExactMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.
- FunctionalTest::assertPartialHTMLMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.
- FunctionalTest::assertExactHTMLMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.
- GridField::addDataFields() — Method in class GridField
- Add additional calculated data fields to be used on this GridField
- GridFieldConfig::addComponent() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
- GridFieldConfig::addComponents() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
- GridFieldDataColumns::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
- Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.
- GridFieldDeleteAction::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
- Add a column 'Delete'
- GridFieldEditButton::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
- Add a column 'Delete'
- GridFieldViewButton::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
- Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.
- GridField_ColumnProvider::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
- Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.
- GridState::array_to_object() — Method in class GridState
- GridState::attrValue() — Method in class GridState
- Group::AllChildrenIncludingDeleted() — Method in class Group
- Returns all of the children for the CMS Tree.
- HTMLText::AbsoluteLinks() — Method in class HTMLText
- Return the value of the field with relative links converted to absolute urls (with placeholders parsed).
- HTTP::absoluteURLs() — Method in class HTTP
- Turn all relative URLs in the content to absolute URLs
- HTTP::add_cache_headers() — Method in class HTTP
- Add the appropriate caching headers to the response, including If-Modified-Since / 304 handling.
- HTTPCacheControl::applyToResponse() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Generate and add the
Cache-Control
header to a response object - HasManyList::add() — Method in class HasManyList
- Adds the item to this relation.
- Hierarchy::AllChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Return all children, including those 'not in menus'.
- Hierarchy::AllChildrenIncludingDeleted() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Return all children, including those that have been deleted but are still in live.
- Hierarchy::AllHistoricalChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Return all the children that this page had, including pages that were deleted from both stage & live.
- HtmlEditorConfig::addButtonsToLine() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Add buttons to the end of a line
- HtmlEditorField_Embed::appCategory() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
- HtmlEditorField_File::appCategory() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
- Injector::addAutoProperty() — Method in class Injector
- Add an object that should be automatically set on managed objects
- JSTestRunner::all() — Method in class JSTestRunner
- Run all test classes
- LeftAndMain::ApplicationLink() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMainExtension::accessedCMS() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
- LeftAndMainExtension::augmentNewSiteTreeItem() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
- ManifestFileFinder::acceptDir() — Method in class ManifestFileFinder
- ManyManyList::add() — Method in class ManyManyList
- Add an item to this many_many relationship Does so by adding an entry to the joinTable.
- $Member — Property in class Member
- $Member — Property in class Member
- Member::addVisit() — Method in class Member
- Member::autoLogin() — Method in class Member
- Log the user in if the "remember login" cookie is set
- Member::addToGroupByCode() — Method in class Member
- Adds the member to a group. This will create the group if the given group code does not return a valid group object.
- MemberAuthenticator::authenticate() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
- Method to authenticate an user
- Member_GroupSet::add() — Method in class Member_GroupSet
- Add an item to this many_many relationship Does so by adding an entry to the joinTable.
- Money::addToQuery() — Method in class Money
- Add custom query parameters for this field, mostly SELECT statements for multi-value fields.
- MySQLSchemaManager::alterTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Alter a table's schema.
- MySQLSchemaManager::alterField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Change the database type of the given field.
- MySQLSchemaManager::alterIndex() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Alter an index on a table.
- MySQLiConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query
- NestedForm::Actions() — Method in class NestedForm
- NullSecurityToken::addToUrl() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
- Oembed::autodiscover_from_body() — Method in class Oembed
- Given a response body, determine if there is an autodiscover url
- PDOConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query
- Permission::add_to_hidden_permissions() — Method in class Permission
- add a permission represented by the $code to the {@link slef::$hidden_permissions} list
- PolymorphicForeignKey::addToQuery() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
- Add custom query parameters for this field, mostly SELECT statements for multi-value fields.
- PolymorphicHasManyList::add() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList
- Adds the item to this relation.
- RSSFeed_Entry::Author() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
- Get the author of this entry
- RSSFeed_Entry::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
- Get a link to this entry
- RequestHandler::allowedActions() — Method in class RequestHandler
- Get a array of allowed actions defined on this controller, any parent classes or extensions.
- RequiredFields::addRequiredField() — Method in class RequiredFields
- Adds a single required field to required fields stack.
- RequiredFields::appendRequiredFields() — Method in class RequiredFields
- Add {@link RequiredField} objects together
- Requirements::add_i18n_javascript() — Method in class Requirements
- Add i18n files from the given javascript directory. SilverStripe expects that the given directory will contain a number of JavaScript files named by language: en_US.js, de_DE.js, etc.
- Requirements_Backend::add_i18n_javascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Add i18n files from the given javascript directory. SilverStripe expects that the given directory will contain a number of JavaScript files named by language: en_US.js, de_DE.js, etc.
- SQLAssignmentRow::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
- Adds assignments for a list of several fields
- SQLAssignmentRow::assign() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
- Set the value for a single field
- SQLAssignmentRow::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
- Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped
- SQLConditionalExpression::addFrom() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Add a table to include in the query or update
- SQLConditionalExpression::addLeftJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Add a LEFT JOIN criteria to the tables list.
- SQLConditionalExpression::addInnerJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Add an INNER JOIN criteria
- SQLConditionalExpression::addFilterToJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Add an additional filter (part of the ON clause) on a join.
- SQLConditionalExpression::addWhere() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Adds a WHERE clause.
- SQLConditionalExpression::addWhereAny() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- SQLDelete::addDelete() — Method in class SQLDelete
- Sets the list of tables to limit the delete to, if multiple tables are specified in the condition clause
- SQLInsert::addRow() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Appends a new row to insert
- SQLInsert::addRows() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Adds the list of rows to the array
- SQLInsert::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Adds assignments for a list of several fields.
- SQLInsert::assign() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Set the value for a single field
- SQLInsert::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped
- SQLSelect::addSelect() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Add to the list of columns to be selected by the query.
- SQLSelect::addOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Add ORDER BY clause either as SQL snippet or in array format.
- SQLSelect::addGroupBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Add a GROUP BY clause.
- SQLSelect::addHaving() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Add a HAVING clause
- SQLSelect::aggregate() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Return a new SQLSelect that calls the given aggregate functions on this data.
- SQLUpdate::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLUpdate
- Adds assignments for a list of several fields.
- SQLUpdate::assign() — Method in class SQLUpdate
- Set the value for a single field
- SQLUpdate::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLUpdate
- Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped
- SQLWriteExpression::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression
- Adds assignments for a list of several fields.
- SQLWriteExpression::assign() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression
- Set the value for a single field
- SQLWriteExpression::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression
- Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser::addFilter() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
- Add a new filter
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser::addFilters() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
- Add new filters
- SSTemplateParser::addClosedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- Add a closed block callable to allow <% name %><% end_name %> syntax
- SSTemplateParser::addOpenBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- Add a closed block callable to allow <% name %> syntax
- SSTemplateParser::Argument_DollarMarkedLookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- If we get a bare value, we don't know enough to determine exactly what php would be the translation, because we don't know if the position of use indicates a lookup or a string argument.
- SSTemplateParser::Argument_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Argument_Lookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Argument_FreeString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SS_Cache::add_backend() — Method in class SS_Cache
- Add a new named cache backend.
- SS_ConfigManifest::addModule() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- Adds a path as a module
- SS_ConfigManifest::activateConfig() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- Includes all of the php _config.php files found by this manifest. Called by SS_Config when adding this manifest
- SS_ConfigManifest::addSourceConfigFile() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- Handle finding a php file. We just keep a record of all php files found, we don't include them at this stage
- SS_ConfigManifest::addYAMLConfigFile() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- Handle finding a yml file. Parse the file by spliting it into header/fragment pairs, and normalising some of the header values (especially: give anonymous name if none assigned, splt/complete before and after matchers)
- SS_ConfigManifest::addVariantKeySpecRules() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- Adds any variables referenced in the passed rules to the $this->variantKeySpec array
- SS_DAG::additem() — Method in class SS_DAG
- Add another node/vertex
- SS_DAG::addedge() — Method in class SS_DAG
- Add an edge from one vertex to another.
- SS_Database::affectedRows() — Method in class SS_Database
- Return the number of rows affected by the previous operation.
- SS_Database::allDatabaseNames() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::alterTable() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::addslashes() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_HTTPRequest::addHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Add a HTTP header to the response, replacing any header of the same name.
- SS_HTTPRequest::allParams() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::allParsed() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Returns true if the URL has been completely parsed.
- SS_HTTPResponse::addHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
- Add a HTTP header to the response, replacing any header of the same name.
- SS_List::add() — Method in class SS_List
- Adds an item to the list, making no guarantees about where it will appear.
- SS_ListDecorator::add() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Adds an item to the list, making no guarantees about where it will appear.
- SS_Log::add_writer() — Method in class SS_Log
- Add a writer instance to the logger.
- SS_Object::addStaticVars() — Method in class SS_Object
- SS_Object::add_static_var() — Method in class SS_Object
- SS_Object::add_extension() — Method in class SS_Object
- Add an extension to a specific class.
- SS_Object::allMethodNames() — Method in class SS_Object
- Return the names of all the methods available on this object
- SS_Report::add_excluded_reports() — Method in class SS_Report
- Exclude certain reports classes from the list of Reports in the CMS
- SS_ReportWrapper::afterQuery() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
- Override this method to perform some actions after querying.
- SS_TestListener::addError() — Method in class SS_TestListener
- SS_TestListener::addFailure() — Method in class SS_TestListener
- SS_TestListener::addIncompleteTest() — Method in class SS_TestListener
- SS_TestListener::addSkippedTest() — Method in class SS_TestListener
- SS_TestListener::addRiskyTest() — Method in class SS_TestListener
- Risky test.
- SapphireTest::assertContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::assertNotContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::assertEmailSent() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Assert that the matching email was sent since the last call to clearEmails() All of the parameters can either be a string, or, if they start with "/", a PREG-compatible regular expression.
- SapphireTest::assertDOSContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Assert that the given {@link SS_List} includes DataObjects matching the given key-value pairs. Each match must correspond to 1 distinct record.
- SapphireTest::assertDOSEquals() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Assert that the given {@link SS_List} includes only DataObjects matching the given key-value pairs. Each match must correspond to 1 distinct record.
- SapphireTest::assertDOSAllMatch() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Assert that the every record in the given {@link SS_List} matches the given key-value pairs.
- SapphireTest::assertSQLEquals() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Asserts that two SQL queries are equivalent
- SapphireTest::assertSQLContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Asserts that a SQL query contains a SQL fragment
- SapphireTest::assertSQLNotContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Asserts that a SQL query contains a SQL fragment
- SapphireTestReporter::addFailure() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
- Adds the failure detail to the current test and increases the failure count for the current suite
- SapphireTestReporter::addError() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
- Adds the error detail to the current test and increases the error count for the current suite
- SapphireTestReporter::addIncompleteTest() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
- Adds the test incomplete detail to the current test and increases the incomplete count for the current suite
- SapphireTestReporter::addSkippedTest() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
- Not used
- SapphireTestReporter::addRiskyTest() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
- Risky test.
- SearchContext::addFilter() — Method in class SearchContext
- Adds a instance of {@link SearchFilter}.
- SearchContext::addField() — Method in class SearchContext
- Adds a new {@link FormField} instance.
- SearchFilter::apply() — Method in class SearchFilter
- Apply filter criteria to a SQL query.
- SecurityAdmin::add_hidden_permission() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- The permissions represented in the $codes will not appearing in the form containing {@link PermissionCheckboxSetField} so as not to be checked / unchecked.
- SecurityToken::addToUrl() — Method in class SecurityToken
- Session::add_to_array() — Method in class Session
- Add a value to a specific key in the session array
- SilverStripeListener::addError() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
- SilverStripeListener::addFailure() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
- SilverStripeListener::addIncompleteTest() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
- SilverStripeListener::addSkippedTest() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
- SilverStripeListener::addRiskyTest() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
- Risky test.
- AuthenticatorInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Auth
- An AuthenticatorInterface is responsible for authenticating against a SilverStripe CMS Member from the given request data.
- AuthenticatorInterface::authenticate() — Method in class AuthenticatorInterface
- Given the current request, authenticate the request for non-session authorization (outside the CMS).
- BasicAuthAuthenticator::authenticate() — Method in class BasicAuthAuthenticator
- Given the current request, authenticate the request for non-session authorization (outside the CMS).
- Controller::addCorsHeaders() — Method in class Controller
- Process the CORS config options and add the appropriate headers to the response.
- DataObjectInterfaceTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class DataObjectInterfaceTypeCreator
- Returns any fixed attributes for this type. E.g. 'name' or 'description'
- FieldCreator::attributes() — Method in class FieldCreator
- Returns any fixed attributes for this type. E.g. 'name' or 'description'
- FieldCreator::args() — Method in class FieldCreator
- List of arguments this query accepts.
- Manager::addMiddleware() — Method in class Manager
- Manager::applyConfig() — Method in class Manager
- Manager::addType() — Method in class Manager
- Register a new type
- Manager::addQuery() — Method in class Manager
- Register a new Query. Query can be defined as a closure to ensure dependent types are lazy loaded.
- Manager::addMutation() — Method in class Manager
- Register a new mutation. Mutations can be callbacks to ensure dependent types are lazy-loaded.
- Manager::addContext() — Method in class Manager
- Connection::args() — Method in class Connection
- Pagination support for the connection type. Currently doesn't support cursors, just basic offset pagination.
- PageInfoTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class PageInfoTypeCreator
- Returns any fixed attributes for this type. E.g. 'name' or 'description'
- PaginatedQueryCreator::args() — Method in class PaginatedQueryCreator
- SortDirectionTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class SortDirectionTypeCreator
- Returns any fixed attributes for this type. E.g. 'name' or 'description'
- SortInputTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class SortInputTypeCreator
- Returns any fixed attributes for this type. E.g. 'name' or 'description'
- CanViewPermissionChecker::applyToList() — Method in class CanViewPermissionChecker
- QueryPermissionChecker::applyToList() — Method in class QueryPermissionChecker
- DataObjectQueryFilter::addFieldFilterByIdentifier() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- DataObjectQueryFilter::addFieldFilter() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- DataObjectQueryFilter::addDefaultFilters() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- DataObjectQueryFilter::addAllFilters() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- Adds all the default filters for every field on the dataobject
- DataObjectQueryFilter::applyArgsToList() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- DataObjectQueryFilter::applyConfig() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- FieldFilterInterface::applyInclusion() — Method in class FieldFilterInterface
- FieldFilterInterface::applyExclusion() — Method in class FieldFilterInterface
- FieldFilterRegistry::addFilter() — Method in class FieldFilterRegistry
- FilterRegistryInterface::addFilter() — Method in class FilterRegistryInterface
- ContainsFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class ContainsFilter
- ContainsFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class ContainsFilter
- EndsWithFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class EndsWithFilter
- EndsWithFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class EndsWithFilter
- EqualToFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class EqualToFilter
- EqualToFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class EqualToFilter
- GreaterThanFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class GreaterThanFilter
- GreaterThanFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class GreaterThanFilter
- GreaterThanOrEqualFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class GreaterThanOrEqualFilter
- GreaterThanOrEqualFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class GreaterThanOrEqualFilter
- InFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class InFilter
- InFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class InFilter
- LessThanFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class LessThanFilter
- LessThanFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class LessThanFilter
- LessThanOrEqualFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class LessThanOrEqualFilter
- LessThanOrEqualFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class LessThanOrEqualFilter
- StartsWithFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class StartsWithFilter
- StartsWithFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class StartsWithFilter
- QueryFilterAware::addToManager() — Method in class QueryFilterAware
- TypeCreatorExtension::addToManager() — Method in class TypeCreatorExtension
- Adds this object's GraphQL type to the Manager
- ConfigurationApplier::applyConfig() — Method in class ConfigurationApplier
- ManagerMutatorInterface::addToManager() — Method in class ManagerMutatorInterface
- ArgumentScaffolder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders
- $ArgumentScaffolder — Property in class ArgumentScaffolder
- ArgumentScaffolder::applyConfig() — Method in class ArgumentScaffolder
- Applies an array of configuration to the scaffolder
- Create::addToManager() — Method in class Create
- Read::applyConfig() — Method in class Read
- ReadOne::applyConfig() — Method in class ReadOne
- Update::addToManager() — Method in class Update
- DataObjectScaffolder::addFields() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Adds visible fields, and optional descriptions.
- DataObjectScaffolder::addField() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- DataObjectScaffolder::addAllFields() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Adds all db fields, and optionally has_one.
- DataObjectScaffolder::addAllFieldsExcept() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Adds fields against a blacklist.
- DataObjectScaffolder::addAllOperations() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Adds all operations that are registered
- DataObjectScaffolder::applyConfig() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Applies settings from an array, i.e. YAML
- DataObjectScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Adds the type to the Manager.
- InheritanceScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class InheritanceScaffolder
- ListQueryScaffolder::addSortableFields() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
- ListQueryScaffolder::applyConfig() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
- ListQueryScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
- MutationScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class MutationScaffolder
- OperationScaffolder::addArgs() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- Adds args to the operation
- OperationScaffolder::addArg() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- OperationScaffolder::applyConfig() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- PaginationScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class PaginationScaffolder
- QueryScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class QueryScaffolder
- SchemaScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
- Adds every DataObject and its dependencies to the Manager.
- UnionScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class UnionScaffolder
- ArrayTypeParser — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Util
- Parses a map of type, e.g. Int!(20) into an array defining the arg type
- TypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class TypeCreator
- Returns any fixed attributes for this type. E.g. 'name' or 'description'
- SiteTree::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class SiteTree
- Get the absolute URL for this page, including protocol and host.
- SiteTree::allowedChildren() — Method in class SiteTree
- Returns an array of the class names of classes that are allowed to be children of this class.
- SiteTreeLinkTracking::augmentSyncLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
- Find HTMLText fields on {@link owner} to scrape for links that need tracking
- TabularStyle::AsTableRow() — Method in class TabularStyle
- Return a representation of this form as a table row
- TeamCityListener::addError() — Method in class TeamCityListener
- TeamCityListener::addFailure() — Method in class TeamCityListener
- TeamCityListener::addIncompleteTest() — Method in class TeamCityListener
- TeamCityListener::addSkippedTest() — Method in class TeamCityListener
- TeamCityListener::addRiskyTest() — Method in class TeamCityListener
- Risky test.
- TestRunner::all() — Method in class TestRunner
- Run test classes that should be run with every commit.
- Text::AbsoluteLinks() — Method in class Text
- Return the value of the field with relative links converted to absolute urls.
- UnsavedRelationList::add() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Add an item to this relationship
- UnsavedRelationList::addMany() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Add a number of items to the relation.
- UploadField::attach() — Method in class UploadField
- Retrieves details for files that this field wishes to attache to the client-side form
- $Upload_Validator — Property in class Upload_Validator
- Restrict filesize for either all filetypes or a specific extension, with extension-name as array-key and the size-restriction in bytes as array-value.
- $Upload_Validator — Property in class Upload_Validator
- $Versioned — Property in class Versioned
- Versioned::augmentDataQueryCreation() — Method in class Versioned
- Amend freshly created DataQuery objects with versioned-specific information.
- Versioned::augmentSQL() — Method in class Versioned
- Augment the the SQLQuery that is created by the DataQuery.
- Versioned::augmentLoadLazyFields() — Method in class Versioned
- For lazy loaded fields requiring extra SQL manipulation, ie versioning.
- Versioned::augmentDatabase() — Method in class Versioned
- Update the database schema as required by this extension.
- Versioned::augmentWrite() — Method in class Versioned
- Versioned::allVersions() — Method in class Versioned
- Get a list of versions for this object, optionally with additional SQL parameters
- Versioned_Version::Author() — Method in class Versioned_Version
- Gets this version's author (the person who saved to Stage).
- ViewableData::ATT_val() — Method in class ViewableData
- Return the value of a field escaped suitable to be inserted into an XML node attribute.
- VirtualPage::allowedChildren() — Method in class VirtualPage
- YamlFixture::allFixtureIDs() — Method in class YamlFixture
- Return all of the IDs in the fixture of a particular class name.
B
- $AopProxyService — Property in class AopProxyService
- ArrayList::byIDs() — Method in class ArrayList
- Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs
- ArrayList::byID() — Method in class ArrayList
- AssetAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- BBCodeParser — Class in namespace
- BBCode parser object.
- BasicAuth — Class in namespace
- Provides an interface to HTTP basic authentication.
- BeforeCallAspect — Class in namespace
- A BeforeCallAspect is run before a method is executed.
- BeforeCallAspect::beforeCall() — Method in class BeforeCallAspect
- Call this aspect before a method is executed
- BehatFixtureFactory — Class in namespace
- BigInt — Class in namespace
- Represents a signed 8 byte integer field. Do note PHP running as 32-bit might not work with Bigint properly, as it would convert the value to a float when queried from the database since the value is a 64-bit one.
- Boolean — Class in namespace
- Represents a boolean field.
- BrokenFilesReport — Class in namespace
- BrokenLinksReport — Class in namespace
- Content side-report listing pages with broken links
- BrokenRedirectorPagesReport — Class in namespace
- BrokenVirtualPagesReport — Class in namespace
- BuildTask — Class in namespace
- Interface for a generic build task. Does not support dependencies. This will simply run a chunk of code when called.
- BulkLoader — Class in namespace
- A base for bulk loaders of content into the SilverStripe database.
- BulkLoader_Result — Class in namespace
- Encapsulates the result of a {@link BulkLoader} import (usually through the {@link BulkLoader->processAll()} method).
- CMSBatchAction::batchaction() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
- Helper method for processing batch actions.
- CMSBatchActionHandler::batchActionList() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
- Return a SS_List of ArrayData objects containing the following pieces of info about each batch action: - Link - Title
- CMSBatchActionHandler::batchActions() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
- Get all registered actions through the static defaults set by {@link register()}.
- CMSFileAddController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSFileAddController
- CMSMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::batchactions() — Method in class CMSMain
- Batch Actions Handler
- CMSMain::BatchActionParameters() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::BatchActionList() — Method in class CMSMain
- Returns a list of batch actions
- CMSMain::buildbrokenlinks() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSPageHistoryController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
- CMSPageSettingsController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSPageSettingsController
- CMSPagesController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSPagesController
- CMSProfileController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSProfileController
- Only show first element, as the profile form is limited to editing the current member it doesn't make much sense to show the member name in the breadcrumbs.
- ClassInfo::baseDataClass() — Method in class ClassInfo
- Returns the root class (the first to extend from DataObject) for the passed class.
- Convert::base64url_encode() — Method in class Convert
- Encode a value into a string that can be used as part of a filename.
- Convert::base64url_decode() — Method in class Convert
- Decode a value that was encoded with Convert::base64url_encode.
- DB::build_sql() — Method in class DB
- Builds a sql query with the specified connection
- DBQueryBuilder::buildSQL() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
- Builds a sql query with the specified connection
- DBQueryBuilder::buildDeleteFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
- Return the DELETE clause ready for inserting into a query.
- DBQueryBuilder::buildUpdateFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
- Return the UPDATE clause ready for inserting into a query.
- DBQueryBuilder::buildFromFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
- Return the FROM clause ready for inserting into a query.
- DBQueryBuilder::buildWhereFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
- Returns the WHERE clauses ready for inserting into a query.
- DBQueryBuilder::buildOrderByFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
- Returns the ORDER BY clauses ready for inserting into a query.
- DBQueryBuilder::buildGroupByFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
- Returns the GROUP BY clauses ready for inserting into a query.
- DBQueryBuilder::buildHavingFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
- Returns the HAVING clauses ready for inserting into a query.
- DBQueryBuilder::buildLimitFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
- Return the LIMIT clause ready for inserting into a query.
- DataList::byIDs() — Method in class DataList
- Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs
- DataList::byID() — Method in class DataList
- Return the first DataObject with the given ID
- DataObject::belongs_to() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::belongsTo() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns the class of a remote belongs_to relationship. If no component is specified a map of all components and their class name will be returned.
- DataObject::belongsToComponent() — Method in class DataObject
- Return data for a specific belongs_to component.
- DataObject::baseTable() — Method in class DataObject
- Get the name of the base table for this object
- DatabaseAdmin::build() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
- Updates the database schema, creating tables & fields as necessary.
- DatabaseAdmin::buildDefaults() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
- Build the default data, calling requireDefaultRecords on all DataObject classes
- DebugView::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class DebugView
- Generate breadcrumb links to the URL path being displayed
- DevBuildController::build() — Method in class DevBuildController
- DevelopmentAdmin::buildDefaults() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
- Build the default data, calling requireDefaultRecords on all DataObject classes Should match the $url_handlers rule: 'build/defaults' => 'buildDefaults',
- Director::baseURL() — Method in class Director
- Returns the root URL for the site.
- Director::baseFolder() — Method in class Director
- Returns the root filesystem folder for the site.
- Email::Body() — Method in class Email
- Email::Bcc() — Method in class Email
- Email::BaseURL() — Method in class Email
- Email::bcc_all_emails_to() — Method in class Email
- BCC every email generated by the Email class to the given address.
- Form::buttonClicked() — Method in class Form
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- CMS-specific functionality: Passes through navigation breadcrumbs to the template, and includes the currently edited record (if any).
- JSTestRunner::browse() — Method in class JSTestRunner
- Browse all enabled test cases in the environment
- LeftAndMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::batchactions() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Batch Actions Handler
- LeftAndMain::BatchActionsForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::BaseCSSClasses() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Same as {@link ViewableData->CSSClasses()}, but with a changed name to avoid problems when using {@link ViewableData->customise()} (which always returns "ArrayData" from the $original object).
- ModelAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- MySQLQueryBuilder::buildLimitFragment() — Method in class MySQLQueryBuilder
- Return the LIMIT clause ready for inserting into a query.
- MySQLSchemaManager::boolean() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Return a boolean type-formatted string
- MySQLSchemaManager::bigint() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Return a bigint type-formatted string
- MySQLiConnector::bindParameters() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Binds a list of parameters to a statement
- PDOConnector::bindParameters() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Bind all parameters to a PDOStatement
- ReportAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class ReportAdmin
- Returns the Breadcrumbs for the ReportAdmin
- Requirements::backend() — Method in class Requirements
- Requirements::block() — Method in class Requirements
- Block inclusion of a specific file
- Requirements_Backend::block() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Block inclusion of a specific file
- RestfulService::basicAuth() — Method in class RestfulService
- Set basic authentication
- SS_Backtrace::backtrace() — Method in class SS_Backtrace
- Render or return a backtrace from the given scope.
- SS_ConfigManifest::buildVariantKeySpec() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- Builds the variant key spec - the list of values that need to be build to give a key that uniquely identifies this variant.
- SS_ConfigManifest::buildYamlConfigVariant() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- Calculates which yaml config fragments are applicable in this variant, and merge those all together into the $this->yamlConfig propperty
- SS_Database::beginSchemaUpdate() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_ListDecorator::byID() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Return the first item with the given ID
- SS_ListDecorator::byIDs() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs
- SS_ReportWrapper::beforeQuery() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
- Override this method to perform some actions prior to querying.
- SapphireInfo::BaseURL() — Method in class SapphireInfo
- Security::basicauthlogin() — Method in class Security
- SecurityAdmin::Backlink() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- Disable GridFieldDetailForm backlinks for this view, as its
- SecurityAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- BasicAuthAuthenticator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Auth
- An authenticator using SilverStripe's BasicAuth
- SiteConfigLeftAndMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
- SiteTree::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return a breadcrumb trail to this page. Excludes "hidden" pages (with ShowInMenus=0) by default.
- SiteTree::batch_permission_check() — Method in class SiteTree
- This method is NOT a full replacement for the individual can*() methods, e.g. {@link canEdit()}. Rather than checking (potentially slow) PHP logic, it relies on the database group associations, e.g. the "CanEditType" field plus the "SiteTree_EditorGroups" many-many table. By batch checking multiple records, we can combine the queries efficiently.
- SiteTreeFileExtension::BackLinkHTMLList() — Method in class SiteTreeFileExtension
- Generate an HTML list which provides links to where a file is used.
- SiteTreeFileExtension::BackLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTreeFileExtension
- Extend through {@link updateBackLinkTracking()} in your own {@link Extension}.
- SiteTreeFileExtension::BackLinkTrackingCount() — Method in class SiteTreeFileExtension
- TestRunner::build() — Method in class TestRunner
- Run test classes that should be run before build - i.e., everything possible.
- TestRunner::browse() — Method in class TestRunner
- Browse all enabled test cases in the environment
- Text::BigSummary() — Method in class Text
- Performs the same function as the big summary, but doesn't trim new paragraphs off data.
- Versioned::baseTable() — Method in class Versioned
- Return the base table - the class that directly extends DataObject.
- ViewableData::buildCastingCache() — Method in class ViewableData
- Save the casting cache for this object (including data from any failovers) into a variable
- $i18nTextCollector — Property in class i18nTextCollector
- The directory base on which the collector should act.
- $i18nTextCollector — Property in class i18nTextCollector
- Save path
C
- ArrayList::count() — Method in class ArrayList
- Return the number of items in this list
- ArrayList::column() — Method in class ArrayList
- Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
- ArrayList::canSortBy() — Method in class ArrayList
- You can always sort a ArrayList
- ArrayList::canFilterBy() — Method in class ArrayList
- Returns true if the given column can be used to filter the records.
- AssetAdmin::currentPageID() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- Return fake-ID 0 (root) if no ID is found (needed to upload files into the root-folder)
- AssetAdmin::currentPage() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- Custom currentPage() method to handle opening the 'root' folder
- BehatFixtureFactory::createObject() — Method in class BehatFixtureFactory
- Writes the fixture into the database using DataObjects
- BrokenFilesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
- BrokenLinksReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenLinksReport
- BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
- BrokenVirtualPagesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
- $BulkLoader — Property in class BulkLoader
- Map columns to DataObject-properties.
- BulkLoader_Result::Count() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- Returns the count of all objects which were created or updated.
- BulkLoader_Result::CreatedCount() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- BulkLoader_Result::Created() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- Returns all created objects. Each object might contain specific importer feedback in the "_BulkLoaderMessage" property.
- CMSBatchAction — Class in namespace
- A class representing back actions.
- CMSBatchAction::canView() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
- If you wish to restrict the batch action to some users, overload this function.
- CMSBatchActionHandler — Class in namespace
- Special request handler for admin/batchaction
- CMSBatchAction_Archive — Class in namespace
- Archives a page, removing it from both live and stage
- CMSBatchAction_Delete — Class in namespace
- Delete items batch action.
- CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive — Class in namespace
- Unpublish (delete from live site) items batch action.
- CMSBatchAction_Publish — Class in namespace
- Publish items batch action.
- CMSBatchAction_Restore — Class in namespace
- Batch restore of pages
- CMSBatchAction_Unpublish — Class in namespace
- Unpublish items batch action.
- CMSFileAddController — Class in namespace
- CMSFileAddController::currentPage() — Method in class CMSFileAddController
- Custom currentPage() method to handle opening the 'root' folder
- CMSFileAddController::currentPageID() — Method in class CMSFileAddController
- Return fake-ID "root" if no ID is found (needed to upload files into the root-folder)
- CMSForm — Class in namespace
- Deals with special form handling in CMS, mainly around {@link PjaxResponseNegotiator}
- CMSMain — Class in namespace
- The main "content" area of the CMS.
- CMSMain::childfilter() — Method in class CMSMain
- Callback to request the list of page types allowed under a given page instance.
- CMSMain::currentPageID() — Method in class CMSMain
- Get the page id from this request
- CMSMemberLoginForm — Class in namespace
- Provides the in-cms session re-authentication form for the "member" authenticator
- CMSMenu — Class in namespace
- The object manages the main CMS menu. See {@link LeftAndMain::init()} for example usage.
- CMSMenu::clear_menu() — Method in class CMSMenu
- Clears the entire menu
- CMSMenuItem — Class in namespace
- A simple CMS menu item.
- $CMSMenuItem — Property in class CMSMenuItem
- Parent controller class name
- CMSPageAddController — Class in namespace
- CMSPageEditController — Class in namespace
- CMSPageHistoryController — Class in namespace
- CMSPageHistoryController::compare() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
- CMSPageHistoryController::CompareVersionsForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
- CMSPageSettingsController — Class in namespace
- CMSPagesController — Class in namespace
- CMSPreviewable — Class in namespace
- Interface to provide enough information about a record to make it previewable through the CMS. It uses the record database ID, its "frontend" and "backend" links to link up the edit form with its preview.
- CMSPreviewable::CMSEditLink() — Method in class CMSPreviewable
- CMSProfileController — Class in namespace
- CMSProfileController::canView() — Method in class CMSProfileController
- CMSSecurity — Class in namespace
- Provides a security interface functionality within the cms
- CMSSettingsController — Class in namespace
- CMSSiteTreeFilter — Class in namespace
- Base class for filtering the subtree for certain node statuses.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages — Class in namespace
- Gets all pages which have changed on stage.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages — Class in namespace
- Works a bit different than the other filters: Shows all pages including those deleted from stage and live.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages — Class in namespace
- This filter will display the SiteTree as a site visitor might see the site, i.e only the pages that is currently published.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search — Class in namespace
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages — Class in namespace
- Filters pages which have a status "Deleted".
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages — Class in namespace
- Filters pages which have a status "Draft".
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages — Class in namespace
- Filters pages which have a status "Removed from Draft".
- CSSContentParser — Class in namespace
- CSSContentParser enables parsing & assertion running of HTML content via CSS selectors.
- CSVParser — Class in namespace
- Class to handle parsing of CSV files, where the column headers are in the first row.
- CSVParser::current() — Method in class CSVParser
- CacheProxy — Class in namespace
- A decorator for a Zend_Cache_Backend cache service that mutates cache keys dynamically depending on versioned state
- CacheProxy::clean() — Method in class CacheProxy
- ChangePasswordForm — Class in namespace
- Standard Change Password Form
- CheckboxField — Class in namespace
- Single checkbox field.
- CheckboxField_Readonly — Class in namespace
- Readonly version of a checkbox field - "Yes" or "No".
- CheckboxSetField — Class in namespace
- Displays a set of checkboxes as a logical group.
- ClassInfo — Class in namespace
- Provides introspection information about the class tree.
- ClassInfo::class_name() — Method in class ClassInfo
- Convert a class name in any case and return it as it was defined in PHP
- ClassInfo::classImplements() — Method in class ClassInfo
- Returns true if the given class implements the given interface
- ClassInfo::classes_for_file() — Method in class ClassInfo
- Get all classes contained in a file.
- ClassInfo::classes_for_folder() — Method in class ClassInfo
- Returns all classes contained in a certain folder.
- CleanImageManipulationCache — Class in namespace
- Wipe the cache of failed image manipulations. When {@link GDBackend} attempts to resample an image, it will write the attempted manipulation to the cache and remove it from the cache if the resample is successful. The objective of the cache is to prevent fatal errors (for example from exceeded memory limits) from occurring more than once.
- CliController — Class in namespace
- Base class invoked from CLI rather than the webserver (Cron jobs, handling email bounces).
- CliDebugView — Class in namespace
- A basic HTML wrapper for stylish rendering of a developement info view.
- CliTestReporter — Class in namespace
- Test reporter optimised for CLI (ie, plain-text) output
- ComparisonFilter — Class in namespace
- Base class for creating comparison filters, eg; greater than, less than, greater than or equal, etc
- CompositeDBField — Class in namespace
- Apply this interface to any {@link DBField} that doesn't have a 1-1 mapping with a database field.
- CompositeDBField::compositeDatabaseFields() — Method in class CompositeDBField
- Return array in the format of {@link $composite_db}.
- CompositeField — Class in namespace
- Base class for all fields that contain other fields.
- CompositeField::collateDataFields() — Method in class CompositeField
- Add all of the non-composite fields contained within this field to the list.
- Config — Class in namespace
- The configuration system works like this:
- Config::check_value_contained_in_suppress_array() — Method in class Config
- Config_ForClass — Class in namespace
- Config_LRU — Class in namespace
- Config_LRU::checkAndGet() — Method in class Config_LRU
- Checks for a cache hit and looks up the value by returning multiple values.
- Config_LRU::clean() — Method in class Config_LRU
- Config_MemCache — Class in namespace
- Config_MemCache::checkAndGet() — Method in class Config_MemCache
- Checks for a cache hit and returns the value as a multi-value return
- Config_MemCache::clean() — Method in class Config_MemCache
- ConfirmedPasswordField — Class in namespace
- Two masked input fields, checks for matching passwords.
- $ConfirmedPasswordField — Property in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Allow empty fields in serverside validation
- $ConfirmedPasswordField — Property in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Child fields (_Password, _ConfirmPassword)
- ContentController — Class in namespace
- The most common kind of controller; effectively a controller linked to a {@link DataObject}.
- ContentController::ChildrenOf() — Method in class ContentController
- Return the children of a given page. The parent reference can either be a page link or an ID.
- ContentController::ContentLocale() — Method in class ContentController
- Returns an RFC1766 compliant locale string, e.g. 'fr-CA'.
- ContentControllerSearchExtension — Class in namespace
- Extension to provide a search interface when applied to ContentController
- ContentNegotiator — Class in namespace
- The content negotiator performs "text/html" or "application/xhtml+xml" switching.
- Controller — Class in namespace
- Base controller class.
- Controller::curr() — Method in class Controller
- Returns the current controller
- Controller::can() — Method in class Controller
- Returns true if the member is allowed to do the given action.
- Convert — Class in namespace
- Library of conversion functions, implemented as static methods.
- Cookie — Class in namespace
- A set of static methods for manipulating cookies.
- CookieJar — Class in namespace
- A default backend for the setting and getting of cookies
- Cookie_Backend — Class in namespace
- The Cookie_Backend interface for use with
Cookie::$inst
. - CountryDropdownField — Class in namespace
- A simple extension to dropdown field, pre-configured to list countries.
- CreditCardField — Class in namespace
- Allows input of credit card numbers via four separate form fields, including generic validation of its numeric values.
- CsvBulkLoader — Class in namespace
- Utility class to facilitate complex CSV-imports by defining column-mappings and custom converters.
- Currency — Class in namespace
- Represents a decimal field containing a currency amount.
- CurrencyField — Class in namespace
- Renders a text field, validating its input as a currency.
- CurrencyField_Disabled — Class in namespace
- Readonly version of a {@link CurrencyField}.
- CurrencyField_Readonly — Class in namespace
- Readonly version of a {@link CurrencyField}.
- CurrentPageIdentifier — Class in namespace
- This interface lets us set up objects that will tell us what the current page is.
- CurrentPageIdentifier::currentPageID() — Method in class CurrentPageIdentifier
- Get the current page ID.
- DB::connect() — Method in class DB
- Connect to a database.
- DB::connection_attempted() — Method in class DB
- Returns true if a database connection has been attempted.
- DB::create_database() — Method in class DB
- Create the database and connect to it. This can be called if the initial database connection is not successful because the database does not exist.
- DB::createDatabase() — Method in class DB
- DB::create_table() — Method in class DB
- Create a new table.
- DB::createTable() — Method in class DB
- DB::create_field() — Method in class DB
- Create a new field on a table.
- DB::createField() — Method in class DB
- DB::check_and_repair_table() — Method in class DB
- Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.
- DB::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class DB
- DBConnector::connect() — Method in class DBConnector
- Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.
- DBField::create_field() — Method in class DBField
- Create a DBField object that's not bound to any particular field.
- DBSchemaManager::cancelSchemaUpdate() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Cancels the schema updates requested during (but not after) schemaUpdate() call.
- DBSchemaManager::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.
- DBSchemaManager::createDatabase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Create a database with the specified name
- DBSchemaManager::createTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Create a new table.
- DBSchemaManager::createField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Create a new field on a table.
- DBSchemaManager::clearCachedFieldlist() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- This allows the cached values for a table's field list to be erased.
- DataDifferencer::ChangedFields() — Method in class DataDifferencer
- Get a SS_List of the changed fields.
- DataDifferencer::changedFieldNames() — Method in class DataDifferencer
- Get an array of the names of every fields that has changed.
- DataExtension::can() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataExtension::canEdit() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataExtension::canDelete() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataExtension::canCreate() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataFormatter::convertDataObject() — Method in class DataFormatter
- Convert a single data object to this format. Return a string.
- DataFormatter::convertDataObjectSet() — Method in class DataFormatter
- Convert a data object set to this format. Return a string.
- DataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class DataFormatter
- DataList::canSortBy() — Method in class DataList
- Returns true if this DataList can be sorted by the given field.
- DataList::canFilterBy() — Method in class DataList
- Returns true if this DataList can be filtered by the given field.
- DataList::count() — Method in class DataList
- Return the number of items in this DataList
- DataList::column() — Method in class DataList
- Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
- $DataObject — Property in class DataObject
- Static caches used by relevant functions.
- DataObject::clear_classname_spec_cache() — Method in class DataObject
- Clear all cached classname specs. It's necessary to clear all cached subclassed names for any classes if a new class manifest is generated.
- DataObject::custom_database_fields() — Method in class DataObject
- Get all database columns explicitly defined on a class in {@link DataObject::$db} and {@link DataObject::$has_one}. Resolves instances of {@link CompositeDBField} into the actual database fields, rather than the name of the field which might not equate a database column.
- DataObject::composite_fields() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns a list of all the composite if the given db field on the class is a composite field.
- DataObject::castedUpdate() — Method in class DataObject
- Pass changes as a map, and try to get automatic casting for these fields.
- DataObject::castingHelper() — Method in class DataObject
- Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object.
- DataObject::can() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns true if the member is allowed to do the given action.
- DataObject::canView() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::canEdit() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::canDelete() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::canCreate() — Method in class DataObject
- DataQuery::count() — Method in class DataQuery
- Return the number of records in this query.
- DataQuery::conjunctiveGroup() — Method in class DataQuery
- Create a conjunctive subgroup
- DataQuery::column() — Method in class DataQuery
- Query the given field column from the database and return as an array.
- DataQuery_SubGroup::conditionSQL() — Method in class DataQuery_SubGroup
- Determines the resulting SQL along with parameters for the group
- DatabaseAdmin::clearAllData() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
- Clear all data out of the database
- DatabaseAdmin::cleanup() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
- Remove invalid records from tables - that is, records that don't have corresponding records in their parent class tables.
- DateField::castedCopy() — Method in class DateField
- Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class. The logic tries to retain all of the instance properties, and may be overloaded by subclasses to set additional ones.
- DateField_View_JQuery::convert_iso_to_jquery_format() — Method in class DateField_View_JQuery
- Convert iso to jquery UI date format.
- Debug::caller() — Method in class Debug
- Returns the caller for a specific method
- Debug::create_debug_view() — Method in class Debug
- Create an instance of an appropriate DebugView object.
- Diff::cleanHTML() — Method in class Diff
- Attempt to clean invalid HTML, which messes up diffs.
- Diff::compareHTML() — Method in class Diff
- DropdownField::castedCopy() — Method in class DropdownField
- Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class.
- Email::Cc() — Method in class Email
- Email::cc_all_emails_to() — Method in class Email
- CC every email generated by the Email class to the given address.
- EmptyPagesReport::columns() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
- ErrorPage::canAddChildren() — Method in class ErrorPage
- $Extension — Property in class Extension
- Extension::clearOwner() — Method in class Extension
- FieldList::changeFieldOrder() — Method in class FieldList
- Change the order of fields in this FieldList by specifying an ordered list of field names.
- File::canView() — Method in class File
- File::canEdit() — Method in class File
- Returns true if the following conditions are met: - CMS_ACCESS_AssetAdmin
- File::canCreate() — Method in class File
- File::canDelete() — Method in class File
- File::CMSThumbnail() — Method in class File
- File::collateDescendants() — Method in class File
- Collate selected descendants of this page.
- FixtureBlueprint::createObject() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
- FixtureFactory::createObject() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- Writes the fixture into the database using DataObjects
- FixtureFactory::createRaw() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- Writes the fixture into the database directly using a database manipulation.
- FixtureFactory::clear() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- Remove all fixtures previously defined through {@link createObject()} or {@link createRaw()}, both from the internal fixture mapping and the database.
- Folder::constructChild() — Method in class Folder
- Construct a child of this Folder with the given name.
- Folder::ChildFolders() — Method in class Folder
- Get the children of this folder that are also folders.
- Folder::CMSTreeClasses() — Method in class Folder
- Form::checkAccessAction() — Method in class Form
- Form::Controller() — Method in class Form
- Returns this form's controller.
- Form::clearMessage() — Method in class Form
- Form::callfieldmethod() — Method in class Form
- Call the given method on the given field.
- Form::current_action() — Method in class Form
- Return the current form action being called, if available.
- FormEncodedDataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class FormEncodedDataFormatter
- FormField::create_tag() — Method in class FormField
- Construct and return HTML tag.
- FormField::createTag() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::castedCopy() — Method in class FormField
- Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class. The logic tries to retain all of the instance properties, and may be overloaded by subclasses to set additional ones.
- FormField::canSubmitValue() — Method in class FormField
- Determine if the value of this formfield accepts front-end submitted values and is saveable.
- FunctionalTest::content() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- Return the most recent content
- FunctionalTest::cssParser() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- Return a CSSContentParser for the most recent content.
- GDBackend::checkAvailableMemory() — Method in class GDBackend
- Check if we've got enough memory available for resampling this image. This check is rough, so it will not catch all images that are too large - it also won't work accurately on large, animated GIFs as bits per pixel can't be calculated for an animated GIF with a global color table.
- GDBackend::croppedResize() — Method in class GDBackend
- Resize an image to cover the given width/height completely, and crop off any overhanging edges.
- GDBackend::crop() — Method in class GDBackend
- Crop's part of image.
- GDBackend::color_web2gd() — Method in class GDBackend
- Group::collateFamilyIDs() — Method in class Group
- Return a set of this record's "family" of IDs - the IDs of this record and all its descendants.
- Group::collateAncestorIDs() — Method in class Group
- Returns an array of the IDs of this group and all its parents
- Group::cmsCleanup_parentChanged() — Method in class Group
- This isn't a decendant of SiteTree, but needs this in case the group is "reorganised";
- Group::canEdit() — Method in class Group
- Checks for permission-code CMS_ACCESS_SecurityAdmin.
- Group::canView() — Method in class Group
- Checks for permission-code CMS_ACCESS_SecurityAdmin.
- Group::canDelete() — Method in class Group
- $HTMLCleaner — Property in class HTMLCleaner
- HTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class HTMLCleaner
- Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.
- Hierarchy::Children() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Get the children for this DataObject.
- Image::CropWidth() — Method in class Image
- Crop image on X axis if it exceeds specified width. Retain height.
- Image::CropHeight() — Method in class Image
- Crop image on Y axis if it exceeds specified height. Retain width.
- Image::CMSThumbnail() — Method in class Image
- Resize this image for the CMS. Use in templates with $CMSThumbnail
- Image::cacheFilename() — Method in class Image
- Return the filename for the cached image, given its format name and arguments.
- Image::CroppedImage() — Method in class Image
- Generate a resized copy of this image with the given width & height, cropping to maintain aspect ratio.
- Image_Backend::croppedResize() — Method in class Image_Backend
- croppedResize
- ImagickBackend::calculateAlphaHex() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- Convert a percentage (or 'true') to a two char hex code to signifiy the level of an alpha channel
- ImagickBackend::croppedResize() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- croppedResize
- ImagickBackend::crop() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- Crop's part of image.
- InjectionCreator::create() — Method in class InjectionCreator
- Creates a new service instance.
- Injector::convertServiceProperty() — Method in class Injector
- Recursively convert a value into its proper representation with service references resolved to actual objects
- Injector::create() — Method in class Injector
- Similar to get() but always returns a new object of the given type
- Injector::createWithArgs() — Method in class Injector
- Creates an object with the supplied argument array
- JSONDataFormatter::convertDataObject() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter
- Generate a JSON representation of the given {@link DataObject}.
- JSONDataFormatter::convertDataObjectToJSONObject() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter
- Internal function to do the conversion of a single data object. It builds an empty object and dynamically adds the properties it needs to it. If it's done as a nested array, json_encode or equivalent won't use JSON object notation { .
- JSONDataFormatter::convertDataObjectSet() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter
- Generate a JSON representation of the given {@link SS_List}.
- JSONDataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter
- LeftAndMain::canView() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::Content() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::CanOrganiseSitetree() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::currentPageID() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Identifier for the currently shown record, in most cases a database ID. Inspects the following sources (in this order): - GET/POST parameter named 'ID' - URL parameter named 'ID' - Session value namespaced by classname, e.g. "CMSMain.currentPage"
- LeftAndMain::currentPage() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Uses {@link getRecord()} and {@link currentPageID()} to get the currently selected record.
- LeftAndMain::CMSVersion() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Return the version number of the core packages making up this application, using the {@link SilverStripeVersionProvider}.
- ManifestCache::clear() — Method in class ManifestCache
- ManifestCache_APC::clear() — Method in class ManifestCache_APC
- ManifestCache_File::clear() — Method in class ManifestCache_File
- Member::checkPassword() — Method in class Member
- Check if the passed password matches the stored one (if the member is not locked out).
- Member::canLogIn() — Method in class Member
- Returns a valid {@link ValidationResult} if this member can currently log in, or an invalid one with error messages to display if the member is locked out.
- Member::currentUser() — Method in class Member
- Returns the current logged in user
- Member::currentUserID() — Method in class Member
- Get the ID of the current logged in user
- Member::create_new_password() — Method in class Member
- Member::canView() — Method in class Member
- Users can view their own record.
- Member::canEdit() — Method in class Member
- Users can edit their own record.
- Member::canDelete() — Method in class Member
- Users can edit their own record.
- Member::changePassword() — Method in class Member
- Change password. This will cause rehashing according to
the
PasswordEncryption
property. - MemberPassword::checkPassword() — Method in class MemberPassword
- Check if the given password is the same as the one stored in this record.
- ModelAsController::controller_for() — Method in class ModelAsController
- Get the appropriate {@link ContentController} for handling a {@link SiteTree} object, link it to the object and return it.
- Money::compositeDatabaseFields() — Method in class Money
- Return array in the format of {@link $composite_db}.
- MySQLDatabase::connect() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Instruct the database to generate a live connection
- MySQLDatabase::comparisonClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Generate a WHERE clause for text matching.
- MySQLDatabase::canLock() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Returns if the lock is available.
- MySQLDatabase::clearTable() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Clear all data in a given table
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkValidDatabaseName() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Determines if a given database name is a valid Silverstripe name.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkDatabasePermissionGrant() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Checks if a specified grant proves that the current user has the specified permission on the specified database
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkDatabasePermission() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Checks if the current user has the specified permission on the specified database
- MySQLSchemaManager::createTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Create a new table.
- MySQLSchemaManager::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.
- MySQLSchemaManager::createField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Create a new field on a table.
- MySQLSchemaManager::createDatabase() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Create a database with the specified name
- MySQLSchemaManager::createIndex() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Create an index on a table.
- MySQLiConnector::connect() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.
- NullSecurityToken::check() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
- NullSecurityToken::checkRequest() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
- PDOConnector::connect() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.
- PaginatedList::CurrentPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
- PasswordEncryptor::create_for_algorithm() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
- PasswordEncryptor::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
- This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see {@link PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash} and {@link PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish}
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::checkAEncryptionLevel() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
- The algorithm returned by using '$2a$' is not consistent - it might be either the correct (y), incorrect (x) or mostly-correct (a) version, depending on the version of PHP and the operating system, so we need to test it.
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
- This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see {@link PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash} and {@link PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish}
- PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash
- This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see {@link PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash} and {@link PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish}
- PasswordValidator::characterStrength() — Method in class PasswordValidator
- Check the character strength of the password.
- PasswordValidator::checkHistoricalPasswords() — Method in class PasswordValidator
- Check a number of previous passwords that the user has used, and don't let them change to that.
- Permission::check() — Method in class Permission
- Check that the current member has the given permission.
- Permission::checkMember() — Method in class Permission
- Check that the given member has the given permission.
- PermissionRole::canView() — Method in class PermissionRole
- PermissionRole::canCreate() — Method in class PermissionRole
- PermissionRole::canEdit() — Method in class PermissionRole
- PermissionRole::canDelete() — Method in class PermissionRole
- PermissionRole::Codes() — Method in class PermissionRole
- List of PermissionRoleCode objects
- PermissionRoleCode::canCreate() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
- PermissionRoleCode::canEdit() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
- PermissionRoleCode::canDelete() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
- PolymorphicForeignKey::clear_classname_spec_cache() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
- Clear all cached classname specs. It's necessary to clear all cached subclassed names for any classes if a new class manifest is generated.
- PolymorphicForeignKey::compositeDatabaseFields() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
- Return array in the format of {@link $composite_db}.
- $Profiler — Property in class Profiler
- $Profiler — Property in class Profiler
- PurifierHTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class PurifierHTMLCleaner
- Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.
- ReadonlyField::castingHelper() — Method in class ReadonlyField
- This is a legacy fix to ensure that the
dontEscape
flag has an impact on readonly fields now that we've moved to casting template values more rigidly - RecentlyEditedReport::columns() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
- RedirectorPage::ContentSource() — Method in class RedirectorPage
- Returns this page if the redirect is external, otherwise returns the target page.
- RedirectorPage_Controller::Content() — Method in class RedirectorPage_Controller
- If we ever get this far, it means that the redirection failed.
- ReportAdmin::canView() — Method in class ReportAdmin
- Does the parent permission checks, but also makes sure that instantiatable subclasses of {@link Report} exist. By default, the CMS doesn't include any Reports, so there's no point in showing
- RequestHandler::checkAccessAction() — Method in class RequestHandler
- Check that the given action is allowed to be called from a URL.
- Requirements::customScript() — Method in class Requirements
- Register the given JavaScript code into the list of requirements
- Requirements::customCSS() — Method in class Requirements
- Register the given CSS styles into the list of requirements
- Requirements::css() — Method in class Requirements
- Register the given stylesheet into the list of requirements.
- Requirements::clear() — Method in class Requirements
- Clear either a single or all requirements
- Requirements::combine_files() — Method in class Requirements
- Concatenate several css or javascript files into a single dynamically generated file. This increases performance by fewer HTTP requests.
- Requirements::clear_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements
- Re-sets the combined files definition. See {@link Requirements_Backend::clear_combined_files()}
- $Requirements_Backend — Property in class Requirements_Backend
- A list of combined files registered via {@link combine_files()}. Keys are the output file names, values are lists of input files.
- $Requirements_Backend — Property in class Requirements_Backend
- Use the JSMin library to minify any javascript file passed to {@link combine_files()}.
- Requirements_Backend::customScript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Register the given JavaScript code into the list of requirements
- Requirements_Backend::customCSS() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Register the given CSS styles into the list of requirements
- Requirements_Backend::css() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Register the given stylesheet into the list of requirements.
- Requirements_Backend::clear() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Clear either a single or all requirements
- Requirements_Backend::combine_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Concatenate several css or javascript files into a single dynamically generated file. This increases performance by fewer HTTP requests.
- Requirements_Backend::clear_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Clear all registered CSS and JavaScript file combinations
- RestfulService::curlRequest() — Method in class RestfulService
- Actually performs a remote service request using curl. This is used by {@link RestfulService::request()}.
- SQLAssignmentRow::clear() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
- Clears all assignment values
- SQLConditionGroup::conditionSQL() — Method in class SQLConditionGroup
- Determines the resulting SQL along with parameters for the group
- SQLDelete::create() — Method in class SQLDelete
- Construct a new SQLDelete.
- SQLInsert::create() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Construct a new SQLInsert object
- SQLInsert::currentRow() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Returns the currently set row
- SQLInsert::clearRow() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Clears all currently set assigment values on the current row
- SQLInsert::clear() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Clears all rows
- SQLSelect::create() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Construct a new SQLSelect.
- SQLSelect::canSortBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Returns true if this query can be sorted by the given field.
- SQLSelect::count() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Return the number of rows in this query, respecting limit and offset.
- SQLUpdate::create() — Method in class SQLUpdate
- Construct a new SQLUpdate object
- SQLUpdate::clear() — Method in class SQLUpdate
- Clears all currently set assigment values
- SSTemplateParser::construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- Override the function that constructs the result arrays to also prepare a 'php' item in the array
- SSTemplateParser::CallArguments_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- Values are bare words in templates, but strings in PHP. We rely on PHP's type conversion to back-convert strings to numbers when needed.
- SSTemplateParser::Comparison_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Comparison_ComparisonOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_DollarMarkedLookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_Lookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArguments_CacheBlockArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheRestrictedTemplate_CacheBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheRestrictedTemplate_UncachedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_Condition() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_UncachedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlockTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- As mentioned in the parser comment, block handling is kept fairly generic for extensibility. The match rule builds up two important elements in the match result array: 'ArgumentCount' - how many arguments were passed in the opening tag 'Arguments' an array of the Argument match rule result arrays
- SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_BlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_Handle_Loop() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- This is an example of a block handler function. This one handles the loop tag.
- SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_Handle_Control() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- The deprecated closed block handler for control blocks
- SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_Handle_With() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- The closed block handler for with blocks
- SSTemplateParser::Comment__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::compileString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- Compiles some passed template source code into the php code that will execute as per the template source.
- SSTemplateParser::compileFile() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- Compiles some file that contains template source code, and returns the php code that will execute as per that source
- SSViewer::current_theme() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer::current_custom_theme() — Method in class SSViewer
- SS_ClassLoader::classExists() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
- Returns true if a class or interface name exists in the manifest.
- SS_DAG_Iterator::current() — Method in class SS_DAG_Iterator
- SS_Database::clearAllData() — Method in class SS_Database
- Clear all data out of the database
- SS_Database::clearTable() — Method in class SS_Database
- Clear all data in a given table
- SS_Database::comparisonClause() — Method in class SS_Database
- Generate a WHERE clause for text matching.
- SS_Database::canLock() — Method in class SS_Database
- Returns if the lock is available.
- SS_Database::connect() — Method in class SS_Database
- Instruct the database to generate a live connection
- SS_Database::createDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::createTable() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::createField() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::currentDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::cancelSchemaUpdate() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Datetime::clear_mock_now() — Method in class SS_Datetime
- Clear any mocked date, which causes {@link Now()} to return the current system date.
- SS_Filterable::canFilterBy() — Method in class SS_Filterable
- Returns TRUE if the list can be filtered by a given field expression.
- SS_List::column() — Method in class SS_List
- Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
- SS_ListDecorator::Count() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- SS_ListDecorator::column() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
- SS_ListDecorator::canSortBy() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Returns TRUE if the list can be sorted by a field.
- SS_ListDecorator::canFilterBy() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Returns TRUE if the list can be filtered by a given field expression.
- SS_Log::clear_writers() — Method in class SS_Log
- Remove all writers currently in use.
- SS_Map::count() — Method in class SS_Map
- Returns the count of items in the list including the additional items set through {@link SS_Map::push()} and {@link SS_Map::unshift}.
- SS_Map_Iterator::current() — Method in class SS_Map_Iterator
- Return the current element.
- $SS_Object — Property in class SS_Object
- SS_Object::config() — Method in class SS_Object
- Get a configuration accessor for this class. Short hand for Config::inst()->get($this->class, .
- SS_Object::create() — Method in class SS_Object
- An implementation of the factory method, allows you to create an instance of a class
- SS_Object::create_from_string() — Method in class SS_Object
- Create an object from a string representation. It treats it as a PHP constructor without the 'new' keyword. It also manages to construct the object without the use of eval().
- SS_Object::combined_static() — Method in class SS_Object
- SS_Object::cacheToFile() — Method in class SS_Object
- Cache the results of an instance method in this object to a file, or if it is already cache return the cached results
- SS_Object::clearCache() — Method in class SS_Object
- Clears the cache for the given cacheToFile call
- SS_Query::column() — Method in class SS_Query
- Return an array containing all the values from a specific column. If no column is set, then the first will be returned
- SS_Query::current() — Method in class SS_Query
- Iterator function implementation. Return the current item of the iterator.
- SS_Report::canView() — Method in class SS_Report
- SS_ReportWrapper::columns() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
- SS_ReportWrapper::canView() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
- SS_Sortable::canSortBy() — Method in class SS_Sortable
- Returns TRUE if the list can be sorted by a field.
- SS_ZendLog::clearWriters() — Method in class SS_ZendLog
- Clear all writers in this logger.
- SapphireTest::clearFixtures() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Clear all fixtures which were previously loaded through {@link loadFixture()}
- SapphireTest::clearEmails() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Clear the log of emails sent
- SapphireTest::create_temp_db() — Method in class SapphireTest
- $SearchContext — Property in class SearchContext
- The logical connective used to join WHERE clauses. Defaults to AND.
- SearchContext::clearEmptySearchFields() — Method in class SearchContext
- Callback map function to filter fields with empty values from being included in the search expression.
- SearchForm::classesToSearch() — Method in class SearchForm
- Set the classes to search.
- Security::changepassword() — Method in class Security
- Show the "change password" page.
- Security::ChangePasswordForm() — Method in class Security
- Factory method for the lost password form
- Security::clear_default_admin() — Method in class Security
- Flush the default admin credentials
- Security::check_default_admin() — Method in class Security
- Checks if the passed credentials are matching the default-admin.
- SecurityAdmin::clear_hidden_permissions() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- Clear all permissions previously hidden with {@link add_hidden_permission}
- SecurityToken::check() — Method in class SecurityToken
- Checks for an existing CSRF token in the current users session.
- SecurityToken::checkRequest() — Method in class SecurityToken
- See {@link check()}.
- Session::clear() — Method in class Session
- Clear a given session key, value pair.
- Session::clear_all() — Method in class Session
- Clear all the values
- ShortcodeParser::clear() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
- Remove all registered shortcodes.
- ShortcodeParser::callShortcode() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
- Call a shortcode and return its replacement text Returns false if the shortcode isn't registered
- SideReportWrapper::columns() — Method in class SideReportWrapper
- SilverStripeInjectionCreator::create() — Method in class SilverStripeInjectionCreator
- Creates a new service instance.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
- Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
- Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
- Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
- Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
- IPUtils::checkIP() — Method in class IPUtils
- Checks if an IPv4 or IPv6 address is contained in the list of given IPs or subnets.
- IPUtils::checkIP4() — Method in class IPUtils
- Compares two IPv4 addresses.
- IPUtils::checkIP6() — Method in class IPUtils
- Compares two IPv6 addresses.
- Factory::create() — Method in class Factory
- Creates a new service instance.
- Controller — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL
- Top level controller for handling graphql requests.
- ClientConfigProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Extensions
- Manager::createFromConfig() — Method in class Manager
- Manager::configure() — Method in class Manager
- Applies a configuration based on the schemaKey property
- CSRFMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Middleware
- Connection — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Pagination
- A connection to a list of items on a object type. Collections are paginated and return a list of edges.
- PaginatedQueryCreator::createConnection() — Method in class PaginatedQueryCreator
- Get connection for this query
- CanViewPermissionChecker — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Permission
- CanViewPermissionChecker::checkItem() — Method in class CanViewPermissionChecker
- QueryPermissionChecker::checkItem() — Method in class QueryPermissionChecker
- ContainsFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
- TypeCreatorExtension::createTypeParser() — Method in class TypeCreatorExtension
- Creates the type parser, using the
graphql_type
value - CRUDInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Interfaces
- ConfigurationApplier — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Interfaces
- Defines the methods required for a class to accept a configuration as an array
- Create — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders\CRUD
- A generic "create" operation for a DataObject.
- DataObjectScaffolder::cloneTo() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Clones this scaffolder to another class, copying over only valid fields and operations
- PaginationScaffolder::createConnection() — Method in class PaginationScaffolder
- Connection is passed in through the constructor argument, to allow the instance to be created by the external scaffolding logic.
- SchemaScaffolder::createFromConfig() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
- Create from an array, e.g. derived from YAML.
- Chainable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Traits
- CaseInsensitiveFieldAccessor — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Util
- Infer original field name casing from case insensitive field comparison.
- SiteConfig::CMSEditLink() — Method in class SiteConfig
- SiteConfig::current_site_config() — Method in class SiteConfig
- Get the current sites SiteConfig, and creates a new one through {@link make_site_config()} if none is found.
- SiteConfig::canView() — Method in class SiteConfig
- Can a user view this SiteConfig instance?
- SiteConfig::canViewPages() — Method in class SiteConfig
- Can a user view pages on this site? This method is only called if a page is set to Inherit, but there is nothing to inherit from.
- SiteConfig::canEditPages() — Method in class SiteConfig
- Can a user edit pages on this site? This method is only called if a page is set to Inherit, but there is nothing to inherit from, or on new records without a parent.
- SiteConfig::canEdit() — Method in class SiteConfig
- SiteConfig::canCreateTopLevel() — Method in class SiteConfig
- Can a user create pages in the root of this site?
- SiteConfig::CreateTopLevelGroups() — Method in class SiteConfig
- List of groups that can create root-level pages.
- SiteTree::CMSEditLink() — Method in class SiteTree
- Generates a link to edit this page in the CMS.
- SiteTree::can() — Method in class SiteTree
- This function should return true if the current user can execute this action. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
- SiteTree::canAddChildren() — Method in class SiteTree
- This function should return true if the current user can add children to this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
- SiteTree::canView() — Method in class SiteTree
- This function should return true if the current user can view this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
- SiteTree::canDelete() — Method in class SiteTree
- This function should return true if the current user can delete this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
- SiteTree::canCreate() — Method in class SiteTree
- This function should return true if the current user can create new pages of this class, regardless of class. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
- SiteTree::canEdit() — Method in class SiteTree
- This function should return true if the current user can edit this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
- SiteTree::canPublish() — Method in class SiteTree
- This function should return true if the current user can publish this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
- SiteTree::canDeleteFromLive() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::can_edit_multiple() — Method in class SiteTree
- Get the 'can edit' information for a number of SiteTree pages.
- SiteTree::can_delete_multiple() — Method in class SiteTree
- Get the 'can edit' information for a number of SiteTree pages.
- SiteTree::collateDescendants() — Method in class SiteTree
- Collate selected descendants of this page.
- SiteTree::ContentSource() — Method in class SiteTree
- Returns the object that contains the content that a user would associate with this page.
- SiteTree::canArchive() — Method in class SiteTree
- Check if the current user is allowed to archive this page.
- SiteTree::CMSTreeClasses() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return the CSS classes to apply to this node in the CMS tree.
- SiteTreeExtension::canAddChildren() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
- Hook called to determine if a user may add children to this SiteTree object
- SiteTreeExtension::canPublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
- Hook called to determine if a user may publish this SiteTree object
- TabularStyle::CellFields() — Method in class TabularStyle
- TabularStyle::CellActions() — Method in class TabularStyle
- TemplateParser::compileString() — Method in class TemplateParser
- Compiles some passed template source code into the php code that will execute as per the template source.
- TestMailer::clearEmails() — Method in class TestMailer
- Clear the log of emails sent
- $TestRunner — Property in class TestRunner
- TestRunner::coverageAll() — Method in class TestRunner
- Run a coverage test across all modules
- TestRunner::coverageOnly() — Method in class TestRunner
- Run only a single coverage test class or a comma-separated list of tests
- TestRunner::coverageModule() — Method in class TestRunner
- Run coverage tests for one or more "modules".
- TestRunner::cleanupdb() — Method in class TestRunner
- TestRunner::coverageSuite() — Method in class TestRunner
- Give us some sweet code coverage reports for a particular suite.
- TestSession::cssParser() — Method in class TestSession
- Return a CSSContentParser containing the most recent response
- Text::ContextSummary() — Method in class Text
- Perform context searching to give some context to searches, optionally highlighting the search term.
- TidyHTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class TidyHTMLCleaner
- Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.
- TimeField::castedCopy() — Method in class TimeField
- Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class. The logic tries to retain all of the instance properties, and may be overloaded by subclasses to set additional ones.
- $ToggleField — Property in class ToggleField
- UnsavedRelationList::changeToList() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Save all the items in this list into the RelationList
- UnsavedRelationList::canFilterBy() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Returns true if the given column can be used to filter the records.
- UnsavedRelationList::canSortBy() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Returns true if the given column can be used to sort the records.
- UnsavedRelationList::column() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
- Upload::clearErrors() — Method in class Upload
- Clear out all errors (mostly set by {loadUploaded()}) including the validator's errors
- UploadField::canPreviewFolder() — Method in class UploadField
- Determine if the target folder for new uploads in is visible the field UI.
- UploadField::canUpload() — Method in class UploadField
- Determine if the user has permission to upload.
- UploadField::canAttachExisting() — Method in class UploadField
- Determine if the user has permission to attach existing files By default returns true if the user has the CMS_ACCESS_AssetAdmin permission
- Upload_Validator::clearErrors() — Method in class Upload_Validator
- Clear out all errors
- ValidationResult::codeList() — Method in class ValidationResult
- Get an array of error codes
- ValidationResult::combineAnd() — Method in class ValidationResult
- Combine this Validation Result with the ValidationResult given in other.
- Versioned::canView() — Method in class Versioned
- Extend permissions to include additional security for objects that are not published to live.
- Versioned::canViewVersioned() — Method in class Versioned
- Determine if there are any additional restrictions on this object for the given reading version.
- Versioned::canViewStage() — Method in class Versioned
- Determines canView permissions for the latest version of this object on a specific stage.
- Versioned::canBeVersioned() — Method in class Versioned
- Determine if a table supports the Versioned extensions (e.g. $table_versions does exists).
- Versioned::compareVersions() — Method in class Versioned
- Compare two version, and return the differences between them.
- Versioned::can_choose_site_stage() — Method in class Versioned
- Determine if the current user is able to set the given site stage / archive
- Versioned::choose_site_stage() — Method in class Versioned
- Choose the stage the site is currently on: - If $_GET['stage'] is set, then it will use that stage, and store it in the session.
- Versioned::current_stage() — Method in class Versioned
- Get the current reading stage.
- Versioned::current_archived_date() — Method in class Versioned
- Get the current archive date.
- Versioned::cacheKeyComponent() — Method in class Versioned
- Returns a piece of text to keep DataObject cache keys appropriately specific.
- ViewableData::castingObjectCreator() — Method in class ViewableData
- Converts a field spec into an object creator. For example: "Int" becomes "new Int($fieldName);" and "Varchar(50)" becomes "new Varchar($fieldName, 50);".
- ViewableData::castingObjectCreatorPair() — Method in class ViewableData
- Convert a field schema (e.g. "Varchar(50)") into a casting object creator array that contains both a className and castingHelper constructor code. See {@link castingObjectCreator} for more information about the constructor.
- ViewableData::customise() — Method in class ViewableData
- Merge some arbitrary data in with this object. This method returns a {@link ViewableData_Customised} instance with references to both this and the new custom data.
- ViewableData::castingHelperPair() — Method in class ViewableData
- Get the class a field on this object would be casted to, as well as the casting helper for casting a field to an object (see {@link ViewableData::castingHelper()} for information on casting helpers).
- ViewableData::castingHelper() — Method in class ViewableData
- Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object.
- ViewableData::castingClass() — Method in class ViewableData
- Get the class name a field on this object will be casted to
- ViewableData::cachedCall() — Method in class ViewableData
- A simple wrapper around {@link ViewableData::obj()} that automatically caches the result so it can be used again without re-running the method.
- ViewableData::CSSClasses() — Method in class ViewableData
- Get part of the current classes ancestry to be used as a CSS class.
- ViewableData_Customised::cachedCall() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised
- A simple wrapper around {@link ViewableData::obj()} that automatically caches the result so it can be used again without re-running the method.
- VirtualPage::CopyContentFrom() — Method in class VirtualPage
- VirtualPage::ContentSource() — Method in class VirtualPage
- VirtualPage::canPublish() — Method in class VirtualPage
- We can only publish the page if there is a published source page
- VirtualPage::canDeleteFromLive() — Method in class VirtualPage
- Return true if we can delete this page from the live site, which is different from can we publish it.
- VirtualPage::copyFrom() — Method in class VirtualPage
- Ensure we have an up-to-date version of everything.
- VirtualPage::CMSTreeClasses() — Method in class VirtualPage
- VirtualPage::castingHelper() — Method in class VirtualPage
- Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object.
- XMLDataFormatter::convertDataObject() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
- Generate an XML representation of the given {@link DataObject}.
- XMLDataFormatter::convertDataObjectWithoutHeader() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
- XMLDataFormatter::convertDataObjectSet() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
- Generate an XML representation of the given {@link SS_List}.
- XMLDataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
- i18n::convert_rfc1766() — Method in class i18n
- Gets a RFC 1766 compatible language code, e.g. "en-US".
- i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator::callGetChildren() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator
- i18nTextCollector::collect() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
- Extract all strings from modules and return these grouped by module name
- i18nTextCollector::collectFromCode() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
- Extracts translatables from .php files.
- i18nTextCollector::collectFromTemplate() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
- Extracts translatables from .ss templates (Self referencing)
- i18nTextCollector::collectFromEntityProviders() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
- Allows classes which implement i18nEntityProvider to provide additional translation strings.
D
- ArrayList::dataClass() — Method in class ArrayList
- Return the class of items in this list, by looking at the first item inside it.
- ArrayList::debug() — Method in class ArrayList
- AssetAdmin::delete() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- AssetAdmin::doAdd() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- Add a new group and return its details suitable for ajax.
- AssetAdmin::doSync() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- Can be queried with an ajax request to trigger the filesystem sync. It returns a FormResponse status message to display in the CMS
- AssetAdmin::deleteunusedthumbnails() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- Removes all unused thumbnails from the file store and returns the status of the process to the user.
- BBCodeParser::disable_autolink_urls() — Method in class BBCodeParser
- $BulkLoader — Property in class BulkLoader
- Specifies how to determine duplicates based on one or more provided fields in the imported data, matching to properties on the used {@link DataObject} class.
- $BulkLoader — Property in class BulkLoader
- BulkLoader_Result::DeletedCount() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- BulkLoader_Result::Deleted() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- CMSMain::doSearch() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::deletefromlive() — Method in class CMSMain
- Delete the page from live. This means a page in draft mode might still exist.
- CMSMain::delete() — Method in class CMSMain
- Delete the current page from draft stage.
- CMSMain::doRollback() — Method in class CMSMain
- Rolls a site back to a given version ID
- CMSMain::duplicate() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::duplicatewithchildren() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMemberLoginForm::dologin() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm
- Login form handler method
- CMSPageAddController::doAdd() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
- CMSPageAddController::doCancel() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
- CMSPageHistoryController::doCompare() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
- Process the {@link VersionsForm} compare function between two pages.
- CMSPageHistoryController::doShowVersion() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
- Process the {@link VersionsForm} show version function. Only requires one page to be selected.
- ChangePasswordForm::doChangePassword() — Method in class ChangePasswordForm
- Change the password
- CheckboxField::dataValue() — Method in class CheckboxField
- Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.
- CheckboxSetField::dataValue() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
- Return the CheckboxSetField value as a string selected item keys.
- ClassInfo::dataClassesFor() — Method in class ClassInfo
- Returns an array of the current class and all its ancestors and children which require a DB table.
- CompositeField::debug() — Method in class CompositeField
- ContentController::data() — Method in class ContentController
- Returns the associated database record
- ContentController::deleteinstallfiles() — Method in class ContentController
- ContentNegotiator::disable() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
- Disable content negotiation for all templates, not just those with the xml header.
- Controller::defaultAction() — Method in class Controller
- This is the default action handler used if a method doesn't exist.
- Controller::disableBasicAuth() — Method in class Controller
- Call this to disable site-wide basic authentication for a specific contoller.
- CreditCardField::dataValue() — Method in class CreditCardField
- Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.
- $CsvBulkLoader — Property in class CsvBulkLoader
- Delimiter character (Default: comma).
- CurrencyField::dataValue() — Method in class CurrencyField
- Overwrite the datavalue before saving to the db ;-) return 0.00 if no value, or value is non-numeric
- DB — Class in namespace
- Global database interface, complete with static methods.
- DB::dont_require_table() — Method in class DB
- If the given table exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(tablename).
- DB::dontRequireTable() — Method in class DB
- DB::dont_require_field() — Method in class DB
- See {@link SS_Database->dontRequireField()}.
- DB::dontRequireField() — Method in class DB
- DBConnector — Class in namespace
- Represents an object responsible for wrapping DB connector api
- DBField — Class in namespace
- Single field in the database.
- DBField::defaultSearchFilter() — Method in class DBField
- DBField::debug() — Method in class DBField
- DBFloat — Class in namespace
- Represents a floating point field.
- DBInt — Class in namespace
- Represents a signed 32 bit integer field.
- DBLocale — Class in namespace
- Locale database field, mainly used in {@link Translatable} extension.
- DBQueryBuilder — Class in namespace
- Builds a SQL query string from a SQLExpression object
- DBSchemaManager — Class in namespace
- Represents and handles all schema management for a database
- DBSchemaManager::doesSchemaNeedUpdating() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Returns true if schema modifications were requested during (but not after) schemaUpdate() call.
- DBSchemaManager::dontRequireTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- If the given table exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(tablename).
- DBSchemaManager::dontRequireField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- If the given field exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(fieldname).
- DBSchemaManager::dbDataType() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- DBSchemaManager::databaseList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to
- DBSchemaManager::databaseExists() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Determine if the database with the specified name exists
- DBSchemaManager::dropDatabase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Drops a database with the specified name
- DailyTask — Class in namespace
- Classes that must be run daily extend this class.
- DataDifferencer — Class in namespace
- Utility class to render views of the differences between two data objects (or two versions of the same data object).
- DataDifferencer::diffedData() — Method in class DataDifferencer
- Get a DataObject with altered values replaced with HTML diff strings, incorporating
and
tags. - DataExtension — Class in namespace
- An extension that adds additional functionality to a {@link DataObject}.
- DataFormatter — Class in namespace
- A DataFormatter object handles transformation of data from SilverStripe model objects to a particular output format, and vice versa. This is most commonly used in developing RESTful APIs.
- DataList — Class in namespace
- Implements a "lazy loading" DataObjectSet.
- DataList::dataClass() — Method in class DataList
- Get the dataClass name for this DataList, ie the DataObject ClassName
- DataList::dataQuery() — Method in class DataList
- Return a copy of the internal {@link DataQuery} object
- DataList::distinct() — Method in class DataList
- Return a new DataList instance with distinct records or not
- DataList::debug() — Method in class DataList
- DataList::dbObject() — Method in class DataList
- DataModel — Class in namespace
- Representation of a DataModel - a collection of DataLists for each different data type.
- DataObject — Class in namespace
- A single database record & abstract class for the data-access-model.
- $DataObject — Property in class DataObject
- True if this DataObject has been destroyed.
- DataObject::database_fields() — Method in class DataObject
- Return the complete map of fields on this object, including "Created", "LastEdited" and "ClassName".
- DataObject::destroy() — Method in class DataObject
- Destroy all of this objects dependant objects and local caches.
- DataObject::duplicate() — Method in class DataObject
- Create a duplicate of this node.
- DataObject::defineMethods() — Method in class DataObject
- Adds methods from the extensions.
- DataObject::data() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns the associated database record - in this case, the object itself.
- DataObject::doValidate() — Method in class DataObject
- Public accessor for {see DataObject::validate()}
- DataObject::delete() — Method in class DataObject
- Delete this data object.
- DataObject::delete_by_id() — Method in class DataObject
- Delete the record with the given ID.
- DataObject::db() — Method in class DataObject
- Return all of the database fields defined in self::$db and all the parent classes.
- DataObject::database_extensions() — Method in class DataObject
- This returns an array (if it exists) describing the database extensions that are required, or false if none
- DataObject::debug() — Method in class DataObject
- Debugging used by Debug::show()
- DataObject::dbObject() — Method in class DataObject
- Return the DBField object that represents the given field.
- DataObject::databaseIndexes() — Method in class DataObject
- Return the database indexes on this table.
- DataObject::defaultSearchFilters() — Method in class DataObject
- Defines a default list of filters for the search context.
- DataObject::disable_subclass_access() — Method in class DataObject
- Temporarily disable subclass access in data object qeur
- DataObjectInterface — Class in namespace
- DataObjectInterface is an interface that other data systems in your application can implement in order to behave in a manner similar to DataObject.
- DataObjectInterface::delete() — Method in class DataObjectInterface
- Remove this object from the database. Doesn't do anything if this object isn't in the database.
- DataQuery — Class in namespace
- An object representing a query of data from the DataObject's supporting database.
- DataQuery::dataClass() — Method in class DataQuery
- Return the {@link DataObject} class that is being queried.
- DataQuery::disjunctiveGroup() — Method in class DataQuery
- Create a disjunctive subgroup.
- DataQuery::distinct() — Method in class DataQuery
- Set whether this query should be distinct or not.
- DataQuery_SubGroup — Class in namespace
- Represents a subgroup inside a WHERE clause in a {@link DataQuery}
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry — Class in namespace
- This class keeps track of the available database adapters and provides a meaning of registering community built adapters in to the installer process.
- DatabaseAdmin — Class in namespace
- DatabaseAdmin class
- DatabaseAdmin::doBuild() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
- Updates the database schema, creating tables & fields as necessary.
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper — Class in namespace
- Interface for database helper classes.
- DatalessField — Class in namespace
- Abstract class for all fields without data.
- Date — Class in namespace
- Represents a date field.
- Date::Day() — Method in class Date
- Returns the Full day, of the given date.
- Date::DayOfMonth() — Method in class Date
- Returns the day of the month.
- Date::days_between() — Method in class Date
- Date::day_before() — Method in class Date
- DateField — Class in namespace
- Form field to display an editable date string,
either in a single
<input type="text">
field, or in three separate fields for day, month and year. - DateField::dataValue() — Method in class DateField
- DateField_Disabled — Class in namespace
- Disabled version of {@link DateField}.
- DateField_View_JQuery — Class in namespace
- Preliminary API to separate optional view properties like calendar popups from the actual datefield logic.
- DatetimeField — Class in namespace
- A composite field for date and time entry, based on {@link DateField} and {@link TimeField}.
- DatetimeField_Readonly — Class in namespace
- The readonly class for our {@link DatetimeField}.
- Debug — Class in namespace
- Supports debugging and core error handling.
- Debug::dump() — Method in class Debug
- Quick dump of a variable.
- DebugView — Class in namespace
- A basic HTML wrapper for stylish rendering of a developement info view.
- Decimal — Class in namespace
- Represents a Decimal field.
- Deprecation — Class in namespace
- Handles raising an notice when accessing a deprecated method
- Deprecation::dump_settings() — Method in class Deprecation
- Method for when testing. Dump all the current version settings to a variable for later passing to restore
- DevBuildController — Class in namespace
- DevelopmentAdmin — Class in namespace
- Base class for development tools.
- Diff — Class in namespace
- Class representing a 'diff' between two sequences of strings.
- Director — Class in namespace
- Director is responsible for processing URLs, and providing environment information.
- Director::direct() — Method in class Director
- Process the given URL, creating the appropriate controller and executing it.
- DisabledTransformation — Class in namespace
- Transformation that disables all the fields on the form.
- Double — Class in namespace
- DropdownField — Class in namespace
- Dropdown field, created from a select tag.
- Email::debug() — Method in class Email
- Get an HTML string for debugging purposes.
- ErrorPage::doPublish() — Method in class ErrorPage
- When an error page is published, create a static HTML page with its content, so the page can be shown even when SilverStripe is not functioning correctly before publishing this page normally.
- FieldList::dataFields() — Method in class FieldList
- Return a sequential set of all fields that have data. This excludes wrapper composite fields as well as heading / help text fields.
- FieldList::dataFieldByName() — Method in class FieldList
- Returns a named field in a sequential set.
- File::deleteDatabaseOnly() — Method in class File
- Delete the database record (recursively for folders) without touching the filesystem
- File::DeleteLink() — Method in class File
- FixtureFactory::define() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- Folder::deleteDatabaseOnly() — Method in class Folder
- Delete the database record (recursively for folders) without touching the filesystem
- Form::defaultAction() — Method in class Form
- Return the default button that should be clicked when another one isn't available.
- Form::disableDefaultAction() — Method in class Form
- Disable the default button.
- Form::disableSecurityToken() — Method in class Form
- Disable the requirement of a security token on this form instance. This security protects against CSRF attacks, but you should disable this if you don't want to tie a form to a session - eg a search form.
- Form::debug() — Method in class Form
- $FormField — Property in class FormField
- FormField::dataValue() — Method in class FormField
- Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.
- FormField::debug() — Method in class FormField
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::doSearch() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- Returns a json array of a search results that can be used by for example Jquery.ui.autosuggestion
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::doSave() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::doDelete() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridState::dataValue() — Method in class GridState
- Returns a json encoded string representation of this state.
- Group::DirectMembers() — Method in class Group
- Return only the members directly added to this group
- $GroupCsvBulkLoader — Property in class GroupCsvBulkLoader
- GroupImportForm::doImport() — Method in class GroupImportForm
- HTTPCacheControl::disableCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Simple way to set cache control header to a non-cacheable state.
- Hierarchy::doAllChildrenIncludingDeleted() — Method in class Hierarchy
- HtmlEditorConfig::disablePlugins() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Enable one or several plugins. Will properly handle being passed a plugin that is already disabled
- Image::defineMethods() — Method in class Image
- Set up template methods to access the transformations generated by 'generate' methods.
- Image::deleteFormattedImages() — Method in class Image
- Remove all of the formatted cached images for this image.
- LeftAndMain::delete() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- ListboxField::dataValue() — Method in class ListboxField
- Return the CheckboxSetField value as a string selected item keys.
- $Member — Property in class Member
- Member::default_admin() — Method in class Member
- Get the default admin record if it exists, or creates it otherwise if enabled
- Member::disallowedGroups() — Method in class Member
- List of group IDs this user is disallowed from
- Member::DirectGroups() — Method in class Member
- $MemberCsvBulkLoader — Property in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
- MemberImportForm::doImport() — Method in class MemberImportForm
- MemberLoginForm::dologin() — Method in class MemberLoginForm
- Login form handler method
- MigrationTask::down() — Method in class MigrationTask
- MySQLDatabase::datetimeIntervalClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime addition
- MySQLDatabase::datetimeDifferenceClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime substraction
- MySQLSchemaManager::databaseList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to
- MySQLSchemaManager::databaseExists() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Determine if the database with the specified name exists
- MySQLSchemaManager::dropDatabase() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Drops a database with the specified name
- MySQLSchemaManager::dbDataType() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- MySQLSchemaManager::date() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Return a date type-formatted string For MySQL, we simply return the word 'date', no other parameters are necessary
- MySQLSchemaManager::decimal() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Return a decimal type-formatted string
- NullableField::debug() — Method in class NullableField
- NumericField::dataValue() — Method in class NumericField
- Extracts the number value from the localised string value.
- Permission::deny() — Method in class Permission
- Deny the given permission code/arg to the given group
- Permission::declare_permissions() — Method in class Permission
- Declare an array of permissions for the system.
- $Profiler — Property in class Profiler
- RSSFeed::Description() — Method in class RSSFeed
- Get the description of this feed
- RSSFeed_Entry::Description() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
- Get the description of this entry
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::doSubmit() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
- RequiredFields::debug() — Method in class RequiredFields
- Debug helper
- Requirements::delete_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements
- Delete all dynamically generated combined files from the filesystem
- Requirements::delete_all_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements
- Deletes all generated combined files in the configured combined files directory, but doesn't delete the directory itself
- Requirements::debug() — Method in class Requirements
- Output debugging information
- Requirements_Backend::delete_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Delete all dynamically generated combined files from the filesystem
- Requirements_Backend::delete_all_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Deletes all generated combined files in the configured combined files directory, but doesn't delete the directory itself.
- Requirements_Backend::debug() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Output debugging information.
- SSTemplateParser::DollarMarkedLookup_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSViewer::dontRewriteHashlinks() — Method in class SSViewer
- Call this to disable rewriting of links. This is useful in Ajax applications.
- $SS_DAG_CyclicException — Property in class SS_DAG_CyclicException
- SS_Database::datetimeIntervalClause() — Method in class SS_Database
- function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime addition
- SS_Database::datetimeDifferenceClause() — Method in class SS_Database
- function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime substraction
- SS_Database::databaseExists() — Method in class SS_Database
- Determine if the database with the specified name exists
- SS_Database::databaseList() — Method in class SS_Database
- Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to
- SS_Database::dropSelectedDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database
- Drop the database that this object is currently connected to.
- SS_Database::dbDataType() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::dropDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::doesSchemaNeedUpdating() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::dontRequireTable() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::dontRequireField() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Datetime::Date() — Method in class SS_Datetime
- Returns the date using the format string 'd/m/Y' e.g. '28/02/2014'.
- SS_HTTPRequest::detect_method() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Gets the "real" HTTP method for a request.
- SS_ListDecorator::debug() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- SS_Report::description() — Method in class SS_Report
- Return the description of this report.
- SS_Report::dataClass() — Method in class SS_Report
- Return the data class for this report
- SS_ReportWrapper::description() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
- Return the description of this report.
- SapphireTest::delete_all_temp_dbs() — Method in class SapphireTest
- $Security — Property in class Security
- When the database has once been verified as ready, it will not do the checks again.
- Security::default_admin_username() — Method in class Security
- Get default admin username
- Security::default_admin_password() — Method in class Security
- Get default admin password
- Security::database_is_ready() — Method in class Security
- Checks the database is in a state to perform security checks.
- Security::default_login_dest() — Method in class Security
- Get the default login dest.
- SecurityToken::disable() — Method in class SecurityToken
- Globally disable the token (override with {@link NullSecurityToken}) implementation. Note: Does not apply for
- Session::destroy() — Method in class Session
- Destroy the active session.
- DataObjectInterfaceTypeCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL
- Base interface for any {@link DataObject} passed back as a node.
- DisableTypeCacheState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Dev\State
- DataObjectQueryFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter
- Delete — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders\CRUD
- A generic delete operation.
- DataObjectScaffolder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders
- Scaffolds a DataObjectTypeCreator.
- DataObjectTypeTrait — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Traits
- Offers a few helper methods for classes that are DataObject subclass bound.
- SiteTree::disable_nested_urls() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::duplicate() — Method in class SiteTree
- Create a duplicate of this node. Doesn't affect joined data - create a custom overloading of this if you need such behaviour.
- SiteTree::duplicateWithChildren() — Method in class SiteTree
- Duplicates each child of this node recursively and returns the top-level duplicate node.
- SiteTree::duplicateAsChild() — Method in class SiteTree
- Duplicate this node and its children as a child of the node with the given ID
- SiteTree::DependentPages() — Method in class SiteTree
- Returns the pages that depend on this page. This includes virtual pages, pages that link to it, etc.
- SiteTree::doPublish() — Method in class SiteTree
- Publish this page.
- SiteTree::doUnpublish() — Method in class SiteTree
- Unpublish this page - remove it from the live site
- SiteTree::doRevertToLive() — Method in class SiteTree
- Revert the draft changes: replace the draft content with the content on live
- SiteTree::doRestoreToStage() — Method in class SiteTree
- Restore the content in the active copy of this SiteTree page to the stage site.
- SiteTree::doArchive() — Method in class SiteTree
- Removes the page from both live and stage, if it exists on both otherwise just removes from stage
- SiteTree::doDeleteFromLive() — Method in class SiteTree
- Synonym of {@link doUnpublish}
- SiteTree::defaultChild() — Method in class SiteTree
- Returns the class name of the default class for children of this page.
- SiteTree::defaultParent() — Method in class SiteTree
- Returns the class name of the default class for the parent of this page.
- SiteTree::disableCMSFieldsExtensions() — Method in class SiteTree
- Stops extendCMSFields() being called on getCMSFields(). This is useful when you need access to fields added by subclasses of SiteTree in a extension. Call before calling parent::getCMSFields(), and reenable afterwards.
- TimeField::dataValue() — Method in class TimeField
- UnsavedRelationList::dataClass() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Get the dataClass name for this relation, ie the DataObject ClassName
- UnsavedRelationList::dbObject() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Return the DBField object that represents the given field on the related class.
- UploadField_ItemHandler::DeleteLink() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
- UploadField_ItemHandler::delete() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
- Action to handle deleting of a single file
- UploadField_ItemHandler::doEdit() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
- UploadField_SelectHandler::doAttach() — Method in class UploadField_SelectHandler
- Versioned::deleteFromStage() — Method in class Versioned
- Delete this item from the specified stage.
- Versioned::doRollbackTo() — Method in class Versioned
- Roll the draft version of this object to match the published one.
- ViewableData::defineMethods() — Method in class ViewableData
- Add methods from the {@link ViewableData::$failover} object, as well as wrapping any methods prefixed with an underscore into a {@link ViewableData::cachedCall()}.
- ViewableData::deprecatedCachedCall() — Method in class ViewableData
- Method to facilitate deprecation of underscore-prefixed methods automatically being cached.
- ViewableData::Debug() — Method in class ViewableData
- Return debug information about this object that can be rendered into a template
- _DiffEngine::diff() — Method in class _DiffEngine
- i18n::default_locale() — Method in class i18n
- This is the "fallback locale", in case resources with the "current locale" (set through {@link set_locale()}) can't be found.
E
- ArrayList::exists() — Method in class ArrayList
- Returns true if this list has items
- ArrayList::each() — Method in class ArrayList
- Walks the list using the specified callback
- ArrayList::exclude() — Method in class ArrayList
- Exclude the list to not contain items with these charactaristics
- BBCodeParser::enable_smilies() — Method in class BBCodeParser
- CMSMain::ExtraTreeTools() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::EditForm() — Method in class CMSMain
- Ensuring we set the current page id from the $ID url parameter.
- CMSPageHistoryController::EditForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
- CMSSecurity::enabled() — Method in class CMSSecurity
- Determine if CMSSecurity is enabled
- CheckboxSetField::ExtraOptions() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
- ClassInfo::exists() — Method in class ClassInfo
- Returns true if a class or interface name exists.
- CliTestReporter::endTest() — Method in class CliTestReporter
- Upon completion of a test, records the execution time (if available) and adds the test to the tests performed in the current suite.
- CompositeDBField::exists() — Method in class CompositeDBField
- Determines if any of the properties in this field have a value, meaning at least one of them is not NULL.
- CompositeField::extraClasses() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::extraClass() — Method in class CompositeField
- Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.
- Config::extraConfigSourcesChanged() — Method in class Config
- ContentNegotiator::enable() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
- Enable content negotiation for all templates, not just those with the xml header.
- ContentNegotiator::enabled_for() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
- Returns true if negotation is enabled for the given response.
- $CsvBulkLoader — Property in class CsvBulkLoader
- Enclosure character (Default: doublequote)
- DBConnector::escapeString() — Method in class DBConnector
- Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.
- DBConnector::escapeIdentifier() — Method in class DBConnector
- Escapes an identifier (table / database name). Typically the value is simply double quoted. Don't pass in already escaped identifiers in, as this will double escape the value!
- DBField::exists() — Method in class DBField
- Determines if the field has a value which is not considered to be 'null' in a database context.
- DBSchemaManager::enumValuesForField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Returns the values of the given enum field
- DataExtension::extraStatics() — Method in class DataExtension
- Define extra database fields
- DataList::exclude() — Method in class DataList
- Return a copy of this list which does not contain any items with these charactaristics
- DataList::each() — Method in class DataList
- Walks the list using the specified callback
- DataList::exists() — Method in class DataList
- Returns true if this DataList has items
- DataObject::exists() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns true if this object "exists", i.e., has a sensible value.
- DataObject::extendedCan() — Method in class DataObject
- Process tri-state responses from permission-alterting extensions. The extensions are expected to return one of three values:
- DataObject::enable_subclass_access() — Method in class DataObject
- DataQuery::execute() — Method in class DataQuery
- Execute the query and return the result as {@link Query} object.
- Debug::endshow() — Method in class Debug
- Close out the show dumper
- DevelopmentAdmin::errors() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
- $Diff — Property in class Diff
- Director::extract_request_headers() — Method in class Director
- Takes a $_SERVER data array and extracts HTTP request headers.
- Email — Class in namespace
- Class to support sending emails.
- EmailField — Class in namespace
- Text input field with validation for correct email format according to RFC 2822.
- EmptyPagesReport — Class in namespace
- EncryptAllPasswordsTask — Class in namespace
- Encrypt all passwords
- EndsWithFilter — Class in namespace
- Matches textual content with a substring match on a text fragment leading to the end of the string.
- Enum — Class in namespace
- Class Enum represents an enumeration of a set of strings.
- Enum::enumValues() — Method in class Enum
- Returns the values of this enum as an array, suitable for insertion into a {@link DropdownField}
- ErrorControlChain — Class in namespace
- Class ErrorControlChain
- ErrorControlChain::execute() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
- ErrorPage — Class in namespace
- ErrorPage holds the content for the page of an error response.
- ErrorPageControllerExtension — Class in namespace
- Enhances error handling for a controller with ErrorPage generated output
- ErrorPage_Controller — Class in namespace
- Controller for ErrorPages.
- ExactMatchFilter — Class in namespace
- Selects textual content with an exact match between columnname and keyword.
- ExactMatchMultiFilter — Class in namespace
- Checks if a value is in a given set.
- Extension — Class in namespace
- Add extension that can be added to an object with {@link Object::add_extension()}.
- File::exists() — Method in class File
- A file only exists if the file_exists() and is in the DB as a record
- Form::enableSecurityToken() — Method in class Form
- Enable {@link SecurityToken} protection for this form instance.
- Form::extraClass() — Method in class Form
- Compiles all CSS-classes.
- FormField::extraClass() — Method in class FormField
- Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.
- FulltextSearchable::enable() — Method in class FulltextSearchable
- Enable the default configuration of MySQL full-text searching on the given data classes.
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::edit() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- HTMLText::exists() — Method in class HTMLText
- Returns true if the field has meaningful content.
- HTMLVarchar::exists() — Method in class HTMLVarchar
- (non-PHPdoc)
- HTTPCacheControl::enableCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Simple way to set cache control header to a cacheable state.
- HtmlEditorConfig::enablePlugins() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Enable one or several plugins. Will maintain unique list if already enabled plugin is re-passed. If passed in as a map of plugin-name to path, the plugin will be loaded by tinymce.PluginManager.load() instead of through tinyMCE.init().
- Image_Cached::exists() — Method in class Image_Cached
- Override the parent's exists method becuase the ID is explicitly set to -1 on a cached image we can't use the default check
- LeftAndMain::EditForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::EmptyForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Returns a placeholder form, used by {@link getEditForm()} if no record is selected.
- LeftAndMain::EditorToolbar() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Return the CMS's HTML-editor toolbar
- LeftAndMain::EditFormTools() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Renders a panel containing tools which apply to the currently displayed edit form.
- $LeftAndMainMarkingFilter — Property in class LeftAndMainMarkingFilter
- $LoginAttempt — Property in class LoginAttempt
- Email address used for login attempt. @deprecated 3.0...5.0
- $LoginAttempt — Property in class LoginAttempt
- sha1 hashed Email address used for login attempt
- $Member — Property in class Member
- Member::encryptWithUserSettings() — Method in class Member
- Utility for generating secure password hashes for this member.
- Money::exists() — Method in class Money
- MySQLSchemaManager::enumValuesForField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Returns the values of the given enum field
- MySQLSchemaManager::enum() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Return a enum type-formatted string
- MySQLiConnector::escapeString() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.
- Oembed_Result::exists() — Method in class Oembed_Result
- Return true if this object "exists" i.e. has a sensible value
- OptionsetField::ExtraOptions() — Method in class OptionsetField
- PDOConnector::escapeString() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.
- PDOConnector::exec() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Executes a query that doesn't return a resultset
- PasswordEncryptor::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
- Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
- Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptX() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptY() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptA() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
- PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash
- Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword
- Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword
- Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_None::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_None
- Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash
- Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
- PolymorphicForeignKey::exists() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
- Determines if the field has a value which is not considered to be 'null' in a database context.
- $Profiler — Property in class Profiler
- Profiler::elapsedTime() — Method in class Profiler
- measure the elapsed time of a timer without stoping the timer if it is still running
- Profiler::elapsedOverall() — Method in class Profiler
- Measure the elapsed time since the profile class was initialised
- RSSFeed::Entries() — Method in class RSSFeed
- Get the RSS feed entries
- SQLExpression::execute() — Method in class SQLExpression
- Execute this query.
- SQLSelect::expressionForField() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Return the SQL expression for the given field alias.
- SSViewer::exists() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer::execute_template() — Method in class SSViewer
- Execute the given template, passing it the given data.
- SSViewer::execute_string() — Method in class SSViewer
- Execute the evaluated string, passing it the given data.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Even() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Return true if this object is an even item in the set.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::EvenOdd() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Return 'even' or 'odd' if this object is in an even or odd position in the set respectively.
- SS_Cli::end_colour() — Method in class SS_Cli
- Send control codes for returning to normal colour
- SS_Database::escapeString() — Method in class SS_Database
- Returns an escaped string. This string won't be quoted, so would be suitable for appending to other quoted strings.
- SS_Database::escapeIdentifier() — Method in class SS_Database
- Escapes an identifier (table / database name). Typically the value is simply double quoted. Don't pass in already escaped identifiers in, as this will double escape the value!
- SS_Database::enumValuesForField() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::endSchemaUpdate() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Filterable::exclude() — Method in class SS_Filterable
- Return a new instance of this list that excludes any items with these charactaristics
- SS_List::each() — Method in class SS_List
- Walks the list using the specified callback
- SS_ListDecorator::exists() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Return true if this object "exists" i.e. has a sensible value
- SS_ListDecorator::each() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Walks the list using the specified callback
- SS_ListDecorator::exclude() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Exclude the list to not contain items with these charactaristics
- SS_Object::exists() — Method in class SS_Object
- Return true if this object "exists" i.e. has a sensible value
- SS_Object::extend() — Method in class SS_Object
- Run the given function on all of this object's extensions. Note that this method originally returned void, so if you wanted to return results, you're hosed
- $SS_Report — Property in class SS_Report
- Reports which should not be collected and returned in get_reports
- SS_Report::extendedCan() — Method in class SS_Report
- Helper to assist with permission extension
- SS_TestListener::endTest() — Method in class SS_TestListener
- SS_TestListener::endTestSuite() — Method in class SS_TestListener
- SapphireInfo::EnvironmentType() — Method in class SapphireInfo
- SapphireREPL::error_handler() — Method in class SapphireREPL
- SapphireTest::empty_temp_db() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Remove all content from the temporary database.
- SapphireTestReporter::endTest() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
- Upon completion of a test, records the execution time (if available) and adds the test to the tests performed in the current suite.
- SapphireTestReporter::endTestSuite() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
- Upon completion of a test suite adds the suite to the suties performed
- SearchFilter::exclude() — Method in class SearchFilter
- Exclude filter criteria from a SQL query.
- Security::encrypt_password() — Method in class Security
- Encrypt a password according to the current password encryption settings.
- SecurityToken::enable() — Method in class SecurityToken
- Globally enable tokens that have been previously disabled through {@link disable}.
- $ShortcodeParser — Property in class ShortcodeParser
- SilverStripeListener::endTestSuite() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
- SilverStripeListener::endTest() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
- DataObjectQueryFilter::exists() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- EndsWithFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
- EqualToFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
- Chainable::end() — Method in class Chainable
- SiteConfig::EditorGroups() — Method in class SiteConfig
- List of groups that can edit SiteConfig.
- SiteTree::enable_nested_urls() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::ElementName() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return a CSS identifier generated from this page's link.
- SiteTree::enableCMSFieldsExtensions() — Method in class SiteTree
- Reenables extendCMSFields() being called on getCMSFields() after it has been disabled by disableCMSFieldsExtensions().
- StringField::exists() — Method in class StringField
- (non-PHPdoc)
- Tab::extraClass() — Method in class Tab
- Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.
- TeamCityListener::endTestSuite() — Method in class TeamCityListener
- TeamCityListener::endTest() — Method in class TeamCityListener
- TreeDropdownField::extraClass() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.
- UploadField::extraClass() — Method in class UploadField
- Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.
- UploadField_ItemHandler::EditLink() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
- UploadField_ItemHandler::edit() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
- Action to handle editing of a single file
- UploadField_ItemHandler::EditForm() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
- ValidationResult::error() — Method in class ValidationResult
- Record an error against this validation result,
- Versioned::extendWithSuffix() — Method in class Versioned
- ViewableData::escapeTypeForField() — Method in class ViewableData
- Return the string-format type for the given field.
- i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator::endChildren() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator
F
- Aggregate::flushCache() — Method in class Aggregate
- Clear the aggregate cache for a given type, or pass nothing to clear all aggregate caches.
- ArrayLib::filter_keys() — Method in class ArrayLib
- Filter an array by keys (useful for only allowing certain form-input to be saved).
- ArrayLib::flatten() — Method in class ArrayLib
- Takes an multi dimension array and returns the flattened version.
- ArrayList::first() — Method in class ArrayList
- Returns the first item in the list
- ArrayList::find() — Method in class ArrayList
- Find the first item of this list where the given key = value
- ArrayList::filter() — Method in class ArrayList
- Filter the list to include items with these charactaristics
- ArrayList::filterAny() — Method in class ArrayList
- Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these charactaristics.
- ArrayList::filterByCallback() — Method in class ArrayList
- CheckboxSetField::Field() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
- CompositeField::FieldList() — Method in class CompositeField
- Returns all the sub-fields, suitable for <% loop FieldList %>
- CompositeField::fieldByName() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::fieldPosition() — Method in class CompositeField
- Find the numerical position of a field within the children collection. Doesn't work recursively.
- Config::forClass() — Method in class Config
- Get an accessor that returns results by class by default.
- Config_ForClass::forClass() — Method in class Config_ForClass
- ConfirmedPasswordField::Field() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Cookie::forceExpiry() — Method in class Cookie
- Cookie::force_expiry() — Method in class Cookie
- CookieJar::forceExpiry() — Method in class CookieJar
- Force the expiry of a cookie by name
- Cookie_Backend::forceExpiry() — Method in class Cookie_Backend
- Force the expiry of a cookie by name
- CountryDropdownField::Field() — Method in class CountryDropdownField
- CreditCardField::Field() — Method in class CreditCardField
- Returns the form field.
- CsvBulkLoader::findExistingObject() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader
- Find an existing objects based on one or more uniqueness columns specified via {@link self::$duplicateChecks}.
- CurrencyField_Disabled::Field() — Method in class CurrencyField_Disabled
- overloaded to display the correctly formated value for this datatype
- CurrencyField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class CurrencyField_Readonly
- overloaded to display the correctly formated value for this datatype
- DB::field_list() — Method in class DB
- Get a list of all the fields for the given table.
- DB::fieldList() — Method in class DB
- DBField::forTemplate() — Method in class DBField
- DBInt::Formatted() — Method in class DBInt
- Returns the number, with commas added as appropriate, eg “1,000”.
- DBSchemaManager::fieldList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Get a list of all the fields for the given table.
- DataFormatter::for_extension() — Method in class DataFormatter
- Get a DataFormatter object suitable for handling the given file extension.
- DataFormatter::for_extensions() — Method in class DataFormatter
- Get formatter for the first matching extension.
- DataFormatter::for_mimetype() — Method in class DataFormatter
- Get a DataFormatter object suitable for handling the given mimetype.
- DataFormatter::for_mimetypes() — Method in class DataFormatter
- Get formatter for the first matching mimetype.
- DataList::filter() — Method in class DataList
- Return a copy of this list which only includes items with these charactaristics
- DataList::filterAny() — Method in class DataList
- Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these charactaristics.
- DataList::filterByCallback() — Method in class DataList
- Note that, in the current implementation, the filtered list will be an ArrayList, but this may change in a future implementation.
- DataList::first() — Method in class DataList
- Returns the first item in this DataList
- DataList::find() — Method in class DataList
- Find the first DataObject of this DataList where the given key = value
- DataObject::forceChange() — Method in class DataObject
- Forces the record to think that all its data has changed.
- DataObject::flushCache() — Method in class DataObject
- Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.
- DataObject::flush_and_destroy_cache() — Method in class DataObject
- Flush the get_one global cache and destroy associated objects.
- DataObject::fieldLabels() — Method in class DataObject
- Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.
- DataObject::fieldLabel() — Method in class DataObject
- Get a human-readable label for a single field, see {@link fieldLabels()} for more details.
- DataQuery::firstRow() — Method in class DataQuery
- Return the first row that would be returned by this full DataQuery Note that this will issue a separate SELECT .
- DatalessField::FieldHolder() — Method in class DatalessField
- Returns the field's representation in the form.
- Date::Full() — Method in class Date
- Returns the date in the format 24 Dec 2006
- Date::Format() — Method in class Date
- Return the date using a particular formatting string.
- Date::FormatI18N() — Method in class Date
- Return the date formatted using the given strftime formatting string.
- Date::FormatFromSettings() — Method in class Date
- Return a date formatted as per a CMS user's settings.
- DateField::FieldHolder() — Method in class DateField
- Returns a "field holder" for this field.
- DateField::Field() — Method in class DateField
- Returns the form field.
- DateField_Disabled::Field() — Method in class DateField_Disabled
- Returns the form field.
- DatetimeField::FieldHolder() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::Field() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class DatetimeField_Readonly
- Debug::fatalHandler() — Method in class Debug
- Handle a fatal error, depending on the mode of the site (ie: Dev, Test, or Live).
- Debug::friendlyError() — Method in class Debug
- Render a user-facing error page, using the default HTML error template rendered by {@link ErrorPage} if it exists. Doesn't use the standard {@link SS_HTTPResponse} class the keep dependencies minimal.
- Diff::finaltext() — Method in class Diff
- Get the final set of lines.
- Director::fileExists() — Method in class Director
- Returns true if the given file exists.
- Director::forceSSL() — Method in class Director
- Force the site to run on SSL.
- Director::forceWWW() — Method in class Director
- Force a redirect to a domain starting with "www."
- DropdownField::Field() — Method in class DropdownField
- Email::From() — Method in class Email
- Enum::formField() — Method in class Enum
- Return a dropdown field suitable for editing this field.
- $ErrorControlChain — Property in class ErrorControlChain
- ErrorPage::fieldLabels() — Method in class ErrorPage
- FieldGroup — Class in namespace
- Lets you include a nested group of fields inside a template.
- FieldList — Class in namespace
- A list designed to hold form field instances.
- FieldList::findOrMakeTab() — Method in class FieldList
- Returns the specified tab object, creating it if necessary.
- FieldList::fieldByName() — Method in class FieldList
- Returns a named field.
- FieldList::fieldPosition() — Method in class FieldList
- Find the numerical position of a field within the children collection. Doesn't work recursively.
- FieldList::forTemplate() — Method in class FieldList
- Default template rendering of a FieldList will concatenate all FieldHolder values.
- File — Class in namespace
- This class handles the representation of a file on the filesystem within the framework.
- File::find() — Method in class File
- Find a File object by the given filename.
- File::format_size() — Method in class File
- Formats a file size (eg: (int)42 becomes string '42 bytes')
- File::flushCache() — Method in class File
- Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.
- File::fieldLabels() — Method in class File
- FileField — Class in namespace
- Represents a file type which can be added to a form.
- FileField::Field() — Method in class FileField
- FileNameFilter — Class in namespace
- Filter certain characters from file name, for nicer (more SEO-friendly) URLs as well as better filesystem compatibility. Can be used for files and folders.
- FileNameFilter::filter() — Method in class FileNameFilter
- Depending on the applied replacement rules, this method might result in an empty string. In this case, {@link getDefaultName()} will be used to return a randomly generated file name, while retaining its extension.
- Filesystem — Class in namespace
- A collection of static methods for manipulating the filesystem.
- Filesystem::fixfiles() — Method in class Filesystem
- Cleanup function to reset all the Filename fields. Visit File/fixfiles to call.
- Filesystem::folderModTime() — Method in class Filesystem
- Return the most recent modification time of anything in the folder.
- FilesystemSyncTask — Class in namespace
- FixtureBlueprint — Class in namespace
- A blueprint on how to create instances of a certain {@link DataObject} subclass.
- FixtureFactory — Class in namespace
- Manages a set of database fixtures for {@link DataObject} records as well as raw database table rows.
- Float — Class in namespace
- FlushRequestFilter — Class in namespace
- Triggers a call to flush() on all implementors of Flushable.
- Flushable — Class in namespace
- Provides an interface for classes to implement their own flushing functionality whenever flush=1 is requested.
- Flushable::flush() — Method in class Flushable
- This function is triggered early in the request if the "flush" query parameter has been set. Each class that implements Flushable implements this function which looks after it's own specific flushing functionality.
- Folder — Class in namespace
- Represents a folder in the assets/ directory.
- Folder::find_or_make() — Method in class Folder
- Find the given folder or create it both as {@link Folder} database records and on the filesystem. If necessary, creates parent folders as well. If it's unable to find or make the folder, it will return null (as /assets is unable to be represented by a Folder DataObject)
- Folder_UnusedAssetsField — Class in namespace
- Folder_UnusedAssetsField::FieldHolder() — Method in class Folder_UnusedAssetsField
- Returns a "field holder" for this field.
- ForeignKey — Class in namespace
- A special type Int field used for foreign keys in has_one relationships.
- Form — Class in namespace
- Base class for all forms.
- Form::Fields() — Method in class Form
- Return the form's fields - used by the templates
- Form::FormAttributes() — Method in class Form
- Form::FormHttpMethod() — Method in class Form
- Returns the real HTTP method for the form: GET, POST, PUT, DELETE or HEAD.
- Form::FormMethod() — Method in class Form
- Returns the form method to be used in the
<
form> tag.
- Form::FormAction() — Method in class Form
- Return the form's action attribute.
- Form::FormName() — Method in class Form
- Returns the name of the form.
- Form::FieldMap() — Method in class Form
- Returns an object where there is a method with the same name as each data field on the form.
- Form::forTemplate() — Method in class Form
- Return a rendered version of this form.
- Form::forAjaxTemplate() — Method in class Form
- Return a rendered version of this form, suitable for ajax post-back.
- Form::formHtmlContent() — Method in class Form
- Returns an HTML rendition of this form, without the
<
form> tag itself.
- FormAction — Class in namespace
- The action buttons are
<input type="submit">
as well as<button>
tags. - FormAction::Field() — Method in class FormAction
- FormAction::FieldHolder() — Method in class FormAction
- FormEncodedDataFormatter — Class in namespace
- Accepts form encoded strings and converts them to a valid PHP array via {@link parse_str()}.
- FormField — Class in namespace
- Represents a field in a form.
- FormField::Field() — Method in class FormField
- Returns the form field.
- FormField::FieldHolder() — Method in class FormField
- Returns a "field holder" for this field.
- FormField::forTemplate() — Method in class FormField
- This function is used by the template processor. If you refer to a field as a $ variable, it will return the $Field value.
- FormScaffolder — Class in namespace
- $FormScaffolder — Property in class FormScaffolder
- FormTemplateHelper — Class in namespace
- A helper class for managing {@link Form} and {@link FormField} HTML template output.
- FormTemplateHelper_Pre32 — Class in namespace
- Note that this will cause duplicate and invalid ID attributes.
- FormTransformation — Class in namespace
- This class represents "transformations" of a form - such as making it printable or making it readonly.
- Form_FieldMap — Class in namespace
- FulltextFilter — Class in namespace
- Filters by full-text matching on the given field.
- FulltextSearchable — Class in namespace
- Provides a simple search engine for your site based on the MySQL FULLTEXT index.
- FunctionalTest — Class in namespace
- SilverStripe-specific testing object designed to support functional testing of your web app. It simulates get/post requests, form submission, and can validate resulting HTML, looking up content by CSS selector.
- FunctionalTest::findAttribute() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- Find an attribute in a SimpleXMLElement object by name.
- GDBackend::failedResample() — Method in class GDBackend
- Check if this image has previously crashed GD when attempting to open it - if it's opened successfully, the manipulation's cache key is removed.
- GDBackend::fittedResize() — Method in class GDBackend
- Resizes the image to fit within the given region.
- GridField::FieldHolder() — Method in class GridField
- Returns the whole gridfield rendered with all the attached components.
- GridField::Field() — Method in class GridField
- $GridFieldDataColumns — Property in class GridFieldDataColumns
- $GridFieldDataColumns — Property in class GridFieldDataColumns
- $GridFieldSortableHeader — Property in class GridFieldSortableHeader
- Group::fieldLabels() — Method in class Group
- GroupedDropdownField::Field() — Method in class GroupedDropdownField
- HTMLText::FirstSentence() — Method in class HTMLText
- Returns the first sentence from the first paragraph. If it can't figure out what the first paragraph is (or there isn't one), it returns the same as Summary()
- HTMLText::forTemplate() — Method in class HTMLText
- HTMLVarchar::forTemplate() — Method in class HTMLVarchar
- HTTP::filename2url() — Method in class HTTP
- Turns a local system filename into a URL by comparing it to the script filename.
- HTTP::findByTagAndAttribute() — Method in class HTTP
- Search for all tags with a specific attribute, then return the value of that attribute in a flat array.
- HiddenField::FieldHolder() — Method in class HiddenField
- Hierarchy::flushCache() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Flush all Hierarchy caches: - Children (instance) - NumChildren (instance) - Marked (global) - Expanded (global) - TreeOpened (global)
- HtmlEditorField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Readonly
- HtmlEditorField_Toolbar::forTemplate() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar
- Image::flush() — Method in class Image
- Triggered early in the request when someone requests a flush.
- Image::forTemplate() — Method in class Image
- Return an XHTML img tag for this Image.
- Image::Fit() — Method in class Image
- Scale image proportionally to fit within the specified bounds
- Image::FitMax() — Method in class Image
- Proportionally scale down this image if it is wider or taller than the specified dimensions.
- Image::Fill() — Method in class Image
- Resize and crop image to fill specified dimensions.
- Image::FillMax() — Method in class Image
- Crop this image to the aspect ratio defined by the specified width and height, then scale down the image to those dimensions if it exceeds them.
- InlineFormAction::Field() — Method in class InlineFormAction
- InlineFormAction_ReadOnly::Field() — Method in class InlineFormAction_ReadOnly
- LeftAndMain_TreeNode::forTemplate() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
- Returns template, for further processing by {@link Hierarchy->getChildrenAsUL()}.
- ListboxField::Field() — Method in class ListboxField
- Returns a select tag containing all the appropriate option tags
- LiteralField::FieldHolder() — Method in class LiteralField
- LiteralField::Field() — Method in class LiteralField
- LoginAttempt::fieldLabels() — Method in class LoginAttempt
- Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.
- LookupField::Field() — Method in class LookupField
- Returns a readonly span containing the correct value.
- $Member — Property in class Member
- $Member — Property in class Member
- Member::fieldLabels() — Method in class Member
- MemberDatetimeOptionsetField::Field() — Method in class MemberDatetimeOptionsetField
- MemberLoginForm::forgotPassword() — Method in class MemberLoginForm
- Forgot password form handler method.
- Member_GroupSet::foreignIDFilter() — Method in class Member_GroupSet
- Link this group set to a specific member.
- Member_GroupSet::foreignIDWriteFilter() — Method in class Member_GroupSet
- ModelAsController::find_old_page() — Method in class ModelAsController
- MoneyField::Field() — Method in class MoneyField
- MultiEnum::formField() — Method in class MultiEnum
- Return a {@link CheckboxSetField} suitable for editing this field
- MySQLDatabase::formattedDatetimeClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime in a certain format
- MySQLSchemaManager::fieldList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Get a list of all the fields for the given table.
- MySQLSchemaManager::float() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Return a float type-formatted string For MySQL, we simply return the word 'date', no other parameters are necessary
- NullableField::Field() — Method in class NullableField
- Oembed_Result::findThumbnail() — Method in class Oembed_Result
- Find thumbnail if omitted from data
- Oembed_Result::forTemplate() — Method in class Oembed_Result
- OldPageRedirector::find_old_page() — Method in class OldPageRedirector
- Attempt to find an old/renamed page from some given the URL as an array
- OptionsetField::Field() — Method in class OptionsetField
- PDOConnector::flushStatements() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Flush all prepared statements
- PaginatedList::FirstItem() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Returns the number of the first item being displayed on the current page. This is useful for things like "displaying 10-20".
- PaginatedList::FirstLink() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Returns a link to the first page.
- Permission::flush_permission_cache() — Method in class Permission
- Flush the permission cache, for example if you have edited group membership or a permission record.
- PermissionCheckboxSetField::Field() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
- PermissionRole::fieldLabels() — Method in class PermissionRole
- Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.
- PhoneNumberField::Field() — Method in class PhoneNumberField
- PrintableTransformation_TabSet::FieldHolder() — Method in class PrintableTransformation_TabSet
- Returns a tab-strip and the associated tabs.
- ReadonlyField::Field() — Method in class ReadonlyField
- RelationList::forForeignID() — Method in class RelationList
- Returns a copy of this list with the ManyMany relationship linked to the given foreign ID.
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::Form() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
- RequiredFields::fieldIsRequired() — Method in class RequiredFields
- Returns true if the named field is "required".
- Requirements::flush() — Method in class Requirements
- Triggered early in the request when a flush is requested
- RestfulService::flush() — Method in class RestfulService
- Triggered early in the request when someone requests a flush.
- SQLConditionalExpression::filtersOnID() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Checks whether this query is for a specific ID in a table
- SQLConditionalExpression::filtersOnFK() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Checks whether this query is filtering on a foreign key, ie finding a has_many relationship
- SQLFormatter::formatPlain() — Method in class SQLFormatter
- SQLFormatter::formatHTML() — Method in class SQLFormatter
- SQLSelect::firstRow() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Returns a query that returns only the first row of this query
- SSViewer::flush() — Method in class SSViewer
- Triggered early in the request when someone requests a flush.
- SSViewer::fromString() — Method in class SSViewer
- Create a template from a string instead of a .ss file
- SSViewer::flush_template_cache() — Method in class SSViewer
- Clears all parsed template files in the cache folder.
- SSViewer::flush_cacheblock_cache() — Method in class SSViewer
- Clears all partial cache blocks.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::First() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Returns true if this object is the first in a set.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::FirstLast() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Returns 'first' or 'last' if this is the first or last object in the set.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::FromEnd() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Return the position of this item from the last item in the list. The position of the final item is $endIndex, which defaults to 1.
- SS_Backtrace::filtered_backtrace() — Method in class SS_Backtrace
- Return debug_backtrace() results with functions filtered specific to the debugging system, and not the trace.
- SS_Backtrace::filter_backtrace() — Method in class SS_Backtrace
- Filter a backtrace so that it doesn't show the calls to the debugging system, which is useless information.
- SS_Backtrace::full_func_name() — Method in class SS_Backtrace
- Return the full function name. If showArgs is set to true, a string representation of the arguments will be shown
- SS_Cache::factory() — Method in class SS_Cache
- Build a cache object.
- SS_Database::formattedDatetimeClause() — Method in class SS_Database
- function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime in a certain format
- SS_Database::fieldList() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Datetime::FormatFromSettings() — Method in class SS_Datetime
- Return a date and time formatted as per a CMS user's settings.
- SS_FileFinder::find() — Method in class SS_FileFinder
- Finds all files matching the options within a directory. The search is performed depth first.
- SS_Filterable::filter() — Method in class SS_Filterable
- Return a new instance of this list that only includes items with these charactaristics
- SS_Filterable::filterByCallback() — Method in class SS_Filterable
- Return a new instance of this list that excludes any items with these charactaristics Filter this List by a callback function. The function will be passed each record of the List in turn, and must return true for the record to be included. Returns the filtered list.
- SS_HTMLValue::forTemplate() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
- SS_List::first() — Method in class SS_List
- Returns the first item in the list.
- SS_List::find() — Method in class SS_List
- Returns the first item in the list where the key field is equal to the value.
- SS_ListDecorator::First() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- SS_ListDecorator::forTemplate() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- SS_ListDecorator::find() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Returns the first item in the list where the key field is equal to the value.
- SS_ListDecorator::filter() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Filter the list to include items with these charactaristics
- SS_ListDecorator::filterAny() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these charactaristics.
- SS_ListDecorator::filterByCallback() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Note that, in the current implementation, the filtered list will be an ArrayList, but this may change in a future implementation.
- SS_LogEmailWriter::factory() — Method in class SS_LogEmailWriter
- SS_LogErrorEmailFormatter::format() — Method in class SS_LogErrorEmailFormatter
- SS_LogErrorFileFormatter::format() — Method in class SS_LogErrorFileFormatter
- SS_LogFileWriter::factory() — Method in class SS_LogFileWriter
- SS_Query::first() — Method in class SS_Query
- Iterator function implementation. Return the first item of this iterator.
- SS_SysLogWriter::factory() — Method in class SS_SysLogWriter
- SS_TemplateLoader::findTemplates() — Method in class SS_TemplateLoader
- Attempts to find possible candidate templates from a set of template names from modules, current theme directory and finally the application folder.
- SapphireTest::findEmail() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Search for an email that was sent.
- SearchForm::forTemplate() — Method in class SearchForm
- Return a rendered version of this form.
- $Security — Property in class Security
- Security::findAnAdministrator() — Method in class Security
- Return an existing member with administrator privileges, or create one of necessary.
- SelectionGroup::FieldSet() — Method in class SelectionGroup
- SelectionGroup::FieldList() — Method in class SelectionGroup
- Returns all the sub-fields, suitable for <% loop FieldList %>
- SelectionGroup::FieldHolder() — Method in class SelectionGroup
- Returns a "field holder" for this field.
- SideReportView::forTemplate() — Method in class SideReportView
- Factory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Framework\Injector
- A factory which is used for creating service instances.
- Controller::flush() — Method in class Controller
- DataObjectInterfaceTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class DataObjectInterfaceTypeCreator
- Returns the internal field structures, without field resolution.
- FieldCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL
- Base type for query types within graphql. I.e. mutations or queries
- Manager::formatError() — Method in class Manager
- More verbose error display defaults.
- Connection::fields() — Method in class Connection
- PageInfoTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class PageInfoTypeCreator
- Returns the internal field structures, without field resolution.
- SortInputTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class SortInputTypeCreator
- Returns the internal field structures, without field resolution.
- FileProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
- Class FileProvider
- DataObjectQueryFilter::fieldHasFilter() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- FieldFilterInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter
- Defines the interface used by all read filters for scaffolded operations
- FieldFilterRegistry — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter
- FilterRegistryInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter
- StaticSchema::fetchFromManager() — Method in class StaticSchema
- Gets the type from the manager given a DataObject class. Will use an inheritance type if available.
- OperationList::findByName() — Method in class OperationList
- OperationList::findByIdentifier() — Method in class OperationList
- OperationList::findItemByCallback() — Method in class OperationList
- TypeCreator::fields() — Method in class TypeCreator
- Returns the internal field structures, without field resolution.
- SiteTree::flushCache() — Method in class SiteTree
- Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.
- SiteTree::fieldLabels() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::Field() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- Returns the form field.
- StringField::forTemplate() — Method in class StringField
- Tab::Fields() — Method in class Tab
- Tab::fieldByName() — Method in class Tab
- Returns the named field
- TabSet::FieldHolder() — Method in class TabSet
- Returns a tab-strip and the associated tabs.
- TabSet::fieldByName() — Method in class TabSet
- Returns a named field.
- TestMailer::findEmail() — Method in class TestMailer
- Search for an email that was sent.
- TestSession::followRedirection() — Method in class TestSession
- If the last request was a 3xx response, then follow the redirection
- Text::FirstSentence() — Method in class Text
- Caution: Not XML/HTML-safe - does not respect closing tags.
- Text::FirstParagraph() — Method in class Text
- Caution: Not XML/HTML-safe - does not respect closing tags.
- Time::Format() — Method in class Time
- Return the time using a particular formatting string.
- TimeField::Field() — Method in class TimeField
- Returns the form field.
- TimeField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class TimeField_Readonly
- Returns the form field.
- ToggleCompositeField::FieldHolder() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
- ToggleField::Field() — Method in class ToggleField
- TokenisedRegularExpression::findAll() — Method in class TokenisedRegularExpression
- TreeDropdownField::Field() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::filterMarking() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- Marking public function for the tree, which combines different filters sensibly.
- TreeDropdownField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class TreeDropdownField_Readonly
- TreeMultiselectField::Field() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
- We overwrite the field attribute to add our hidden fields, as this formfield can contain multiple values.
- TreeMultiselectField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField_Readonly
- We overwrite the field attribute to add our hidden fields, as this formfield can contain multiple values.
- URLSegmentFilter::filter() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
- Note: Depending on the applied replacement rules, this method might result in an empty string.
- UnsavedRelationList::first() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Returns the first item in the list
- UnsavedRelationList::forForeignID() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Returns a copy of this list with the relationship linked to the given foreign ID.
- UploadField::Field() — Method in class UploadField
- UploadField::fileexists() — Method in class UploadField
- Determines if a specified file exists
- UploadField_SelectHandler::Form() — Method in class UploadField_SelectHandler
- Build the file selection form.
- Validator::fieldIsRequired() — Method in class Validator
- Returns whether the field in question is required. This will usually display '*' next to the field. The base implementation always returns false.
- Versioned::flushCache() — Method in class Versioned
- Clear the cached version numbers from previous queries.
- VersionedReadingMode::fromDataQueryParams() — Method in class VersionedReadingMode
- Converts dataquery params to original reading mode.
- VersionedReadingMode::fromQueryString() — Method in class VersionedReadingMode
- Convert querystring arguments to reading mode.
- ViewableData_Debugger::forTemplate() — Method in class ViewableData_Debugger
- Return debugging information, as XHTML. If a field name is passed, it will show debugging information on that field, otherwise it will show information on all methods and fields.
- $_DiffOp — Property in class _DiffOp
- i18n::flush() — Method in class i18n
- Triggered early in the request when someone requests a flush.
G
- ArrayData::getField() — Method in class ArrayData
- Gets a field from this object.
- ArrayList::getIterator() — Method in class ArrayList
- Returns an Iterator for this ArrayList.
- AssetAdmin::getList() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- Returns the files and subfolders contained in the currently selected folder, defaulting to the root node. Doubles as search results, if any search parameters are set through {@link SearchForm()}.
- AssetAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}
- AssetAdmin::getSearchContext() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- Get the search context
- AssetAdmin::getSiteTreeFor() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- Get a site tree HTML listing which displays the nodes under the given criteria.
- AssetAdmin::getCMSTreeTitle() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- AssetAdmin_DeleteBatchAction::getActionTitle() — Method in class AssetAdmin_DeleteBatchAction
- The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
- Authenticator::get_login_form() — Method in class Authenticator
- Method that creates the login form for this authentication method
- Authenticator::get_cms_login_form() — Method in class Authenticator
- Method that creates the re-authentication form for the in-CMS view
- Authenticator::get_name() — Method in class Authenticator
- Get the name of the authentication method
- Authenticator::get_authenticators() — Method in class Authenticator
- Get all registered authenticators
- Authenticator::get_default_authenticator() — Method in class Authenticator
- BrokenFilesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
- BrokenFilesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
- BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
- BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
- BrokenVirtualPagesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
- BrokenVirtualPagesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
- BuildTask::getTitle() — Method in class BuildTask
- BuildTask::getDescription() — Method in class BuildTask
- BulkLoader::getOptionFields() — Method in class BulkLoader
- Return a FieldList containing all the options for this form; this doesn't include the actual upload field itself
- BulkLoader::getImportSpec() — Method in class BulkLoader
- Get a specification of all available columns and relations on the used model.
- CMSBatchAction::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
- The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
- CMSBatchAction::getParameterFields() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
- If your batchaction has parameters, return a FieldList here
- CMSBatchAction_Archive::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Archive
- The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
- CMSBatchAction_Delete::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Delete
- The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
- CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive
- The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
- CMSBatchAction_Publish::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Publish
- The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
- CMSBatchAction_Restore::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Restore
- The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
- CMSBatchAction_Unpublish::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Unpublish
- The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
- CMSFileAddController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSFileAddController
- CMSForm::getValidationExemptActions() — Method in class CMSForm
- Get a list of actions that are exempt from validation
- CMSForm::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class CMSForm
- Gets the current response negotiator
- CMSMain::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class CMSMain
- Caution: Volatile API.
- CMSMain::getRecord() — Method in class CMSMain
- Get a database record to be managed by the CMS.
- CMSMain::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::getList() — Method in class CMSMain
- Returns the pages meet a certain criteria as {see CMSSiteTreeFilter} or the subpages of a parent page defaulting to no filter and show all pages in first level.
- CMSMain::getNewItem() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMemberLoginForm::getExternalLink() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm
- Get link to use for external security actions
- CMSMenu::get_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu
- Get a single menu item by its code value.
- CMSMenu::get_menu_items() — Method in class CMSMenu
- Get all menu entries.
- CMSMenu::get_viewable_menu_items() — Method in class CMSMenu
- Get all menu items that the passed member can view.
- CMSMenu::get_cms_classes() — Method in class CMSMenu
- A utility funciton to retrieve subclasses of a given class that are instantiable (ie, not abstract) and have a valid menu title.
- CMSMenu::getIterator() — Method in class CMSMenu
- IteratorAggregate Interface Method. Iterates over the menu items.
- CMSMenuItem::getAttributesHTML() — Method in class CMSMenuItem
- CMSPageHistoryController::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
- Caution: Volatile API.
- CMSPageHistoryController::getSilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
- Used for preview controls, mainly links which switch between different states of the page.
- CMSPageHistoryController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
- Returns the read only version of the edit form. Detaches all {@link FormAction} instances attached since only action relates to revert.
- CMSPageHistoryController::getVersionID() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
- Get current version ID
- CMSPageSettingsController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSPageSettingsController
- CMSProfileController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSProfileController
- Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}
- CMSSecurity::getTargetMember() — Method in class CMSSecurity
- Get known logged out member
- CMSSecurity::getResponseController() — Method in class CMSSecurity
- CMSSecurity::getTitle() — Method in class CMSSecurity
- CMSSecurity::GetLoginForms() — Method in class CMSSecurity
- Get the login forms for all available authentication methods
- CMSSecurity::getTemplatesFor() — Method in class CMSSecurity
- Determine the list of templates to use for rendering the given action
- CMSSecurity::getIncludeTemplate() — Method in class CMSSecurity
- Gets the template for an include used for security.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::get_all_filters() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
- Returns a sorted array of all implementators of CMSSiteTreeFilter, suitable for use in a dropdown.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::getChildrenMethod() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
- Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used to traverse into children relationships.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::getNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
- Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used find the number of children for a parent page
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::getPageClasses() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
- Given a page, determine any additional CSS classes to apply to the tree node
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
- Gets the list of filtered pages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages
- Gets the list of filtered pages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages
- Gets the list of filtered pages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages
- Filters out all pages who's status who's status that doesn't exist on live
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search
- Retun an array of maps containing the keys, 'ID' and 'ParentID' for each page to be displayed in the search.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages
- Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Deleted".
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages
- Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Draft".
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages
- Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Removed from draft".
- CSSContentParser::getBySelector() — Method in class CSSContentParser
- Returns a number of SimpleXML elements that match the given CSS selector.
- CSSContentParser::getByXpath() — Method in class CSSContentParser
- Allows querying the content through XPATH selectors.
- CacheProxy::getBackend() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CacheProxy::getOption() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CacheProxy::getIds() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CacheProxy::getTags() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CacheProxy::getIdsMatchingTags() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CacheProxy::getIdsNotMatchingTags() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CacheProxy::getIdsMatchingAnyTags() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CacheProxy::getFillingPercentage() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CacheProxy::getMetadatas() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CheckboxField::getAttributes() — Method in class CheckboxField
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- CheckboxSetField::getOptions() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
- CheckboxSetField::getDefaultItems() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
- ClassInfo::getValidSubClasses() — Method in class ClassInfo
- Returns the manifest of all classes which are present in the database.
- CompositeField::getChildren() — Method in class CompositeField
- Accessor method for $this->children
- CompositeField::getTag() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::getLegend() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::getAttributes() — Method in class CompositeField
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- CompositeField::getColumnCount() — Method in class CompositeField
- Config::get() — Method in class Config
- Get the config value associated for a given class and property
- Config_ForClass::get() — Method in class Config_ForClass
- Config_LRU::get() — Method in class Config_LRU
- Return a cached value in the case of a hit, false otherwise.
- Config_MemCache::get() — Method in class Config_MemCache
- ConfirmedPasswordField::getChildren() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Returns the children of this field for use in templating.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::getShowOnClickTitle() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- ConfirmedPasswordField::getRequireExistingPassword() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Check if existing password is required
- ContentController::getMenu() — Method in class ContentController
- Returns a fixed navigation menu of the given level.
- ContentController::getViewer() — Method in class ContentController
- Return an SSViewer object to render the template for the current page.
- ContentNegotiator::get_encoding() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
- Return the character encoding set bhy ContentNegotiator::set_encoding(). It's recommended that all classes that need to specify the character set make use of this function.
- Controller::getURLParams() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::getResponse() — Method in class Controller
- Returns the SS_HTTPResponse object that this controller is building up.
- Controller::getFormOwner() — Method in class Controller
- Return the object that is going to own a form that's being processed, and handle its execution.
- Controller::getAction() — Method in class Controller
- Returns the action that is being executed on this controller.
- Controller::getViewer() — Method in class Controller
- Return an SSViewer object to process the data
- Controller::getSession() — Method in class Controller
- Get the Session object representing this Controller's session
- Controller::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Controller
- Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- Cookie::get_inst() — Method in class Cookie
- Fetch the current instance of the cookie backend
- Cookie::get() — Method in class Cookie
- Get the cookie value by name
- Cookie::get_all() — Method in class Cookie
- Get all the cookies
- CookieJar::get() — Method in class CookieJar
- Get the cookie value by name
- CookieJar::getAll() — Method in class CookieJar
- Get all the cookies
- Cookie_Backend::get() — Method in class Cookie_Backend
- Get the cookie value by name
- Cookie_Backend::getAll() — Method in class Cookie_Backend
- Get all the cookies
- CreditCardField::getAttributes() — Method in class CreditCardField
- Add default attributes for use on all inputs.
- CreditCardField::getTabIndexHTML() — Method in class CreditCardField
- Get tabindex HTML string
- DB::get_conn() — Method in class DB
- Get the global database connection.
- DB::getConn() — Method in class DB
- DB::get_schema() — Method in class DB
- Retrieves the schema manager for the current database
- DB::get_connector() — Method in class DB
- Retrieves the connector object for the current database
- DB::get_alternative_database_name() — Method in class DB
- Get the name of the database in use
- DB::getConnect() — Method in class DB
- DB::get_generated_id() — Method in class DB
- Get the autogenerated ID from the previous INSERT query.
- DB::getGeneratedID() — Method in class DB
- DBConnector::getVersion() — Method in class DBConnector
- Query for the version of the currently connected database
- DBConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class DBConnector
- Retrieves the name of the currently selected database
- DBConnector::getLastError() — Method in class DBConnector
- Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection
- DBConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class DBConnector
- Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.
- DBField::getName() — Method in class DBField
- Returns the name of this field.
- DBField::getValue() — Method in class DBField
- Returns the value of this field.
- DBLocale::getShortName() — Method in class DBLocale
- Resolves the locale to a common english-language name through {@link i18n::get_common_locales()}.
- DBLocale::getLongName() — Method in class DBLocale
- DBLocale::getNativeName() — Method in class DBLocale
- Returns the localized name based on the field's value.
- DBQueryBuilder::getSeparator() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
- Determines the line separator to use.
- DataExtension::get_extra_config() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataFormatter::getCustomFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
- DataFormatter::getCustomRelations() — Method in class DataFormatter
- DataFormatter::getCustomAddFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
- DataFormatter::getRemoveFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
- DataFormatter::getOutputContentType() — Method in class DataFormatter
- DataFormatter::getTotalSize() — Method in class DataFormatter
- DataList::getRelationName() — Method in class DataList
- Translates a {@link Object} relation name to a Database name and apply the relation join to the query. Throws an InvalidArgumentException if the $field doesn't correspond to a relation.
- DataList::getIterator() — Method in class DataList
- Returns an Iterator for this DataList.
- DataList::getIDList() — Method in class DataList
- Returns an array with both the keys and values set to the IDs of the records in this list.
- DataObject::get_validation_enabled() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns when validation on DataObjects is enabled.
- DataObject::get_classname_spec() — Method in class DataObject
- Determines the specification for the ClassName field for the given class
- DataObject::getObsoleteClassName() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::getClassName() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::getTitle() — Method in class DataObject
- Standard implementation of a title/label for a specific record. Tries to find properties 'Title' or 'Name', and falls back to the 'ID'. Useful to provide user-friendly identification of a record, e.g. in errormessages or UI-selections.
- DataObject::getQueriedDatabaseFields() — Method in class DataObject
- Return all currently fetched database fields.
- DataObject::getClassAncestry() — Method in class DataObject
- Get the class ancestry, including the current class name.
- DataObject::getComponent() — Method in class DataObject
- Return a component object from a one to one relationship, as a DataObject.
- DataObject::getComponents() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns a one-to-many relation as a HasManyList
- DataObject::getComponentsQuery() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::getRelationClass() — Method in class DataObject
- Find the foreign class of a relation on this DataObject, regardless of the relation type.
- DataObject::getRemoteJoinField() — Method in class DataObject
- Tries to find the database key on another object that is used to store a relationship to this class. If no join field can be found it defaults to 'ParentID'.
- DataObject::getManyManyComponents() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns a many-to-many component, as a ManyManyList.
- DataObject::getDefaultSearchContext() — Method in class DataObject
- Generates a SearchContext to be used for building and processing a generic search form for properties on this object.
- DataObject::getCMSFields() — Method in class DataObject
- Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a {@link FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form} object.
- DataObject::getCMSActions() — Method in class DataObject
- need to be overload by solid dataobject, so that the customised actions of that dataobject, including that dataobject's extensions customised actions could be added to the EditForm.
- DataObject::getFrontEndFields() — Method in class DataObject
- Used for simple frontend forms without relation editing or {@link TabSet} behaviour. Uses {@link scaffoldFormFields()} by default. To customize, either overload this method in your subclass, or extend it by {@link DataExtension->updateFrontEndFields()}.
- DataObject::getField() — Method in class DataObject
- Gets the value of a field.
- DataObject::getChangedFields() — Method in class DataObject
- Return the fields that have changed.
- DataObject::getReverseAssociation() — Method in class DataObject
- Temporary hack to return an association name, based on class, to get around the mangle of having to deal with reverse lookup of relationships to determine autogenerated foreign keys.
- DataObject::get() — Method in class DataObject
- Return all objects matching the filter sub-classes are automatically selected and included
- DataObject::get_one() — Method in class DataObject
- Return the first item matching the given query.
- DataObject::get_by_id() — Method in class DataObject
- Return the given element, searching by ID
- DataObject::getSourceQueryParams() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::getSourceQueryParam() — Method in class DataObject
- DataQuery::getFinalisedQuery() — Method in class DataQuery
- Ensure that the query is ready to execute.
- DataQuery::groupby() — Method in class DataQuery
- Append a GROUP BY clause to this query.
- DataQuery::getQueryParam() — Method in class DataQuery
- Set an arbitrary query parameter, that can be used by decorators to add additional meta-data to the query.
- DataQuery::getQueryParams() — Method in class DataQuery
- Returns all query parameters
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_adapters() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
- Return all registered adapters
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_adapter() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
- Returns registry data for a class
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_default_fields() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
- Retrieves default field configuration
- DatabaseAdmin::groupedDataClasses() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
- Get the data classes, grouped by their root class
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper::getDatabaseVersion() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Determines the version of the database server
- DatalessField::getAttributes() — Method in class DatalessField
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- DatalessField::getAllowHTML() — Method in class DatalessField
- DateField::getLocale() — Method in class DateField
- DateField::getConfig() — Method in class DateField
- DateField_View_JQuery::getField() — Method in class DateField_View_JQuery
- DatetimeField::getDateField() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::getTimeField() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::getTimezoneField() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::getLocale() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::getConfig() — Method in class DatetimeField
- Note: Use {@link getDateField()} and {@link getTimeField()} to get field-specific config options.
- Deprecation::get_enabled() — Method in class Deprecation
- Determine if deprecation notices should be displayed
- DevelopmentAdmin::generatesecuretoken() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
- Generate a secure token which can be used as a crypto key.
- Diff::getHTMLChunks() — Method in class Diff
- Director::get_current_page() — Method in class Director
- Return the {@link SiteTree} object that is currently being viewed. If there is no SiteTree object to return, then this will return the current controller.
- Director::getAbsFile() — Method in class Director
- Given a filesystem reference relative to the site root, return the full file-system path.
- Director::get_environment_type() — Method in class Director
- Can also be checked with {@link Director::isDev()}, {@link Director::isTest()}, and {@link Director::isLive()}.
- Director::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Director
- DropdownField::getDisabledItems() — Method in class DropdownField
- DropdownField::getAttributes() — Method in class DropdownField
- DropdownField::getSource() — Method in class DropdownField
- Gets the source array including any empty default values.
- DropdownField::getHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class DropdownField
- DropdownField::getEmptyString() — Method in class DropdownField
- DropdownField::getSourceAsArray() — Method in class DropdownField
- Get the source of this field as an array
- Email::getTemplate() — Method in class Email
- Email::getAdminEmail() — Method in class Email
- EmailField::getAttributes() — Method in class EmailField
- EmptyPagesReport::group() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
- ErrorPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class ErrorPage
- ErrorPage::get_filepath_for_errorcode() — Method in class ErrorPage
- Returns an absolute filesystem path to a static error file which is generated through {@link publish()}.
- ErrorPage::get_static_filepath() — Method in class ErrorPage
- Extension::getOwner() — Method in class Extension
- Returns the owner of this extension.
- Extension::get_classname_without_arguments() — Method in class Extension
- Helper method to strip eval'ed arguments from a string thats passed to {@link DataObject::$extensions} or {@link Object::add_extension()}.
- FieldGroup::getZebra() — Method in class FieldGroup
- FieldList::getTabPathRewrites() — Method in class FieldList
- File::getTreeTitle() — Method in class File
- File::getCMSFields() — Method in class File
- Returns the fields to power the edit screen of files in the CMS.
- File::get_app_category() — Method in class File
- Returns a category based on the file extension.
- File::getAbsoluteURL() — Method in class File
- Gets the absolute URL accessible through the web.
- File::getURL() — Method in class File
- Gets the relative URL accessible through the web.
- File::getFullPath() — Method in class File
- Returns an absolute filesystem path to the file.
- File::getRelativePath() — Method in class File
- Returns path relative to webroot.
- File::getFilename() — Method in class File
- File::getExtension() — Method in class File
- Returns the file extension
- File::get_file_extension() — Method in class File
- Gets the extension of a filepath or filename, by stripping away everything before the last "dot".
- File::getFileType() — Method in class File
- Return the type of file for the given extension on the current file name.
- File::getSize() — Method in class File
- Returns the size of the file type in an appropriate format.
- File::getAbsoluteSize() — Method in class File
- Return file size in bytes.
- File::get_class_for_file_extension() — Method in class File
- Maps a {@link File} subclass to a specific extension.
- FileField::getAttributes() — Method in class FileField
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- FileField::getValidator() — Method in class FileField
- Get custom validator for this field
- FileField::getFolderName() — Method in class FileField
- Gets the upload folder name
- FileField::getUpload() — Method in class FileField
- Retrieves the Upload handler
- FileField::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class FileField
- Returns list of extensions allowed by this field, or an empty array if there is no restriction
- FileNameFilter::getReplacements() — Method in class FileNameFilter
- FileNameFilter::getTransliterator() — Method in class FileNameFilter
- FileNameFilter::getDefaultName() — Method in class FileNameFilter
- FixtureBlueprint::getDefaults() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
- FixtureBlueprint::getClass() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
- FixtureFactory::getId() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- Get the ID of an object from the fixture.
- FixtureFactory::getIds() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- Return all of the IDs in the fixture of a particular class name.
- FixtureFactory::get() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- Get an object from the fixture.
- FixtureFactory::getFixtures() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- FixtureFactory::getBlueprints() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- FixtureFactory::getBlueprint() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- Folder::getRelativePath() — Method in class Folder
- Returns path relative to webroot.
- Folder::getTitle() — Method in class Folder
- Standard implementation of a title/label for a specific record. Tries to find properties 'Title' or 'Name', and falls back to the 'ID'. Useful to provide user-friendly identification of a record, e.g. in errormessages or UI-selections.
- Folder::getSize() — Method in class Folder
- A folder doesn't have a (meaningful) file size.
- Folder::getCMSFields() — Method in class Folder
- Return the FieldList used to edit this folder in the CMS.
- Folder::getTreeTitle() — Method in class Folder
- Folder_UnusedAssetsField::getChildren() — Method in class Folder_UnusedAssetsField
- Accessor method for $this->children
- Form::getRedirectToFormOnValidationError() — Method in class Form
- Get whether the user should be redirected back down to the form on the page upon validation errors
- Form::getValidator() — Method in class Form
- Get the {@link Validator} attached to this form.
- Form::getExtraFields() — Method in class Form
- Generate extra special fields - namely the security token field (if required).
- Form::getAttribute() — Method in class Form
- Form::getAttributes() — Method in class Form
- Form::getAttributesHTML() — Method in class Form
- Return the attributes of the form tag - used by the templates.
- Form::getTemplateHelper() — Method in class Form
- Return a {@link FormTemplateHelper} for this form. If one has not been set, return the default helper.
- Form::getTemplate() — Method in class Form
- Return the template to render this form with.
- Form::getEncType() — Method in class Form
- Returns the encoding type for the form.
- Form::getStrictFormMethodCheck() — Method in class Form
- Form::getHTMLID() — Method in class Form
- Form::getController() — Method in class Form
- Get the controller.
- Form::getName() — Method in class Form
- Get the name of the form.
- Form::getRecord() — Method in class Form
- Returns the DataObject that has given this form its data through {@link loadDataFrom()}.
- Form::getLegend() — Method in class Form
- Get the legend value to be inserted into the
<
legend> element in Form.ss
- Form::getData() — Method in class Form
- Get the submitted data from this form through {@link FieldList->dataFields()}, which filters out any form-specific data like form-actions.
- Form::getSecurityToken() — Method in class Form
- Returns the security token for this form (if any exists).
- FormAction::getAttributes() — Method in class FormAction
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- FormAction::getButtonContent() — Method in class FormAction
- Gets the content inside the button field
- FormAction::getUseButtonTag() — Method in class FormAction
- Determine if this action is rendered as a
<button />
- FormField::getTemplateHelper() — Method in class FormField
- Returns the current {@link FormTemplateHelper} on either the parent Form or the global helper set through the {@link Injector} layout.
- FormField::getName() — Method in class FormField
- Returns the field name.
- FormField::getAttribute() — Method in class FormField
- Get an HTML attribute defined by the field, or added through {@link setAttribute()}.
- FormField::getAttributes() — Method in class FormField
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- FormField::getAttributesHTML() — Method in class FormField
- Custom attributes to process. Falls back to {@link getAttributes()}.
- FormField::getForm() — Method in class FormField
- Get the currently used form.
- FormField::getCustomValidationMessage() — Method in class FormField
- Get the custom error message for this form field. If a custom message has not been defined then just return blank. The default error is defined on {@link Validator}.
- FormField::getTemplate() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::getFieldHolderTemplate() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::getSmallFieldHolderTemplate() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::getTemplates() — Method in class FormField
- Returns an array of templates to use for rendering {@link FieldHolder}.
- FormField::getFieldHolderTemplates() — Method in class FormField
- Returns an array of templates to use for rendering {@link FieldHolder}.
- FormField::getSmallFieldHolderTemplates() — Method in class FormField
- Returns an array of templates to use for rendering {@link SmallFieldHolder}.
- FormField::getDescription() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::getContainerFieldList() — Method in class FormField
- Get the FieldList that contains this field.
- FormScaffolder::getFieldList() — Method in class FormScaffolder
- Gets the form fields as defined through the metadata on {@link $obj} and the custom parameters passed to FormScaffolder.
- FormTemplateHelper::generateFormID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper
- FormTemplateHelper::generateFieldHolderID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper
- FormTemplateHelper::generateFieldID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper
- Generate the field ID value
- FormTemplateHelper_Pre32::generateFormID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper_Pre32
- FormTemplateHelper_Pre32::generateFieldHolderID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper_Pre32
- FormTemplateHelper_Pre32::generateFieldID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper_Pre32
- FulltextFilter::getDbName() — Method in class FulltextFilter
- This implementation allows for a list of columns to be passed into MATCH() instead of just one.
- FulltextSearchable::get_extra_config() — Method in class FulltextSearchable
- FulltextSearchable::get_searchable_classes() — Method in class FulltextSearchable
- Shows all classes that had the {@link FulltextSearchable} extension applied through {@link enable()}.
- FunctionalTest::get() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- Submit a get request
- FunctionalTest::get_disable_themes() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- FunctionalTest::get_use_draft_site() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- GD — Class in namespace
- This class is maintained for backwards-compatibility only. Please use the {@link GDBackend} class instead.
- GDBackend — Class in namespace
- A wrapper class for GD-based images, with lots of manipulation functions.
- GDBackend::getImageResource() — Method in class GDBackend
- getImageResource
- GDBackend::getGD() — Method in class GDBackend
- GDBackend::getWidth() — Method in class GDBackend
- Method return width of image.
- GDBackend::getHeight() — Method in class GDBackend
- Method return height of image.
- GDBackend::greyscale() — Method in class GDBackend
- Make the image greyscale.
- GenericTemplateGlobalProvider — Class in namespace
- GenericTemplateGlobalProvider::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider
- Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- GenericTemplateGlobalProvider::getDataList() — Method in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider
- This allows templates to create a new
DataList
from a known DataObject class name, and call methods such as aggregates. - GreaterThanFilter — Class in namespace
- Selects numerical/date content greater than the input
- GreaterThanOrEqualFilter — Class in namespace
- Selects numerical/date content greater than or equal to the input
- GridField — Class in namespace
- Displays a {@link SS_List} in a grid format.
- GridField::getModelClass() — Method in class GridField
- Returns a data class that is a DataObject type that this GridField should look like.
- GridField::getConfig() — Method in class GridField
- GridField::getComponents() — Method in class GridField
- GridField::getCastedValue() — Method in class GridField
- Cast an arbitrary value with the help of a $castingDefinition.
- GridField::getList() — Method in class GridField
- Get the data source.
- GridField::getManipulatedList() — Method in class GridField
- Get the data source after applying every {@link GridField_DataManipulator} to it.
- GridField::getState() — Method in class GridField
- Get the current GridState_Data or the GridState.
- GridField::getAttributes() — Method in class GridField
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- GridField::getColumns() — Method in class GridField
- Get the columns of this GridField, they are provided by attached GridField_ColumnProvider.
- GridField::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridField
- Get the value from a column.
- GridField::getDataFieldValue() — Method in class GridField
- Get the value of a named field on the given record.
- GridField::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridField
- Get extra columns attributes used as HTML attributes.
- GridField::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridField
- Get metadata for a column.
- GridField::getColumnCount() — Method in class GridField
- Return how many columns the grid will have.
- GridField::gridFieldAlterAction() — Method in class GridField
- This is the action that gets executed when a GridField_AlterAction gets clicked.
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter — Class in namespace
- This class is is responsible for adding objects to another object's has_many and many_many relation, as defined by the {@link RelationList} passed to the {@link GridField} constructor.
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- If an object ID is set, add the object to the list
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getResultsFormat() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getSearchFields() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getPlaceholderText() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getResultsLimit() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- Gets the maximum number of autocomplete results to display.
- GridFieldAddNewButton — Class in namespace
- This component provides a button for opening the add new form provided by {@link GridFieldDetailForm}.
- GridFieldAddNewButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldAddNewButton
- Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
- GridFieldButtonRow — Class in namespace
- Adding this class to a {@link GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField} adds a button row to that field.
- GridFieldButtonRow::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldButtonRow
- Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
- GridFieldComponent — Class in namespace
- Base interface for all components that can be added to GridField.
- GridFieldConfig — Class in namespace
- Encapsulates a collection of components following the {@link GridFieldComponent} interface. While the {@link GridField} itself has some configuration in the form of setters, most of the details are dealt with through components.
- GridFieldConfig::getComponents() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
- GridFieldConfig::getComponentsByType() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
- Returns all components extending a certain class, or implementing a certain interface.
- GridFieldConfig::getComponentByType() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
- Returns the first available component with the given class or interface.
- GridFieldConfig_Base — Class in namespace
- A simple readonly, paginated view of records, with sortable and searchable headers.
- GridFieldConfig_RecordEditor — Class in namespace
- Allows editing of records contained within the GridField, instead of only allowing the ability to view records in the GridField.
- GridFieldConfig_RecordViewer — Class in namespace
- Allows viewing readonly details of individual records.
- GridFieldConfig_RelationEditor — Class in namespace
- Similar to {@link GridFieldConfig_RecordEditor}, but adds features to work on has-many or many-many relationships.
- GridFieldDataColumns — Class in namespace
- GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
- Names of all columns which are affected by this component.
- GridFieldDataColumns::getDisplayFields() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
- Get the DisplayFields
- GridFieldDataColumns::getFieldCasting() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
- GridFieldDataColumns::getFieldFormatting() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
- GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
- HTML for the column, content of the element.
- GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
- Attributes for the element containing the content returned by {@link getColumnContent()}.
- GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
- Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.
- GridFieldDeleteAction — Class in namespace
- This class is a {@link GridField} component that adds a delete action for objects.
- GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
- Return any special attributes that will be used for FormField::create_tag()
- GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
- Add the title
- GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
- Which columns are handled by this component
- GridFieldDeleteAction::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
- Which GridField actions are this component handling
- GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
- GridFieldDetailForm — Class in namespace
- Provides view and edit forms at GridField-specific URLs.
- GridFieldDetailForm::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- Return URLs to be handled by this grid field, in an array the same form as $url_handlers.
- GridFieldDetailForm::getTemplate() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::getName() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::getValidator() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::getFields() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::getItemRequestClass() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::getItemEditFormCallback() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest — Class in namespace
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getTemplate() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getController() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getGridField() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getRecord() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridFieldEditButton — Class in namespace
- Provides the entry point to editing a single record presented by the {@link GridField}.
- GridFieldEditButton::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
- Return any special attributes that will be used for FormField::create_tag()
- GridFieldEditButton::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
- Add the title
- GridFieldEditButton::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
- Which columns are handled by this component
- GridFieldEditButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
- Which GridField actions are this component handling.
- GridFieldEditButton::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
- GridFieldExportButton — Class in namespace
- Adds an "Export list" button to the bottom of a {@link GridField}.
- GridFieldExportButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- Place the export button in a
<
p> tag below the field
- GridFieldExportButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- export is an action button
- GridFieldExportButton::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- it is also a URL
- GridFieldExportButton::generateExportFileData() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- Generate export fields for CSV.
- GridFieldExportButton::getExportColumns() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldExportButton::getCsvSeparator() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldExportButton::getCsvHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldFilterHeader — Class in namespace
- GridFieldFilterHeader alters the {@link GridField} with some filtering fields in the header of each column.
- GridFieldFilterHeader::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
- See {@link setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()}
- GridFieldFilterHeader::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
- GridFieldFilterHeader::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
- GridFieldFilterHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
- GridFieldFooter — Class in namespace
- Adding this class to a {@link GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField} adds a footer bar to that field.
- GridFieldFooter::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldFooter
- Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
- GridFieldLevelup — Class in namespace
- Adds a "level up" link to a GridField table, which is useful when viewing hierarchical data. Requires the managed record to have a "getParent()" method or has_one relationship called "Parent".
- GridFieldLevelup::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
- Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
- GridFieldLevelup::getAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
- GridFieldLevelup::getLinkSpec() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
- GridFieldPageCount — Class in namespace
- GridFieldPage displays a simple current page count summary.
- GridFieldPageCount::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPageCount
- GridFieldPaginator — Class in namespace
- GridFieldPaginator paginates the {@link GridField} list and adds controls to the bottom of the {@link GridField}.
- GridFieldPaginator::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- See {@link setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()}
- GridFieldPaginator::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- GridFieldPaginator::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- GridFieldPaginator::getTemplateParameters() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- Determines arguments to be passed to the template for building this field
- GridFieldPaginator::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- GridFieldPaginator::getItemsPerPage() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- GridFieldPrintButton — Class in namespace
- Adds an "Print" button to the bottom or top of a GridField.
- GridFieldPrintButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- Place the print button in a
<
p> tag below the field
- GridFieldPrintButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- Print is an action button.
- GridFieldPrintButton::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- Print is accessible via the url
- GridFieldPrintButton::getTitle() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- Return the title of the printed page
- GridFieldPrintButton::generatePrintData() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- Export core.
- GridFieldPrintButton::getPrintColumns() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- GridFieldPrintButton::getPrintHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- GridFieldSortableHeader — Class in namespace
- GridFieldSortableHeader adds column headers to a {@link GridField} that can also sort the columns.
- GridFieldSortableHeader::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
- See {@link setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()}
- GridFieldSortableHeader::getFieldSorting() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
- GridFieldSortableHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
- Returns the header row providing titles with sort buttons
- GridFieldSortableHeader::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
- GridFieldSortableHeader::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
- Returns the manipulated (sorted) DataList. Field names will simply add an 'ORDER BY' clause, relation names will add appropriate joins to the {@link DataQuery} first.
- GridFieldToolbarHeader — Class in namespace
- Adding this class to a {@link GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField} adds a header title to that field.
- GridFieldToolbarHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldToolbarHeader
- Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
- GridFieldViewButton — Class in namespace
- A button that allows a user to view readonly details of a record. This is disabled by default and intended for use in readonly {@link GridField} instances.
- GridFieldViewButton::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
- Names of all columns which are affected by this component.
- GridFieldViewButton::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
- HTML for the column, content of the element.
- GridFieldViewButton::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
- Attributes for the element containing the content returned by {@link getColumnContent()}.
- GridFieldViewButton::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
- Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.
- GridField_ActionProvider — Class in namespace
- An action is defined by two things: an action name, and zero or more named arguments.
- GridField_ActionProvider::getActions() — Method in class GridField_ActionProvider
- Return a list of the actions handled by this action provider.
- GridField_ColumnProvider — Class in namespace
- Add a new column to the table display body, or modify existing columns.
- GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
- Names of all columns which are affected by this component.
- GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
- HTML for the column, content of the element.
- GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
- Attributes for the element containing the content returned by {@link getColumnContent()}.
- GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
- Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.
- GridField_DataManipulator — Class in namespace
- Can modify the data list.
- GridField_DataManipulator::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridField_DataManipulator
- Manipulate the {@link DataList} as needed by this grid modifier.
- GridField_FormAction — Class in namespace
- This class is the base class when you want to have an action that alters the state of the {@link GridField}, rendered as a button element.
- GridField_FormAction::getAttributes() — Method in class GridField_FormAction
- GridField_HTMLProvider — Class in namespace
- A GridField manipulator that provides HTML for the header/footer rows, or f or before/after the template.
- GridField_HTMLProvider::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridField_HTMLProvider
- Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
- GridField_SaveHandler — Class in namespace
- A component which is used to handle when a {@link GridField} is saved into a record.
- GridField_URLHandler — Class in namespace
- Sometimes an action isn't enough: you need to provide additional support URLs for the {@link GridField}.
- GridField_URLHandler::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridField_URLHandler
- Return URLs to be handled by this grid field, in an array the same form as $url_handlers.
- GridState — Class in namespace
- This class is a snapshot of the current status of a {@link GridField}.
- GridState::getData() — Method in class GridState
- GridState::getList() — Method in class GridState
- GridState_Component — Class in namespace
- GridState_Component::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridState_Component
- Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
- GridState_Data — Class in namespace
- Simple set of data, similar to stdClass, but without the notice-level errors.
- GridState_Data::getData() — Method in class GridState_Data
- Retrieve the value for the given key
- Group — Class in namespace
- A security group.
- Group::getAllChildren() — Method in class Group
- Group::getCMSFields() — Method in class Group
- Caution: Only call on instances, not through a singleton.
- Group::getTreeTitle() — Method in class Group
- Group::Groups() — Method in class Group
- List of child groups
- GroupCsvBulkLoader — Class in namespace
- GroupImportForm — Class in namespace
- Imports {@link Group} records by CSV upload, as defined in {@link GroupCsvBulkLoader}.
- GroupedDropdownField — Class in namespace
- Grouped dropdown, using optgroup tags.
- GroupedList — Class in namespace
- A list decorator that allows a list to be grouped into sub-lists by common values of a field.
- GroupedList::groupBy() — Method in class GroupedList
- GroupedList::GroupedBy() — Method in class GroupedList
- Similar to {@link groupBy()}, but returns the data in a format which is suitable for usage in templates.
- HTMLCleaner::getConfig() — Method in class HTMLCleaner
- HTMLText::getProcessShortcodes() — Method in class HTMLText
- Check if shortcodes are enabled
- HTTP::getLinksIn() — Method in class HTTP
- HTTP::getImagesIn() — Method in class HTTP
- HTTP::get_mime_type() — Method in class HTTP
- Get the MIME type based on a file's extension.
- HTTP::gmt_date() — Method in class HTTP
- Return an {@link http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2822 RFC 2822} date in the GMT timezone (a timestamp is always in GMT: the number of seconds since January 1 1970 00:00:00 GMT)
- HTTP::get_cache_age() — Method in class HTTP
- Return static variable cache_age in second
- HTTPCacheControl::getDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Low level method to get the value of a directive
- HTTPCacheControl::generateHeaders() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Generate all headers to output
- HasManyList::getForeignKey() — Method in class HasManyList
- Gets the field name which holds the related object ID.
- HeaderField::getHeadingLevel() — Method in class HeaderField
- HeaderField::getAttributes() — Method in class HeaderField
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- HiddenField::getAttributes() — Method in class HiddenField
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- Hierarchy::get_extra_config() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Hierarchy::getChildrenAsUL() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Returns the children of this DataObject as an XHTML UL. This will be called recursively on each child, so if they have children they will be displayed as a UL inside a LI.
- Hierarchy::getDescendantIDList() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Get a list of this DataObject's and all it's descendants IDs.
- Hierarchy::getParent() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Get this object's parent, optionally filtered by an SQL clause. If the clause doesn't match the parent, nothing is returned.
- Hierarchy::getAncestors() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Return all the parents of this class in a set ordered from the lowest to highest parent.
- Hierarchy::getBreadcrumbs() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Returns a human-readable, flattened representation of the path to the object, using its {@link Title} attribute.
- HtmlEditorConfig::get() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Get the HtmlEditorConfig object for the given identifier. This is a correct way to get an HtmlEditorConfig instance - do not call 'new'
- HtmlEditorConfig::get_active_identifier() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Get the currently active configuration identifier
- HtmlEditorConfig::get_active() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Get the currently active configuration object
- HtmlEditorConfig::get_available_configs_map() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Get the available configurations as a map of friendly_name to configuration name.
- HtmlEditorConfig::getOption() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Get the current value of an option
- HtmlEditorConfig::getPlugins() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- HtmlEditorField::getAttributes() — Method in class HtmlEditorField
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- HtmlEditorField_Embed::getWidth() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
- HtmlEditorField_Embed::getHeight() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
- HtmlEditorField_Embed::getInsertWidth() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
- Provide an initial width for inserted media, restricted based on $embed_width
- HtmlEditorField_Embed::getInsertHeight() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
- Provide an initial height for inserted media, scaled proportionally to the initial width
- HtmlEditorField_Embed::getPreview() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
- HtmlEditorField_Embed::getName() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
- HtmlEditorField_Embed::getType() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
- HtmlEditorField_Embed::getOembed() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
- HtmlEditorField_Embed::getInfo() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
- HtmlEditorField_File::getFile() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
- HtmlEditorField_File::getURL() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
- HtmlEditorField_File::getName() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
- HtmlEditorField_File::getPreview() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
- HtmlEditorField_File::getExtension() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
- HtmlEditorField_Image::getWidth() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image
- HtmlEditorField_Image::getHeight() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image
- HtmlEditorField_Image::getInsertWidth() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image
- Provide an initial width for inserted image, restricted based on $embed_width
- HtmlEditorField_Image::getInsertHeight() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image
- Provide an initial height for inserted image, scaled proportionally to the initial width
- HtmlEditorField_Image::getPreview() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image
- HtmlEditorField_Toolbar::getanchors() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar
- Find all anchors available on the given page.
- Image::get_backend() — Method in class Image
- Image::getCMSFields() — Method in class Image
- Returns the fields to power the edit screen of files in the CMS.
- Image::getTag() — Method in class Image
- Return an XHTML img tag for this Image, or NULL if the image file doesn't exist on the filesystem.
- Image::generateFit() — Method in class Image
- Scale image proportionally to fit within the specified bounds
- Image::generateFill() — Method in class Image
- Resize and crop image to fill specified dimensions.
- Image::generatePad() — Method in class Image
- Fit image to specified dimensions and fill leftover space with a solid colour (default white). Use in templates with $Pad.
- Image::generateScaleWidth() — Method in class Image
- Scale image proportionally by width. Use in templates with $ScaleWidth.
- Image::generateScaleHeight() — Method in class Image
- Scale image proportionally by height. Use in templates with $ScaleHeight.
- Image::generateSetRatioSize() — Method in class Image
- Resize the image by preserving aspect ratio, keeping the image inside the $width and $height
- Image::generateSetWidth() — Method in class Image
- Resize this Image by width, keeping aspect ratio. Use in templates with $SetWidth.
- Image::generateSetHeight() — Method in class Image
- Resize this Image by height, keeping aspect ratio. Use in templates with $SetHeight.
- Image::generateSetSize() — Method in class Image
- Resize this Image by both width and height, using padded resize. Use in templates with $SetSize.
- Image::generateCMSThumbnail() — Method in class Image
- Resize this image for the CMS. Use in templates with $CMSThumbnail.
- Image::generateAssetLibraryPreview() — Method in class Image
- Resize this image for preview in the Asset section. Use in templates with $AssetLibraryPreview.
- Image::generateAssetLibraryThumbnail() — Method in class Image
- Resize this image for thumbnail in the Asset section. Use in templates with $AssetLibraryThumbnail.
- Image::generateStripThumbnail() — Method in class Image
- Resize this image for use as a thumbnail in a strip. Use in templates with $StripThumbnail.
- Image::generatePaddedImage() — Method in class Image
- Resize this Image by both width and height, using padded resize. Use in templates with $PaddedImage.
- Image::getFormattedImage() — Method in class Image
- Return an image object representing the image in the given format.
- Image::generateFormattedImage() — Method in class Image
- Generate an image on the specified format. It will save the image at the location specified by cacheFilename(). The image will be generated using the specific 'generate' method for the specified format.
- Image::generateResizedImage() — Method in class Image
- Generate a resized copy of this image with the given width & height.
- Image::generateCroppedImage() — Method in class Image
- Generate a resized copy of this image with the given width & height, cropping to maintain aspect ratio.
- Image::getDimensions() — Method in class Image
- Get the dimensions of this Image.
- Image::getWidth() — Method in class Image
- Get the width of this image.
- Image::getHeight() — Method in class Image
- Get the height of this image.
- Image::getOrientation() — Method in class Image
- Get the orientation of this image.
- Image_Backend::getImageResource() — Method in class Image_Backend
- getImageResource
- Image_Cached::getRelativePath() — Method in class Image_Cached
- Returns path relative to webroot.
- ImagickBackend::getImageResource() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- getImageResource
- Injector::getObjectCreator() — Method in class Injector
- Injector::getConfigLocator() — Method in class Injector
- Retrieve the configuration locator
- Injector::get() — Method in class Injector
- Get a named managed object
- LeftAndMain::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Caution: Volatile API.
- LeftAndMain::getTemplatesWithSuffix() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Return a list of appropriate templates for this class, with the given suffix using {@link SSViewer::get_templates_by_class()}
- LeftAndMain::getRecord() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::getSiteTreeFor() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Get a site tree HTML listing which displays the nodes under the given criteria.
- LeftAndMain::getsubtree() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Get a subtree underneath the request param 'ID'.
- LeftAndMain::getEditForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}
- LeftAndMain::getSilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Used for preview controls, mainly links which switch between different states of the page.
- LeftAndMain::getApplicationName() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Get the application name.
- LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension::generatePageIconsCss() — Method in class LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension
- Include CSS for page icons. We're not using the JSTree 'types' option because it causes too much performance overhead just to add some icons.
- LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getChildrenMethod() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter
- Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used to traverse into children relationships.
- LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter
- Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used find the number of children for a parent page
- LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getPageClasses() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter
- Given a page, determine any additional CSS classes to apply to the tree node
- LeftAndMain_TreeNode::getClasses() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
- Determine the CSS classes to apply to this node
- LeftAndMain_TreeNode::getObj() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
- LeftAndMain_TreeNode::getLink() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
- LeftAndMain_TreeNode::getIsCurrent() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
- ListboxField::getAttributes() — Method in class ListboxField
- ListboxField::getDisabledItems() — Method in class ListboxField
- ListboxField::getDefaultItems() — Method in class ListboxField
- LiteralField::getContent() — Method in class LiteralField
- LoginAttempt::getByEmail() — Method in class LoginAttempt
- Get all login attempts for the given email address
- LoginForm::getAuthenticator() — Method in class LoginForm
- Get the authenticator instance
- LoginForm::getAuthenticatorName() — Method in class LoginForm
- Get the authenticator name.
- Mailer::getBounceEmail() — Method in class Mailer
- Email used for bounces
- Mailer::getMessageEncoding() — Method in class Mailer
- Get the encoding type used for plain text messages
- ManyManyList::getExtraData() — Method in class ManyManyList
- Find the extra field data for a single row of the relationship join table, given the known child ID.
- ManyManyList::getJoinTable() — Method in class ManyManyList
- Gets the join table used for the relationship.
- ManyManyList::getLocalKey() — Method in class ManyManyList
- Gets the key used to store the ID of the local/parent object.
- ManyManyList::getForeignKey() — Method in class ManyManyList
- Gets the key used to store the ID of the foreign/child object.
- ManyManyList::getExtraFields() — Method in class ManyManyList
- Gets the extra fields included in the relationship.
- Member::get_unique_identifier_field() — Method in class Member
- Get the field used for uniquely identifying a member in the database. {see Member::$unique_identifier_field}
- Member::generateAutologinTokenAndStoreHash() — Method in class Member
- Generate an auto login token which can be used to reset the password, at the same time hashing it and storing in the database.
- Member::getMemberFormFields() — Method in class Member
- Returns the fields for the member form - used in the registration/profile module.
- Member::getMemberPasswordField() — Method in class Member
- Builds "Change / Create Password" field for this member
- Member::getValidator() — Method in class Member
- Returns the {@link RequiredFields} instance for the Member object. This Validator is used when saving a {@link CMSProfileController} or added to any form responsible for saving a users data.
- Member::getTitle() — Method in class Member
- Get the complete name of the member, by default in the format "
, ". - Member::get_title_sql() — Method in class Member
- Return a SQL CONCAT() fragment suitable for a SELECT statement.
- Member::getName() — Method in class Member
- Get the complete name of the member
- Member::getDateFormat() — Method in class Member
- Override the default getter for DateFormat so the default format for the user's locale is used if the user has not defined their own.
- Member::getTimeFormat() — Method in class Member
- Override the default getter for TimeFormat so the default format for the user's locale is used if the user has not defined their own.
- Member::Groups() — Method in class Member
- Get a "many-to-many" map that holds for all members their group memberships, including any parent groups where membership is implied.
- Member::getCMSFields() — Method in class Member
- Return a {@link FieldList} of fields that would appropriate for editing this member.
- Member::getHtmlEditorConfigForCMS() — Method in class Member
- Get the HtmlEditorConfig for this user to be used in the CMS.
- Member::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Member
- Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- MemberAuthenticator::get_login_form() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
- Method that creates the login form for this authentication method
- MemberAuthenticator::get_cms_login_form() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
- MemberAuthenticator::get_name() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
- Get the name of the authentication method
- MemberCsvBulkLoader::getGroups() — Method in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
- MemberDatetimeOptionsetField::getDescription() — Method in class MemberDatetimeOptionsetField
- MemberImportForm::getGroup() — Method in class MemberImportForm
- Member_Validator::getForMember() — Method in class Member_Validator
- Get the member this validator applies to.
- ModelAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}
- ModelAdmin::getExportFields() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- Define which fields are used in the {@link getEditForm} GridField export.
- ModelAdmin::getSearchContext() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- ModelAdmin::getList() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- ModelAdmin::getManagedModels() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- ModelAdmin::getModelImporters() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- Returns all importers defined in {@link self::$model_importers}.
- ModelAdmin::get_page_length() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- Return the static page_length of the admin, default as 30
- ModelAsController::getNestedController() — Method in class ModelAsController
- Money::getCurrency() — Method in class Money
- Money::getAmount() — Method in class Money
- Money::getLocale() — Method in class Money
- Money::getSymbol() — Method in class Money
- Money::getShortName() — Method in class Money
- Money::getName() — Method in class Money
- Money::getAllowedCurrencies() — Method in class Money
- MoneyField::getAllowedCurrencies() — Method in class MoneyField
- MoneyField::getLocale() — Method in class MoneyField
- MySQLDatabase::getDatabaseServer() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Get the database server type (e.g. mysql, postgresql).
- MySQLDatabase::getLock() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Sets an application-level lock so that no two processes can run at the same time, also called a "cooperative advisory lock".
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::getDatabaseVersion() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Determines the version of the database server
- MySQLiConnector::getVersion() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Query for the version of the currently connected database
- MySQLiConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Retrieves the name of the currently selected database
- MySQLiConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.
- MySQLiConnector::getLastError() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection
- NestedController::getNestedController() — Method in class NestedController
- NullSecurityToken::getValue() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
- NullSecurityToken::generate() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
- NullableField::getIsNullLabel() — Method in class NullableField
- Get the label used for the Is Null checkbox.
- NullableField::getIsNullId() — Method in class NullableField
- Get the id used for the Is Null check box.
- NumericField::getLocale() — Method in class NumericField
- Gets the current locale this field is set to.
- Oembed::get_autodiscover() — Method in class Oembed
- Gets the autodiscover setting from the config.
- Oembed::get_providers() — Method in class Oembed
- Gets providers from config.
- Oembed::get_oembed_from_url() — Method in class Oembed
- Takes the human-readable URL of an embeddable resource and converts it into an Oembed_Result descriptor (which contains a full Oembed resource URL).
- Oembed_Result::getOembedURL() — Method in class Oembed_Result
- Oembed_Result::getField() — Method in class Oembed_Result
- Wrap the field calls to fetch data from Oembed JSON (within $this->data)
- OptionsetField::getAttributes() — Method in class OptionsetField
- PDOConnector::getOrPrepareStatement() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Retrieve a prepared statement for a given SQL string, or return an already prepared version if one exists for the given query
- PDOConnector::getVersion() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Query for the version of the currently connected database
- PDOConnector::getPDOParamType() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Determines the PDO::PARAM_* type for a given PHP type string
- PDOConnector::getLastError() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection
- PDOConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.
- PDOConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Retrieves the name of the currently selected database
- PaginatedList::getPaginationGetVar() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Returns the GET var that is used to set the page start. This defaults to "start".
- PaginatedList::getPageLength() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Returns the number of items displayed per page. This defaults to 10.
- PaginatedList::getPageStart() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Returns the offset of the item the current page starts at.
- PaginatedList::getTotalItems() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Returns the total number of items in the unpaginated list.
- PaginatedList::getLimitItems() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Returns whether or not the underlying list is limited to the current pagination range when iterating.
- PaginatedList::getIterator() — Method in class PaginatedList
- PaginatedList::getRequest() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Get the request object for this list
- PasswordEncryptor::get_encryptors() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::get_cost() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
- Gets the cost that is set for the blowfish algorithm
- PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash::getAlgorithm() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash
- PasswordField::getAllowValuePostback() — Method in class PasswordField
- PasswordField::getAttributes() — Method in class PasswordField
- Permission::groupList() — Method in class Permission
- Get the list of groups that the given member belongs to.
- Permission::grant() — Method in class Permission
- Grant the given permission code/arg to the given group
- Permission::get_members_by_permission() — Method in class Permission
- Returns all members for a specific permission.
- Permission::get_groups_by_permission() — Method in class Permission
- Return all of the groups that have one of the given permission codes
- Permission::get_codes() — Method in class Permission
- Get a list of all available permission codes, both defined through the {@link PermissionProvider} interface, and all not explicitly defined codes existing as a {@link Permission} database record. By default, the results are grouped as denoted by {@link Permission_Group}.
- Permission::get_declared_permissions_list() — Method in class Permission
- Get a linear list of the permissions in the system.
- Permission::get_label_for_permission() — Method in class Permission
- Look up the human-readable title for the permission as defined by
Permission::declare_permissions
- Permission::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Permission
- Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- Permission::Group() — Method in class Permission
- PermissionCheckboxSetField::getHiddenPermissions() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
- PermissionCheckboxSetField::getAssignedPermissionCodes() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
- Retrieves all permission codes for the currently set records
- PermissionRole::getCMSFields() — Method in class PermissionRole
- Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a {@link FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form} object.
- PermissionRole::Groups() — Method in class PermissionRole
- List of Group objects
- Permission_Group::getName() — Method in class Permission_Group
- Get the name of the permission group
- Permission_Group::getPermissions() — Method in class Permission_Group
- Get permissions
- PhpUnitWrapper::getCoverageStatus() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
- Getter for $coverage (see $coverage).
- PhpUnitWrapper::getSuite() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
- Getter for $suite (see $suite).
- PhpUnitWrapper::getReporter() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
- Getter for $reporter (see $reporter).
- PhpUnitWrapper::getFrameworkTestResults() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
- Getter for $results (see $results).
- PhpUnitWrapper::getVersion() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
- Getter for $version (see $version).
- PhpUnitWrapper_3_4::getVersion() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_3_4
- Getter for $version (see $version).
- PhpUnitWrapper_3_5::getVersion() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_3_5
- Returns a version string, like 3.7.34 or 4.2-dev.
- PhpUnitWrapper_Generic::getVersion() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_Generic
- Returns a version string, like 3.7.34 or 4.2-dev.
- PhpUnitWrapper_Generic::get_test_name() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_Generic
- PjaxResponseNegotiator::getResponse() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
- PjaxResponseNegotiator::getFragmentOverride() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
- PolymorphicForeignKey::getClassValue() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
- Get the value of the "Class" this key points to
- PolymorphicForeignKey::getIDValue() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
- Gets the value of the "ID" this key points to
- PolymorphicForeignKey::getValue() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
- Returns the value of this field.
- PolymorphicHasManyList::getForeignClass() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList
- Retrieve the name of the class this relation is filtered by
- Profiler::getMicroTime() — Method in class Profiler
- Get the current time as accuratly as possible
- RSSFeed::getTemplate() — Method in class RSSFeed
- Returns the name of the template to use.
- RandomGenerator::generateEntropy() — Method in class RandomGenerator
- Note: Returned values are not guaranteed to be crypto-safe, depending on the used retrieval method.
- RandomGenerator::generateHash() — Method in class RandomGenerator
- ReadonlyField::getAttributes() — Method in class ReadonlyField
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- RecentlyEditedReport::group() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
- RedirectorPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class RedirectorPage
- RelationList::getForeignID() — Method in class RelationList
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::getOrphanedPages() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
- Gets all orphans from "Stage" and "Live" stages.
- ReportAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class ReportAdmin
- Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}
- RequestHandler::getRequest() — Method in class RequestHandler
- Returns the SS_HTTPRequest object that this controller is using.
- RequiredFields::getRequired() — Method in class RequiredFields
- Return the required fields
- Requirements::get_combined_files_enabled() — Method in class Requirements
- Checks whether combining of css/javascript files is enabled.
- Requirements::get_suffix_requirements() — Method in class Requirements
- Check whether we want to suffix requirements
- Requirements::get_custom_scripts() — Method in class Requirements
- Return all registered custom scripts
- Requirements::get_combine_files() — Method in class Requirements
- Return all combined files; keys are the combined file names, values are lists of files being combined.
- Requirements_Backend::get_combined_files_enabled() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Check whether file combination is enabled.
- Requirements_Backend::getCombinedFilesFolder() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Requirements_Backend::get_suffix_requirements() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Check whether we want to suffix requirements
- Requirements_Backend::get_javascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Returns an array of all required JavaScript
- Requirements_Backend::get_custom_scripts() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Return all registered custom scripts
- Requirements_Backend::get_css() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Get the list of registered CSS file requirements, excluding blocked files
- Requirements_Backend::get_combine_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Return all combined files; keys are the combined file names, values are lists of files being combined.
- ResetFormAction::getAttributes() — Method in class ResetFormAction
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- RestfulService::getAbsoluteRequestURL() — Method in class RestfulService
- Returns a full request url
- RestfulService::getAttributes() — Method in class RestfulService
- Gets attributes as an array, of a particular type of element.
- RestfulService::getAttribute() — Method in class RestfulService
- Gets an attribute of a particular element.
- RestfulService::getValues() — Method in class RestfulService
- Gets set of node values as an array.
- RestfulService::getValue() — Method in class RestfulService
- Gets a single node value.
- RestfulService_Response::getCachedResponse() — Method in class RestfulService_Response
- get the cached response object. This allows you to access the cached eaders, not just the cached body.
- RestfulService_Response::getCachedBody() — Method in class RestfulService_Response
- RootURLController::get_homepage_link() — Method in class RootURLController
- Get the full form (e.g. /home/) relative link to the home page for the current HTTP_HOST value. Note that the link is trimmed of leading and trailing slashes before returning to ensure consistency.
- RootURLController::get_default_homepage_link() — Method in class RootURLController
- Gets the link that denotes the homepage if there is not one explicitly defined for this HTTP_HOST value.
- SQLAssignmentRow::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
- Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format
- SQLAssignmentRow::getColumns() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
- Retrieves the list of columns updated
- SQLConditionalExpression::getConnective() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Get the connective property.
- SQLConditionalExpression::getFrom() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Return a list of tables queried
- SQLConditionalExpression::getJoins() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Retrieves the finalised list of joins
- SQLConditionalExpression::getWhere() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Return a list of WHERE clauses used internally.
- SQLConditionalExpression::getWhereParameterised() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Return a list of WHERE clauses used internally.
- SQLDelete::getDelete() — Method in class SQLDelete
- List of tables to limit the delete to, if multiple tables are specified in the condition clause
- SQLInsert::getInto() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Gets the table name to insert into
- SQLInsert::getRows() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Returns the current list of rows
- SQLInsert::getColumns() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Returns the list of distinct column names used in this insert
- SQLInsert::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format
- SQLQuery::getDelete() — Method in class SQLQuery
- SQLQuery::getWhere() — Method in class SQLQuery
- Return a list of SQL where conditions (flattened as a list of strings)
- SQLSelect::getDistinct() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Get the distinct property.
- SQLSelect::getLimit() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Get the limit property.
- SQLSelect::getOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Returns the current order by as array if not already. To handle legacy statements which are stored as strings. Without clauses and directions, convert the orderby clause to something readable.
- SQLSelect::getHaving() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Return a list of HAVING clauses used internally.
- SQLSelect::getHavingParameterised() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Return a list of HAVING clauses used internally.
- SQLSelect::getGroupBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Return a list of GROUP BY clauses used internally.
- SQLSelect::getSelect() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Return an itemised select list as a map, where keys are the aliases, and values are the column sources.
- SQLUpdate::getTable() — Method in class SQLUpdate
- Gets the table name to update
- SQLUpdate::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLUpdate
- Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format
- SQLWriteExpression::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression
- Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser::getStaticProperty() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser::getText() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
- Gets the unparsed text from the object
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser::getPreparsed() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
- Gets the preparsed text from the object
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser::getParsed() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
- Gets the parsed text from the object
- SSViewer::get_source_file_comments() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer::get_theme_folder() — Method in class SSViewer
- Returns the path to the theme folder
- SSViewer::get_themes() — Method in class SSViewer
- Returns an array of theme names present in a directory.
- SSViewer::get_templates_by_class() — Method in class SSViewer
- Traverses the given the given class context looking for templates with the relevant name.
- SSViewer::getParser() — Method in class SSViewer
- Returns the parser that is set for template generation
- SSViewer::getOption() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer::getTemplateFileByType() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer::getPartialCacheStore() — Method in class SSViewer
- Get the cache object to use when storing / retrieving partial cache blocks.
- SSViewer::get_base_tag() — Method in class SSViewer
- Return an appropriate base tag for the given template.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::get_template_iterator_variables() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Called by SSViewer to get a list of iterator variables to expose to the template, the instance method to call on an instance of this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- SSViewer_DataPresenter::getInjectedValue() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
- Get the injected value
- SSViewer_DataPresenter::getObj() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
- SSViewer_FromString::getCacheTemplate() — Method in class SSViewer_FromString
- SSViewer_Scope::getItem() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
- SSViewer_Scope::getObj() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
- SS_Backtrace::get_rendered_backtrace() — Method in class SS_Backtrace
- Render a backtrace array into an appropriate plain-text or HTML string.
- SS_Cache::get_cache_lifetime() — Method in class SS_Cache
- Return the cache lifetime for a particular named cache.
- SS_ClassLoader::getManifest() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
- Returns the currently active class manifest instance that is used for loading classes.
- SS_ClassLoader::getItemPath() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
- Returns the path for a class or interface in the currently active manifest, or any previous ones if later manifests aren't set to "exclusive".
- SS_ClassManifest::get_class_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- SS_ClassManifest::get_namespaced_class_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- SS_ClassManifest::get_namespace_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- SS_ClassManifest::get_interface_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- SS_ClassManifest::get_imported_namespace_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- Create a {@link TokenisedRegularExpression} that extracts the namespaces imported with the 'use' keyword
- SS_ClassManifest::getItemPath() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- Returns the file path to a class or interface if it exists in the manifest.
- SS_ClassManifest::getClasses() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- Returns a map of lowercased class names to file paths.
- SS_ClassManifest::getClassNames() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- Returns a lowercase array of all the class names in the manifest.
- SS_ClassManifest::getDescendants() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- Returns an array of all the descendant data.
- SS_ClassManifest::getDescendantsOf() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- Returns an array containing all the descendants (direct and indirect) of a class.
- SS_ClassManifest::getInterfaces() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- Returns a map of lowercased interface names to file locations.
- SS_ClassManifest::getImplementors() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- Returns a map of lowercased interface names to the classes the implement them.
- SS_ClassManifest::getImplementorsOf() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- Returns an array containing the class names that implement a certain interface.
- SS_ClassManifest::getConfigs() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- Returns an array of paths to module config files.
- SS_ClassManifest::getModules() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- Returns an array of module names mapped to their paths.
- SS_ConfigManifest::get() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- Gets the (merged) config value for the given class and config property name
- SS_ConfigStaticManifest::get() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest
- SS_ConfigStaticManifest::getStatics() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest
- SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser::getInfo() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser
- SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser::getStatics() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser
- SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection::get() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection
- SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection::getStatics() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection
- SS_DAG::getIterator() — Method in class SS_DAG
- SS_Database::getConnector() — Method in class SS_Database
- Get the current connector
- SS_Database::getSchemaManager() — Method in class SS_Database
- Returns the current schema manager
- SS_Database::getQueryBuilder() — Method in class SS_Database
- Returns the current query builder
- SS_Database::getGeneratedID() — Method in class SS_Database
- Get the autogenerated ID from the previous INSERT query.
- SS_Database::getVersion() — Method in class SS_Database
- Query for the version of the currently connected database
- SS_Database::getDatabaseServer() — Method in class SS_Database
- Get the database server type (e.g. mysql, postgresql).
- SS_Database::getLock() — Method in class SS_Database
- Sets an application-level lock so that no two processes can run at the same time, also called a "cooperative advisory lock".
- SS_Database::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database
- Returns the name of the currently selected database
- SS_Database::getConnect() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_DatabaseException::getSQL() — Method in class SS_DatabaseException
- Returns the SQL that generated this error
- SS_DatabaseException::getParameters() — Method in class SS_DatabaseException
- The parameters given for this query, if any
- SS_Datetime::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class SS_Datetime
- Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- SS_FileFinder::getOption() — Method in class SS_FileFinder
- Returns an option value set on this instance.
- SS_HTMLValue::getContent() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
- SS_HTMLValue::getDocument() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
- Get the DOMDocument for the passed content
- SS_HTMLValue::getBody() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
- Get the body element, or false if there isn't one (we haven't loaded any content or this instance is in an invalid state)
- SS_HTTPRequest::getBody() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::getVars() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::getVar() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::getExtension() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Returns a possible file extension found in parsing the URL as denoted by a "."-character near the end of the URL.
- SS_HTTPRequest::getHeaders() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::getHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Remove an existing HTTP header
- SS_HTTPRequest::getURL() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Returns the URL used to generate the page
- SS_HTTPRequest::getIP() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Returns the client IP address which originated this request.
- SS_HTTPRequest::getAcceptMimetypes() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Returns all mimetypes from the HTTP "Accept" header as an array.
- SS_HTTPResponse::getStatusCode() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
- SS_HTTPResponse::getStatusDescription() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
- SS_HTTPResponse::getBody() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
- SS_HTTPResponse::getHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
- Return the HTTP header of the given name.
- SS_HTTPResponse::getHeaders() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
- SS_HTTPResponse_Exception::getResponse() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse_Exception
- SS_ListDecorator::getList() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Returns the list this decorator wraps around.
- SS_ListDecorator::getIterator() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Return a single-item iterator so you can iterate over the fields of a single record.
- SS_Log::get_logger() — Method in class SS_Log
- Get the logger currently in use, or create a new one if it doesn't exist.
- SS_Log::get_writers() — Method in class SS_Log
- Get all writers in use by the logger.
- SS_LogEmailWriter::get_send_from() — Method in class SS_LogEmailWriter
- SS_Map::getIterator() — Method in class SS_Map
- Returns an SS_Map_Iterator instance for iterating over the complete set of items in the map.
- SS_Object::getCustomClass() — Method in class SS_Object
- If a class has been overloaded, get the class name it has been overloaded with - otherwise return the class name
- SS_Object::get_static() — Method in class SS_Object
- SS_Object::get_extensions() — Method in class SS_Object
- SS_Object::get_extra_config_sources() — Method in class SS_Object
- SS_Object::getExtensionInstance() — Method in class SS_Object
- Get an extension instance attached to this object by name.
- SS_Object::getExtensionInstances() — Method in class SS_Object
- Get all extension instances for this specific object instance.
- SS_Report::getTitle() — Method in class SS_Report
- Allows access to title as a property
- SS_Report::getLink() — Method in class SS_Report
- SS_Report::get_excluded_reports() — Method in class SS_Report
- Return an array of excluded reports. That is, reports that will not be included in the list of reports in report admin in the CMS.
- SS_Report::get_reports() — Method in class SS_Report
- Return the SS_Report objects making up the given list.
- SS_Report::getCMSFields() — Method in class SS_Report
- Returns a FieldList with which to create the CMS editing form.
- SS_Report::getCMSActions() — Method in class SS_Report
- SS_Report::getReportField() — Method in class SS_Report
- Return a field, such as a {@link GridField} that is used to show and manipulate data relating to this report.
- SS_ReportWrapper::group() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
- SS_TemplateLoader::getManifest() — Method in class SS_TemplateLoader
- Returns the currently active template manifest instance.
- SS_TemplateManifest::getBase() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
- SS_TemplateManifest::getCacheKey() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
- Generate a unique cache key to avoid manifest cache collisions.
- SS_TemplateManifest::getTemplates() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
- Returns a map of all template information. The map is in the following format:
- SS_TemplateManifest::getTemplate() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
- Returns a set of possible candidate templates that match a certain template name.
- SS_TemplateManifest::getCandidateTemplate() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
- Returns the correct candidate template. In order of importance, application project code, current theme and finally modules.
- SS_ZendLog::getWriters() — Method in class SS_ZendLog
- Get all writers in this logger.
- SapphireTest::get_test_class_manifest() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Return the manifest being used to look up test classes by helper functions
- SapphireTest::get_fixture_file() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::getFixtureFactory() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTestReporter::getSuiteResults() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
- Returns the suite results
- SearchContext::getSearchFields() — Method in class SearchContext
- Returns scaffolded search fields for UI.
- SearchContext::getQuery() — Method in class SearchContext
- Returns a SQL object representing the search context for the given list of query parameters.
- SearchContext::getResults() — Method in class SearchContext
- Returns a result set from the given search parameters.
- SearchContext::getFilter() — Method in class SearchContext
- Accessor for the filter attached to a named field.
- SearchContext::getFilters() — Method in class SearchContext
- Get the map of filters in the current search context.
- SearchContext::getFields() — Method in class SearchContext
- Get the list of searchable fields in the current search context.
- SearchFilter::getValue() — Method in class SearchFilter
- Accessor for the current value to be filtered on.
- SearchFilter::getModifiers() — Method in class SearchFilter
- Accessor for the current modifiers to apply to the filter.
- SearchFilter::getName() — Method in class SearchFilter
- The original name of the field.
- SearchFilter::getFullName() — Method in class SearchFilter
- The full name passed to the constructor, including any (optional) relations in dot notation.
- SearchFilter::getDbName() — Method in class SearchFilter
- Normalizes the field name to table mapping.
- SearchFilter::getDbFormattedValue() — Method in class SearchFilter
- Return the value of the field as processed by the DBField class
- SearchForm::getClassesToSearch() — Method in class SearchForm
- Get the classes to search
- SearchForm::getResults() — Method in class SearchForm
- Return dataObjectSet of the results using $_REQUEST to get info from form.
- SearchForm::getSearchQuery() — Method in class SearchForm
- Get the search query for display in a "You searched for .
- SearchForm::getPageLength() — Method in class SearchForm
- Security::get_word_list() — Method in class Security
- Get location of word list file
- Security::GetLoginForms() — Method in class Security
- Get the login forms for all available authentication methods
- Security::getTemplatesFor() — Method in class Security
- Determine the list of templates to use for rendering the given action
- Security::getPasswordResetLink() — Method in class Security
- Create a link to the password reset form.
- Security::getIncludeTemplate() — Method in class Security
- Gets the template for an include used for security.
- Security::getStrictPathChecking() — Method in class Security
- Get strict path checking
- Security::get_password_encryption_algorithm() — Method in class Security
- Security::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Security
- Defines global accessible templates variables.
- SecurityAdmin::groups() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- Shortcut action for setting the correct active tab.
- SecurityAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}
- SecurityAdmin::groupimport() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- SecurityAdmin::GroupImportForm() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- SecurityAdmin::get_hidden_permissions() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- SecurityToken::get_default_name() — Method in class SecurityToken
- SecurityToken::getSecurityID() — Method in class SecurityToken
- Returns the value of an the global SecurityToken in the current session
- SecurityToken::getName() — Method in class SecurityToken
- SecurityToken::getValue() — Method in class SecurityToken
- SecurityToken::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class SecurityToken
- Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- SelectionGroup_Item::getTitle() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
- SelectionGroup_Item::getValue() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
- Session::get_cookie_domain() — Method in class Session
- Get the cookie domain.
- Session::get_cookie_path() — Method in class Session
- Get the path on the domain where the session cookie will work.
- Session::get_cookie_secure() — Method in class Session
- Get if the cookie is secure
- Session::get_session_store_path() — Method in class Session
- Get the session store path
- Session::get() — Method in class Session
- Return a specific value by session key
- Session::get_all() — Method in class Session
- Return all the values in session
- Session::get_timeout() — Method in class Session
- ShortcodeParser::get() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
- Get the {@link ShortcodeParser} instance that is attached to a particular identifier.
- ShortcodeParser::get_active() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
- Get the currently active/default {@link ShortcodeParser} instance.
- ShortcodeParser::getRegisteredShortcodes() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
- Get an array containing information about registered shortcodes
- ShortcodeParser::getShortcodeReplacementText() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
- Return the text to insert in place of a shoprtcode.
- SideReportView::group() — Method in class SideReportView
- SilverStripeNavigator::getItems() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
- SilverStripeNavigator::getRecord() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
- SilverStripeNavigator::get_for_record() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getName() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- Machine-friendly name.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- Optional link to a specific view of this record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getRecord() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getPriority() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
- Optional link to a specific view of this record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
- Optional link to a specific view of this record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
- Optional link to a specific view of this record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
- Optional link to a specific view of this record.
- SilverStripeVersionProvider::getVersion() — Method in class SilverStripeVersionProvider
- Gets a comma delimited string of package titles and versions
- SilverStripeVersionProvider::getModules() — Method in class SilverStripeVersionProvider
- Gets the configured core modules to use for the SilverStripe application version. Filtering is used to ensure that modules can turn the result off for other modules, e.g. CMS can disable Framework.
- SilverStripeVersionProvider::getModuleVersionFromComposer() — Method in class SilverStripeVersionProvider
- Tries to obtain version number from composer.lock if it exists
- Handler::getAuthenticator() — Method in class Handler
- Returns the first configured authenticator by highest priority, or null if none are configured
- Controller::getManager() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::getAssetHandler() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::getAuthHandler() — Method in class Controller
- Get an instance of the authorization Handler to manage any authentication requirements
- Controller::getToken() — Method in class Controller
- FieldCreator::getAttributes() — Method in class FieldCreator
- Merge all attributes for this query (type, attributes, resolvers, etc).
- InterfaceTypeCreator::getAttributes() — Method in class InterfaceTypeCreator
- Get the attributes from the container.
- Manager::getMiddlewares() — Method in class Manager
- Manager::getType() — Method in class Manager
- Return a type definition by name
- Manager::getQuery() — Method in class Manager
- Get a query by name
- Manager::getMutation() — Method in class Manager
- Get a mutation by name
- Manager::getSchemaKey() — Method in class Manager
- Manager::getMember() — Method in class Manager
- Get the Member for the current context either from a previously set value or the current user
- Manager::getQueryFromPersistedID() — Method in class Manager
- get query from persisted id, return null if not found
- Connection::getConnectionType() — Method in class Connection
- Evaluate Connection type
- Connection::getConnectionResolver() — Method in class Connection
- Connection::getDescription() — Method in class Connection
- Connection::getSortableFields() — Method in class Connection
- Connection::getDefaultLimit() — Method in class Connection
- Connection::getConnectionTypeName() — Method in class Connection
- Connection::getEdgeTypeName() — Method in class Connection
- Connection::getEdgeType() — Method in class Connection
- PageInfoTypeCreator::getAttributes() — Method in class PageInfoTypeCreator
- Gets the list of all computed attributes for this type.
- PaginatedQueryCreator::getConnection() — Method in class PaginatedQueryCreator
- SortDirectionTypeCreator::getAttributes() — Method in class SortDirectionTypeCreator
- Gets the list of all computed attributes for this type.
- SortInputTypeCreator::getAttributes() — Method in class SortInputTypeCreator
- Gets the list of all computed attributes for this type.
- PermissionCheckerAware::getPermissionChecker() — Method in class PermissionCheckerAware
- FileProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class FileProvider
- return a map from
to - FileProvider::getByID() — Method in class FileProvider
- return a query given an ID
- FileProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class FileProvider
- GuzzleHTTPClient — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
- GuzzleHTTPClient::getURL() — Method in class GuzzleHTTPClient
- HTTPClient::getURL() — Method in class HTTPClient
- HTTPProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class HTTPProvider
- return a map from
to - HTTPProvider::getByID() — Method in class HTTPProvider
- return a query given an ID
- HTTPProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class HTTPProvider
- HTTPProvider::getClient() — Method in class HTTPProvider
- JSONStringProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class JSONStringProvider
- return a map from
to - JSONStringProvider::getByID() — Method in class JSONStringProvider
- return a query given an ID
- JSONStringProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class JSONStringProvider
- PersistedQueryMappingProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class PersistedQueryMappingProvider
- return a map from
to - PersistedQueryMappingProvider::getByID() — Method in class PersistedQueryMappingProvider
- return a query given an ID
- PersistedQueryMappingProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class PersistedQueryMappingProvider
- DataObjectQueryFilter::getFilterRegistry() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- DataObjectQueryFilter::getFilterKey() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- DataObjectQueryFilter::getExcludeKey() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- DataObjectQueryFilter::getInputType() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- DataObjectQueryFilter::getFiltersForField() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- DataObjectQueryFilter::getFilterIdentifiersForField() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- DataObjectQueryFilter::getFieldFilterByIdentifier() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- FieldFilterInterface::getIdentifier() — Method in class FieldFilterInterface
- FieldFilterRegistry::getFilterByIdentifier() — Method in class FieldFilterRegistry
- FieldFilterRegistry::getAll() — Method in class FieldFilterRegistry
- FilterRegistryInterface::getFilterByIdentifier() — Method in class FilterRegistryInterface
- FilterRegistryInterface::getAll() — Method in class FilterRegistryInterface
- ContainsFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class ContainsFilter
- EndsWithFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class EndsWithFilter
- EqualToFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class EqualToFilter
- GreaterThanFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
- GreaterThanFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class GreaterThanFilter
- GreaterThanOrEqualFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
- GreaterThanOrEqualFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class GreaterThanOrEqualFilter
- InFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class InFilter
- LessThanFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class LessThanFilter
- LessThanOrEqualFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class LessThanOrEqualFilter
- StartsWithFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class StartsWithFilter
- TypeCreatorExtension::getGraphQLType() — Method in class TypeCreatorExtension
- Creates the type using appropriate parser
- CRUDInterface::getName() — Method in class CRUDInterface
- TypeParserInterface::getName() — Method in class TypeParserInterface
- TypeParserInterface::getType() — Method in class TypeParserInterface
- ArgumentScaffolder::getDescription() — Method in class ArgumentScaffolder
- ArgumentScaffolder::getDefaultValue() — Method in class ArgumentScaffolder
- Create::getName() — Method in class Create
- Delete::getName() — Method in class Delete
- Read::getName() — Method in class Read
- ReadOne::getName() — Method in class ReadOne
- Update::getName() — Method in class Update
- DataObjectScaffolder::getTypeName() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Name of graphql type
- DataObjectScaffolder::getFields() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- DataObjectScaffolder::getOperations() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- DataObjectScaffolder::getNestedQueries() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- DataObjectScaffolder::getFieldDescription() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Gets the Description property from a field, given a name
- DataObjectScaffolder::getDependentClasses() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Gets types for all ancestors of this class that will need to be added.
- DataObjectScaffolder::getAncestralClasses() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Gets the class ancestry back to DataObject.
- InheritanceScaffolder::getRootClass() — Method in class InheritanceScaffolder
- InheritanceScaffolder::getSuffix() — Method in class InheritanceScaffolder
- InheritanceScaffolder::getTypes() — Method in class InheritanceScaffolder
- Get all the GraphQL types in the ancestry
- ListQueryScaffolder::getPaginationLimit() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
- ListQueryScaffolder::getMaximumPaginationLimit() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
- ListQueryScaffolder::getSortableFields() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
- MutationScaffolder::getTypeName() — Method in class MutationScaffolder
- OperationScaffolder::getDescription() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- OperationScaffolder::getClassFromIdentifier() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- OperationScaffolder::getIdentifier() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- OperationScaffolder::getOperations() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- Gets a map of operation identifiers to their classes
- OperationScaffolder::getName() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- OperationScaffolder::getArgs() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- OperationScaffolder::getTypeName() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- OperationScaffolder::getResolver() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- PaginationScaffolder::getOperationName() — Method in class PaginationScaffolder
- QueryScaffolder::getTypeName() — Method in class QueryScaffolder
- SchemaScaffolder::getTypes() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
- SchemaScaffolder::getQueries() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
- SchemaScaffolder::getNestedQueries() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
- Gets all nested queries for all types
- SchemaScaffolder::getMutations() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
- UnionScaffolder::getName() — Method in class UnionScaffolder
- UnionScaffolder::getTypes() — Method in class UnionScaffolder
- StaticSchema::getAncestry() — Method in class StaticSchema
- Gets all ancestors of a DataObject
- StaticSchema::getDescendants() — Method in class StaticSchema
- DataObjectTypeTrait::getDataObjectClass() — Method in class DataObjectTypeTrait
- DataObjectTypeTrait::getDataObjectInstance() — Method in class DataObjectTypeTrait
- ArrayTypeParser::getName() — Method in class ArrayTypeParser
- ArrayTypeParser::getType() — Method in class ArrayTypeParser
- StringTypeParser::getName() — Method in class StringTypeParser
- StringTypeParser::getDefaultValue() — Method in class StringTypeParser
- StringTypeParser::getType() — Method in class StringTypeParser
- TypeCreator::getFields() — Method in class TypeCreator
- Returns field structure with field resolvers added.
- TypeCreator::getAttributes() — Method in class TypeCreator
- Gets the list of all computed attributes for this type.
- CaseInsensitiveFieldAccessor::getValue() — Method in class CaseInsensitiveFieldAccessor
- CaseInsensitiveFieldAccessor::getObjectFieldName() — Method in class CaseInsensitiveFieldAccessor
- SiteConfig::getCMSFields() — Method in class SiteConfig
- Get the fields that are sent to the CMS.
- SiteConfig::getAvailableThemes() — Method in class SiteConfig
- Get all available themes that haven't been marked as disabled.
- SiteConfig::getCMSActions() — Method in class SiteConfig
- Get the actions that are sent to the CMS.
- SiteConfig::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class SiteConfig
- Add $SiteConfig to all SSViewers
- SiteConfigLeftAndMain::getEditForm() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
- SiteConfigLeftAndMain::getSilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
- Used for preview controls, mainly links which switch between different states of the page.
- SiteTree::get_enforce_strict_hierarchy() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::get_create_default_pages() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return true if default pages should be created on /dev/build.
- SiteTree::get_by_link() — Method in class SiteTree
- Fetches the {@link SiteTree} object that maps to a link.
- SiteTree::getAbsoluteLiveLink() — Method in class SiteTree
- Get the absolute URL for this page on the Live site.
- SiteTree::getBreadcrumbItems() — Method in class SiteTree
- Returns a list of breadcrumbs for the current page.
- SiteTree::getParent() — Method in class SiteTree
- Get the parent of this page.
- SiteTree::getSiteConfig() — Method in class SiteTree
- Stub method to get the site config, unless the current class can provide an alternate.
- SiteTree::generateURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree
- Generate a URL segment based on the title provided.
- SiteTree::getStageURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree
- Gets the URL segment for the latest draft version of this page.
- SiteTree::getLiveURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree
- Gets the URL segment for the currently published version of this page.
- SiteTree::getCMSFields() — Method in class SiteTree
- Returns a FieldList with which to create the main editing form.
- SiteTree::getSettingsFields() — Method in class SiteTree
- Returns fields related to configuration aspects on this record, e.g. access control. See {@link getCMSFields()} for content-related fields.
- SiteTree::getCMSActions() — Method in class SiteTree
- Get the actions available in the CMS for this page - eg Save, Publish.
- SiteTree::getMenuTitle() — Method in class SiteTree
- Get the title for use in menus for this page. If the MenuTitle field is set it returns that, else it returns the Title field.
- SiteTree::getStatusFlags() — Method in class SiteTree
- A flag provides the user with additional data about the current page status, for example a "removed from draft" status. Each page can have more than one status flag. Returns a map of a unique key to a (localized) title for the flag. The unique key can be reused as a CSS class. Use the 'updateStatusFlags' extension point to customize the flags.
- SiteTree::getTreeTitle() — Method in class SiteTree
- getTreeTitle will return three html DOM elements, an empty with the class 'jstree-pageicon' in front, following by a wrapping around its MenutTitle, then following by a indicating its publication status.
- SiteTree::getPageLevel() — Method in class SiteTree
- Gets the depth of this page in the sitetree, where 1 is the root level
- SiteTree::getIsDeletedFromStage() — Method in class SiteTree
- Compares current draft with live version, and returns true if no draft version of this page exists but the page is still published (eg, after triggering "Delete from draft site" in the CMS).
- SiteTree::getExistsOnLive() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return true if this page exists on the live site
- SiteTree::getIsModifiedOnStage() — Method in class SiteTree
- Compares current draft with live version, and returns true if these versions differ, meaning there have been unpublished changes to the draft site.
- SiteTree::getIsAddedToStage() — Method in class SiteTree
- Compares current draft with live version, and returns true if no live version exists, meaning the page was never published.
- SiteTree::getParentType() — Method in class SiteTree
- Returns 'root' if the current page has no parent, or 'subpage' otherwise
- SiteTreeFolderExtension::getUnusedFilesListFilter() — Method in class SiteTreeFolderExtension
- Looks for files used in system and create where clause which contains all ID's of files.
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getAttributes() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getPage() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getHelpText() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURLPrefix() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURLSuffix() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getDefaultURL() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURL() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- StringField::getNullifyEmpty() — Method in class StringField
- Get whether this field stores empty strings rather than converting them to null
- Tab::getAttributes() — Method in class Tab
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- TabSet::getTabSet() — Method in class TabSet
- TabSet::getAttributes() — Method in class TabSet
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- TemplateGlobalProvider::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class TemplateGlobalProvider
- Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- TemplateIteratorProvider::get_template_iterator_variables() — Method in class TemplateIteratorProvider
- Called by SSViewer to get a list of iterator variables to expose to the template, the instance method to call on an instance of this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- TestSession::get() — Method in class TestSession
- Submit a get request
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getContent() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getError() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getSent() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getHeaders() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getMethod() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getUrl() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getRequestData() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- TextField::getMaxLength() — Method in class TextField
- TextField::getAttributes() — Method in class TextField
- TextareaField::getAttributes() — Method in class TextareaField
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- TimeField::getLocale() — Method in class TimeField
- TimeField::getConfig() — Method in class TimeField
- ToggleCompositeField::getAttributes() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
- ToggleCompositeField::getStartClosed() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
- ToggleCompositeField::getHeadingLevel() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
- TreeDropdownField::getShowSearch() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::getLabelField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::getKeyField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::getSourceObject() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeMultiselectField::getItems() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
- Return this field's linked items
- URLSegmentFilter::getReplacements() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
- URLSegmentFilter::getTransliterator() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
- URLSegmentFilter::getAllowMultibyte() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
- UnsavedRelationList::getIterator() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Returns an Iterator for this relation.
- UnsavedRelationList::getIDList() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Returns an array with both the keys and values set to the IDs of the records in this list.
- Upload::getValidator() — Method in class Upload
- Get current validator
- Upload::getReplaceFile() — Method in class Upload
- Upload::getFile() — Method in class Upload
- Get file-object, either generated from {load()}, or manually set.
- Upload::getErrors() — Method in class Upload
- Return all errors that occurred while processing so far (mostly set by {loadUploaded()})
- UploadField::getTemplateFileButtons() — Method in class UploadField
- UploadField::getTemplateFileEdit() — Method in class UploadField
- UploadField::getOverwriteWarning() — Method in class UploadField
- Determine if the field should show a warning when overwriting a file.
- UploadField::getDisplayFolderName() — Method in class UploadField
- UploadField::getRecord() — Method in class UploadField
- Get the record to use as "Parent" for uploaded Files (eg a Page with a has_one to File) If none is set, it will use Form->getRecord() or Form->Controller()->data()
- UploadField::getItems() — Method in class UploadField
- Retrieves the current list of files
- UploadField::getCustomisedItems() — Method in class UploadField
- Retrieves a customised list of all File records to ensure they are properly viewable when rendered in the field template.
- UploadField::getItemIDs() — Method in class UploadField
- Retrieves the list of selected file IDs
- UploadField::getConfig() — Method in class UploadField
- Gets a front-end config variable for the upload field
- UploadField::getAutoUpload() — Method in class UploadField
- Determine if the field should automatically upload the file.
- UploadField::getAllowedMaxFileNumber() — Method in class UploadField
- Determine maximum number of files allowed to be attached Defaults to 1 for has_one and null (unlimited) for many_many and has_many relations.
- UploadField::getPreviewMaxWidth() — Method in class UploadField
- Gets thumbnail width. Defaults to 80
- UploadField::getPreviewMaxHeight() — Method in class UploadField
- Gets thumbnail height. Defaults to 60
- UploadField::getUploadTemplateName() — Method in class UploadField
- javascript template used to display uploading files Defaults to 'ss-uploadfield-uploadtemplate'
- UploadField::getDownloadTemplateName() — Method in class UploadField
- javascript template used to display already uploaded files Defaults to 'ss-downloadfield-downloadtemplate'
- UploadField::getFileEditFields() — Method in class UploadField
- FieldList $fields for the EditForm
- UploadField::getFileEditActions() — Method in class UploadField
- FieldList $actions or string $name (of a method on File to provide a actions) for the EditForm
- UploadField::getFileEditValidator() — Method in class UploadField
- Determines the validator to use for the edit form
- UploadField::getAttributes() — Method in class UploadField
- Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- UploadField::getItemHandler() — Method in class UploadField
- UploadField::getRelationAutosetClass() — Method in class UploadField
- Gets the foreign class that needs to be created, or 'File' as default if there is no relationship, or it cannot be determined.
- UploadField_ItemHandler::getItem() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
- Upload_Validator::getErrors() — Method in class Upload_Validator
- Return all errors that occurred while validating the temporary file.
- Upload_Validator::getAllowedMaxFileSize() — Method in class Upload_Validator
- Get maximum file size for all or specified file extension.
- Upload_Validator::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class Upload_Validator
- ValidationException::getResult() — Method in class ValidationException
- Retrieves the ValidationResult related to this error
- Validator::getErrors() — Method in class Validator
- Returns all errors found by a previous call to {@link validate()}. The returned array has a structure resembling:
- Varchar::getSize() — Method in class Varchar
- Allow the ability to access the size of the field programatically. This can be useful if you want to have text fields with a length limit that is dictated by the DB field.
- Versioned::get_reading_mode() — Method in class Versioned
- Get the current reading mode.
- Versioned::get_live_stage() — Method in class Versioned
- Get the name of the 'live' stage.
- Versioned::get_default_reading_mode() — Method in class Versioned
- Get default reading mode
- Versioned::get_draft_site_secured() — Method in class Versioned
- Check if draft site should be secured.
- Versioned::get_one_by_stage() — Method in class Versioned
- Get a singleton instance of a class in the given stage.
- Versioned::get_versionnumber_by_stage() — Method in class Versioned
- Gets the current version number of a specific record.
- Versioned::get_by_stage() — Method in class Versioned
- Get a set of class instances by the given stage.
- Versioned::get_latest_version() — Method in class Versioned
- Return the latest version of the given object.
- Versioned::get_including_deleted() — Method in class Versioned
- Return the equivalent of a DataList::create() call, querying the latest version of each object stored in the (class)_versions tables. In particular, this will query deleted records as well as active ones.
- Versioned::get_version() — Method in class Versioned
- Return the specific version of the given ID.
- Versioned::get_all_versions() — Method in class Versioned
- Return a list of all versions for a given id.
- Versioned::getVersionedStages() — Method in class Versioned
- Returns an array of possible stages.
- Versioned::getDefaultStage() — Method in class Versioned
- Versioned::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Versioned
- ViewableData::getFailover() — Method in class ViewableData
- Get the current failover object if set
- ViewableData::getField() — Method in class ViewableData
- Get the value of a field on this object. This should be overloaded in child classes.
- ViewableData::getCustomisedObj() — Method in class ViewableData
- ViewableData::getXMLValues() — Method in class ViewableData
- Get an array of XML-escaped values by field name
- ViewableData::getIterator() — Method in class ViewableData
- Return a single-item iterator so you can iterate over the fields of a single record.
- VirtualPage::getVirtualFields() — Method in class VirtualPage
- Generates the array of fields required for the page type.
- VirtualPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class VirtualPage
- Generate the CMS fields from the fields from the original page.
- VirtualPage::getSettingsFields() — Method in class VirtualPage
- VirtualPage_Controller::getViewer() — Method in class VirtualPage_Controller
- YamlFixture::getFixtureFile() — Method in class YamlFixture
- YamlFixture::getFixtureString() — Method in class YamlFixture
- i18n::get_cache() — Method in class i18n
- Return an instance of the cache used for i18n data.
- i18n::get_js_i18n() — Method in class i18n
- i18n::get_date_format() — Method in class i18n
- i18n::get_time_format() — Method in class i18n
- i18n::get_translators() — Method in class i18n
- i18n::get_translator() — Method in class i18n
- i18n::get_common_languages() — Method in class i18n
- Get a list of commonly used languages
- i18n::get_common_locales() — Method in class i18n
- Get a list of commonly used locales
- i18n::get_locale_list() — Method in class i18n
- Get a list of locales (code => language and country)
- i18n::get_closest_translation() — Method in class i18n
- Matches a given locale with the closest translation available in the system
- i18n::get_existing_translations() — Method in class i18n
- Searches the root-directory for module-directories (identified by having a _config.php on their first directory-level).
- i18n::get_language_name() — Method in class i18n
- Get a name from a language code (two characters, e.g. "en").
- i18n::get_locale_name() — Method in class i18n
- Get a name from a locale code (xx_YY).
- i18n::get_language_code() — Method in class i18n
- Get a code from an English language name
- i18n::get_tinymce_lang() — Method in class i18n
- Get the current tinyMCE language
- i18n::get_translatable_modules() — Method in class i18n
- Searches the root-directory for module-directories (identified by having a _config.php on their first directory-level and a language-file with the default locale in the /lang-subdirectory).
- i18n::get_lang_from_locale() — Method in class i18n
- Returns the "short" language name from a locale, e.g. "en_US" would return "en".
- i18n::get_locale_from_lang() — Method in class i18n
- Provides you "likely locales" for a given "short" language code. This is a guess, as we can't disambiguate from e.g. "en" to "en_US" - it could also mean "en_UK". Based on the Unicode CLDR project.
- i18n::get_owner_module() — Method in class i18n
- Given a PHP class name, finds the module where it's located.
- i18n::get_locale() — Method in class i18n
- Get the current locale.
- i18n::get_script_direction() — Method in class i18n
- Returns the script direction in format compatible with the HTML "dir" attribute.
- i18n::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class i18n
- Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- i18nRailsYamlAdapter::getFilenameForLocale() — Method in class i18nRailsYamlAdapter
- i18nSSLegacyAdapter::getFilenameForLocale() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter
- i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator::getKeyStack() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator
- i18nTextCollector::getWriter() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
- Gets the currently assigned writer, or the default if none is specified.
- i18nTextCollector::getDefaultLocale() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
- i18nTextCollector_Parser::GetTranslatables() — Method in class i18nTextCollector_Parser
- Parses a template and returns any translatable entities
- i18nTextCollector_Writer_RailsYaml::getYaml() — Method in class i18nTextCollector_Writer_RailsYaml
- i18nTranslateAdapterInterface::getFilenameForLocale() — Method in class i18nTranslateAdapterInterface
H
- AdminRootController::handleRequest() — Method in class AdminRootController
- Executes this controller, and return an {@link SS_HTTPResponse} object with the result.
- ArrayData::hasField() — Method in class ArrayData
- Check array to see if field isset
- CMSBatchActionHandler::handleBatchAction() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
- Invoke a batch action
- CMSBatchActionHandler::handleApplicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
- Respond with the list of applicable pages for a given filter
- CMSBatchActionHandler::handleConfirmation() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
- Check if this action has a confirmation step
- ClassInfo::hasTable() — Method in class ClassInfo
- ClassInfo::has_method_from() — Method in class ClassInfo
- CompositeField::hasData() — Method in class CompositeField
- Returns true if this field has its own data.
- ContentController::handleRequest() — Method in class ContentController
- This acts the same as {@link Controller::handleRequest()}, but if an action cannot be found this will attempt to fall over to a child controller in order to provide functionality for nested URLs.
- ContentController::httpError() — Method in class ContentController
- ContentNegotiator::html() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
- Controller::handleRequest() — Method in class Controller
- Executes this controller, and return an {@link SS_HTTPResponse} object with the result.
- Controller::hasAction() — Method in class Controller
- Checks if this request handler has a specific action, even if the current user cannot access it.
- Controller::hasActionTemplate() — Method in class Controller
- Returns TRUE if this controller has a template that is specifically designed to handle a specific action.
- Controller::has_curr() — Method in class Controller
- Tests whether we have a currently active controller or not
- Convert::html2raw() — Method in class Convert
- Simple conversion of HTML to plaintext.
- $CsvBulkLoader — Property in class CsvBulkLoader
- Identifies if csv the has a header row.
- CsvBulkLoader::hasHeaderRow() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader
- Determine whether any loaded files should be parsed with a header-row (otherwise we rely on {@link self::$columnMap}.
- DBField::HTMLATT() — Method in class DBField
- DBField::HTML() — Method in class DBField
- DBSchemaManager::hasTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Returns true if the given table is exists in the current database
- DBSchemaManager::hasField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Return true if the table exists and already has a the field specified
- DataObject::has_one() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::hasOne() — Method in class DataObject
- Return the class of a one-to-one component. If $component is null, return all of the one-to-one components and their classes. If the selected has_one is a polymorphic field then 'DataObject' will be returned for the type.
- DataObject::hasOneComponent() — Method in class DataObject
- Return data for a specific has_one component.
- DataObject::has_many() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::hasMany() — Method in class DataObject
- Gets the class of a one-to-many relationship. If no $component is specified then an array of all the one-to-many relationships and their classes will be returned.
- DataObject::hasManyComponent() — Method in class DataObject
- Return data for a specific has_many component.
- DataObject::hasField() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns true if the given field exists in a database column on any of
the objects tables and optionally look up a dynamic getter with
get
(). - DataObject::hasDatabaseField() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns true if the given field exists as a database column
- DataObject::hasOwnTableDatabaseField() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns the field type of the given field, if it belongs to this class, and not a parent.
- DataObject::has_own_table_database_field() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns the field type of the given field, if it belongs to this class, and not a parent.
- DataObject::has_own_table() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns true if given class has its own table. Uses the rules for whether the table should exist rather than actually looking in the database.
- DataObject::hasValue() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns true if the given method/parameter has a value (Uses the DBField::hasValue if the parameter is a database field)
- DataQuery::having() — Method in class DataQuery
- Append a HAVING clause to this query.
- DatalessField::hasData() — Method in class DatalessField
- function that returns whether this field contains data.
- Debug::header() — Method in class Debug
- Send a debug message in an HTTP header. Only works if you are on Dev, and headers have not yet been sent.
- $Diff — Property in class Diff
- ErrorControlChain::hasErrored() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
- Determine if an error has been found
- ErrorControlChain::handleFatalError() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
- FieldList::hasTabSet() — Method in class FieldList
- FieldList::HiddenFields() — Method in class FieldList
- Return all fields in a form - including fields nested in {@link CompositeFields}.
- Folder::hasChildren() — Method in class Folder
- Returns true if this folder has children
- Folder::hasChildFolders() — Method in class Folder
- Returns true if this folder has children
- Form::httpSubmission() — Method in class Form
- Handle a form submission. GET and POST requests behave identically.
- Form::handleField() — Method in class Form
- Handle a field request.
- Form::HiddenFields() — Method in class Form
- Return all fields in a form - including fields nested in {@link CompositeFields}.
- FormField::HolderID() — Method in class FormField
- Returns the HTML ID for the form field holder element.
- FormField::hasData() — Method in class FormField
- Returns true if this field has its own data.
- FormField::hasClass() — Method in class FormField
- Form_FieldMap::hasMethod() — Method in class Form_FieldMap
- Ensure that all potential method calls get passed to __call(), therefore to dataFieldByName
- GDBackend::hasImageResource() — Method in class GDBackend
- hasImageResource
- GDBackend::hasGD() — Method in class GDBackend
- GridField::handleAlterAction() — Method in class GridField
- Pass an action on the first GridField_ActionProvider that matches the $actionName.
- GridField::handleRequest() — Method in class GridField
- Custom request handler that will check component handlers before proceeding to the default implementation.
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- Manipulate the state to add a new relation
- GridFieldDeleteAction::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
- Handle the actions and apply any changes to the GridField
- GridFieldDetailForm::handleItem() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldEditButton::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
- Handle the actions and apply any changes to the GridField.
- GridFieldExportButton::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.
- GridFieldExportButton::handleExport() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- Handle the export, for both the action button and the URL
- GridFieldFilterHeader::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
- Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.
- GridFieldPaginator::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- GridFieldPrintButton::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- Handle the print action.
- GridFieldPrintButton::handlePrint() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- Handle the print, for both the action button and the URL
- GridFieldSortableHeader::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
- Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.
- GridField_ActionProvider::handleAction() — Method in class GridField_ActionProvider
- Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.
- GridField_SaveHandler::handleSave() — Method in class GridField_SaveHandler
- Called when a grid field is saved - i.e. the form is submitted.
- HTMLCleaner — Class in namespace
- Base class for HTML cleaning implementations.
- HTMLText — Class in namespace
- Represents a large text field that contains HTML content.
- HTMLVarchar — Class in namespace
- Represents a short text field that is intended to contain HTML content.
- HTTP — Class in namespace
- A class with HTTP-related helpers.
- HTTPCacheControl — Class in namespace
- Class HTTPCacheControl
- HTTPCacheControl::hasDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Low level method to check if a directive is currently set
- HasManyList — Class in namespace
- Subclass of {@link DataList} representing a has_many relation.
- HeaderField — Class in namespace
- Field that generates a heading tag.
- HiddenClass — Class in namespace
- Anything that implements HiddenClass won't be shown in user-interface elements. For example, DataObjects that implement HiddenClass won't be showing in the "new page" dropdown.
- HiddenField — Class in namespace
- Hidden field.
- Hierarchy — Class in namespace
- DataObjects that use the Hierarchy extension can be be organised as a hierarchy, with children and parents. The most obvious example of this is SiteTree.
- HourlyTask — Class in namespace
- Classes that must be run hourly extend this class
- HtmlEditorConfig — Class in namespace
- A PHP version of TinyMCE's configuration, to allow various parameters to be configured on a site or section basis
- HtmlEditorField — Class in namespace
- A TinyMCE-powered WYSIWYG HTML editor field with image and link insertion and tracking capabilities. Editor fields
are created from
<textarea>
tags, which are then converted with JavaScript. - HtmlEditorField_Embed — Class in namespace
- Encapsulation of an oembed tag, linking to an external media source.
- HtmlEditorField_File — Class in namespace
- Encapsulation of a file which can either be a remote URL or a {@link File} on the local filesystem, exhibiting common properties such as file name or the URL.
- HtmlEditorField_Image — Class in namespace
- Encapsulation of an image tag, linking to an image either internal or external to the site.
- HtmlEditorField_Readonly — Class in namespace
- Readonly version of an {@link HTMLEditorField}.
- HtmlEditorField_Toolbar — Class in namespace
- Toolbar shared by all instances of {@link HTMLEditorField}, to avoid too much markup duplication.
- HtmlEditorSanitiser — Class in namespace
- Sanitises an HTMLValue so it's contents are the elements and attributes that are whitelisted using the same configuration as TinyMCE
- Image_Backend::hasImageResource() — Method in class Image_Backend
- hasImageResource
- ImagickBackend::hasImageResource() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- hasImageResource
- Injector::hasService() — Method in class Injector
- Does the given service exist, and if so, what's the stored name for it?
- LeftAndMain::handleRequest() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Executes this controller, and return an {@link SS_HTTPResponse} object with the result.
- ModelAsController::handleRequest() — Method in class ModelAsController
- Money::hasAmount() — Method in class Money
- MySQLSchemaManager::hasTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Returns true if the given table is exists in the current database
- Oembed::handle_shortcode() — Method in class Oembed
- Oembed_Result::hasField() — Method in class Oembed_Result
- Wrap the check for looking into Oembed JSON within $this->data.
- PhpUnitWrapper::has_php_unit() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
- Returns true if one of the two supported PHPUNIT versions is installed.
- ReportAdmin::has_reports() — Method in class ReportAdmin
- Determine if we have reports and need to display the "Reports" main menu item in the CMS.
- RequestHandler::handleRequest() — Method in class RequestHandler
- Handles URL requests.
- RequestHandler::hasAction() — Method in class RequestHandler
- Checks if this request handler has a specific action, even if the current user cannot access it.
- RequestHandler::httpError() — Method in class RequestHandler
- Throws a HTTP error response encased in a {@link SS_HTTPResponse_Exception}, which is later caught in {@link RequestHandler::handleAction()} and returned to the user.
- RestfulService::httpHeader() — Method in class RestfulService
- Set a custom HTTP header
- RootURLController::handleRequest() — Method in class RootURLController
- SSViewer::hasTemplate() — Method in class SSViewer
- Returns true if at least one of the listed templates exists.
- SS_ClassLoader::hasManifest() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
- Returns true if this class loader has a manifest.
- SS_ClassManifest::handleDir() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- SS_ClassManifest::handleFile() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- SS_ConfigStaticManifest::handleFile() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest
- SS_Database::hasTable() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::hasField() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_HTTPRequest::httpMethod() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_Object::has_extension() — Method in class SS_Object
- Return TRUE if a class has a specified extension.
- SS_Object::hasMethod() — Method in class SS_Object
- Return TRUE if a method exists on this object
- SS_Object::hasExtension() — Method in class SS_Object
- Returns TRUE if this object instance has a specific extension applied in {@link $extension_instances}. Extension instances are initialized at constructor time, meaning if you use {@link add_extension()} afterwards, the added extension will just be added to new instances of the extended class. Use the static method {@link has_extension()} to check if a class (not an instance) has a specific extension.
- SS_TemplateManifest::handleFile() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
- Security::has_default_admin() — Method in class Security
- Check that the default admin account has been set.
- SelectionGroup::hasData() — Method in class SelectionGroup
- Returns true if this field has its own data.
- Handler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Auth
- The authentication Handler is responsible for handling authentication requirements and providing a Member to the Manager if required, so it can be used in request contexts.
- Manager::hasType() — Method in class Manager
- HTTPMethodMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Middleware
- HTTPClient — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
- HTTPProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
- Class HTTPProvider
- SchemaScaffolder::hasType() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
- Returns true if the type has been added to the scaffolder
- UploadField::handleItem() — Method in class UploadField
- UploadField::handleSelect() — Method in class UploadField
- Versioned::hasVersionField() — Method in class Versioned
- Check if a certain table has the 'Version' field.
- ViewableData::hasField() — Method in class ViewableData
- Check if a field exists on this object. This should be overloaded in child classes.
- ViewableData::hasValue() — Method in class ViewableData
- Checks if a given method/field has a valid value. If the result is an object, this will return the result of the exists method, otherwise will check if the result is not just an empty paragraph tag.
- ViewableData_Customised::hasMethod() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised
- Return TRUE if a method exists on this object
- VirtualPage::hasField() — Method in class VirtualPage
- VirtualPage::hasMethod() — Method in class VirtualPage
- Overwrite to also check for method on the original data object
- VirtualPage_Controller::hasMethod() — Method in class VirtualPage_Controller
- Also check the original object's original controller for the method
I
- ArrayLib::invert() — Method in class ArrayLib
- Inverses the first and second level keys of an associative array, keying the result by the second level, and combines all first level entries within them.
- ArrayLib::is_associative() — Method in class ArrayLib
- Determines if an array is associative by checking for existing keys via array_key_exists().
- ArrayLib::in_array_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib
- Recursively searches an array $haystack for the value(s) $needle.
- AssetAdmin::init() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- Set up the controller, in particular, re-sync the File database with the assets folder./
- Authenticator::is_registered() — Method in class Authenticator
- Check if a given authenticator is registered
- BuildTask::isEnabled() — Method in class BuildTask
- CMSMain::init() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::index() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSPagesController::isCurrentPage() — Method in class CMSPagesController
- Compares a given record to the currently selected one (if any).
- CMSSecurity::init() — Method in class CMSSecurity
- Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::isPageIncluded() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
- Returns TRUE if the given page should be included in the tree.
- ClassInfo::implementorsOf() — Method in class ClassInfo
- CleanImageManipulationCache::init() — Method in class CleanImageManipulationCache
- Check that the user has appropriate permissions to execute this task
- CliController::init() — Method in class CliController
- Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
- CliController::index() — Method in class CliController
- ComparisonFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class ComparisonFilter
- Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
- CompositeDBField::isChanged() — Method in class CompositeDBField
- Determines if the field has been changed since its initialization.
- CompositeField::isComposite() — Method in class CompositeField
- Returns true if this field is a composite field.
- CompositeField::insertBefore() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::insertAfter() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::IsReadonly() — Method in class CompositeField
- Config::inst() — Method in class Config
- Get the current active Config instance.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::isSaveable() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Determines if the field was actually shown on the client side - if not, we don't validate or save it.
- ContentController::init() — Method in class ContentController
- Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
- Controller::init() — Method in class Controller
- Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
- CurrentPageIdentifier::isCurrentPage() — Method in class CurrentPageIdentifier
- Check if the given DataObject is the current page.
- DB::inline_parameters() — Method in class DB
- DB::is_active() — Method in class DB
- Check if the connection to the database is active.
- DB::isActive() — Method in class DB
- DBConnector::isQueryMutable() — Method in class DBConnector
- Determine if this SQL statement is a destructive operation (write or ddl)
- DBConnector::isQueryDDL() — Method in class DBConnector
- Determine if this SQL statement is a DDL operation
- DBConnector::isQueryWrite() — Method in class DBConnector
- Determine if this SQL statement is a write operation (alters content but not structure)
- DBConnector::isActive() — Method in class DBConnector
- Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.
- DBSchemaManager::isSchemaUpdating() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Returns true if we are during a schema update.
- DBSchemaManager::IdColumn() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- This returns the data type for the id column which is the primary key for each table
- DBSchemaManager::indexList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Return the list of indexes in a table.
- DataDifferencer::ignoreFields() — Method in class DataDifferencer
- Specify some fields to ignore changes from. Repeated calls are cumulative.
- DataList::innerJoin() — Method in class DataList
- Return a new DataList instance with an inner join clause added to this list's query.
- DataList::insertFirst() — Method in class DataList
- This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent
- DataModel::inst() — Method in class DataModel
- Get the global DataModel.
- DataObject::is_composite_field() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns the field class if the given db field on the class is a composite field.
- DataObject::isEmpty() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns TRUE if all values (other than "ID") are considered empty (by weak boolean comparison).
- DataObject::i18n_singular_name() — Method in class DataObject
- Get the translated user friendly singular name of this DataObject same as singular_name() but runs it through the translating function
- DataObject::i18n_plural_name() — Method in class DataObject
- Get the translated user friendly plural name of this DataObject Same as plural_name but runs it through the translation function Translation string is in the form: $this->class.PLURALNAME Example: Page.PLURALNAME
- DataObject::isChanged() — Method in class DataObject
- Uses {@link getChangedFields()} to determine if fields have been changed since loading them from the database.
- DataObject::inheritedDatabaseFields() — Method in class DataObject
- Returns fields bu traversing the class heirachy in a bottom-up direction.
- DataObject::isInDB() — Method in class DataObject
- DataQuery::initialiseQuery() — Method in class DataQuery
- Set up the simplest initial query
- DataQuery::innerJoin() — Method in class DataQuery
- Add an INNER JOIN clause to this query.
- DatabaseAdmin::init() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
- Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
- DatabaseAdmin::index() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
- When we're called as /dev/build, that's actually the index. Do the same as /dev/build/build.
- Date::InPast() — Method in class Date
- Returns true if date is in the past.
- Date::InFuture() — Method in class Date
- Returns true if date is in the future.
- Date::IsToday() — Method in class Date
- Returns true if date is today.
- Decimal::Int() — Method in class Decimal
- DevelopmentAdmin::init() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
- Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
- DevelopmentAdmin::index() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
- Diff::isEmpty() — Method in class Diff
- Check for empty diff.
- Director::is_https() — Method in class Director
- Return whether the site is running as under HTTPS.
- Director::is_absolute() — Method in class Director
- Returns true if a given path is absolute. Works under both *nix and windows systems
- Director::is_absolute_url() — Method in class Director
- Checks if a given URL is absolute (e.g. starts with 'http://' etc.).
- Director::is_relative_url() — Method in class Director
- Checks if a given URL is relative by checking {@link is_absolute_url()}.
- Director::is_site_url() — Method in class Director
- Checks if the given URL is belonging to this "site" (not an external link).
- Director::is_ajax() — Method in class Director
- Checks if the current HTTP-Request is an "Ajax-Request" by checking for a custom header set by jQuery or wether a manually set request-parameter 'ajax' is present.
- Director::is_cli() — Method in class Director
- Returns true if this script is being run from the command line rather than the webserver.
- Director::isLive() — Method in class Director
- Director::isDev() — Method in class Director
- This function will return true if the site is in a development environment.
- Director::isTest() — Method in class Director
- This function will return true if the site is in a test environment.
- DropdownField::isSelected() — Method in class DropdownField
- Email::IsEmail() — Method in class Email
- Used by {@link SSViewer} templates to detect if we're rendering an email template rather than a page template
- Email::is_valid_address() — Method in class Email
- Validates the email address to get as close to RFC 822 compliant as possible.
- EncryptAllPasswordsTask::init() — Method in class EncryptAllPasswordsTask
- ExactMatchFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class ExactMatchFilter
- Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
- FieldList::insertBefore() — Method in class FieldList
- Inserts a field before a particular field in a FieldList.
- FieldList::insertAfter() — Method in class FieldList
- Inserts a field after a particular field in a FieldList.
- File::Icon() — Method in class File
- Return the relative URL of an icon for the file type, based on the {@link appCategory()} value.
- File::ini2bytes() — Method in class File
- Convert a php.ini value (eg: 512M) to bytes
- Filesystem::isAbsolute() — Method in class Filesystem
- Returns true if the given filename is an absolute file reference.
- Folder::Icon() — Method in class Folder
- Return the relative URL of an icon for this file type
- $Form — Property in class Form
- FormField::ID() — Method in class FormField
- Returns the HTML ID of the field.
- FormField::isComposite() — Method in class FormField
- Returns true if this field is a composite field.
- FormField::isReadonly() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::isDisabled() — Method in class FormField
- $FormScaffolder — Property in class FormScaffolder
- FulltextFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class FulltextFilter
- Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
- GDBackend::imageAvailable() — Method in class GDBackend
- GridField::index() — Method in class GridField
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::ItemEditForm() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- Builds an item edit form. The arguments to getCMSFields() are the popupController and popupFormName, however this is an experimental API and may change.
- HTMLCleaner::inst() — Method in class HTMLCleaner
- Experimental inst class to create a default html cleaner class
- HiddenField::IsHidden() — Method in class HiddenField
- Hierarchy::isMarked() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Check if this DataObject is marked.
- Hierarchy::isExpanded() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Check if this DataObject is expanded.
- Hierarchy::isTreeOpened() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Check if this DataObject's tree is opened.
- HtmlEditorConfig::insertButtonsBefore() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Insert buttons before the first occurance of another button
- HtmlEditorConfig::insertButtonsAfter() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Insert buttons after the first occurance of another button
- HtmlEditorField::include_js() — Method in class HtmlEditorField
- IPhpUnitWrapper — Class in namespace
- Interface, implementing the general PHPUnit wrapper API.
- IPhpUnitWrapper::init() — Method in class IPhpUnitWrapper
- Image — Class in namespace
- Represents an Image
- Image::isSize() — Method in class Image
- Determine if this image is of the specified size
- Image::isWidth() — Method in class Image
- Determine if this image is of the specified width
- Image::isHeight() — Method in class Image
- Determine if this image is of the specified width
- Image_Backend — Class in namespace
- Image_Backend
- Image_Backend::imageAvailable() — Method in class Image_Backend
- imageAvailable
- Image_Cached — Class in namespace
- A resized / processed {@link Image} object.
- ImagickBackend — Class in namespace
- ImagickBackend::imageAvailable() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- InjectionCreator — Class in namespace
- A class for creating new objects by the injector.
- Injector — Class in namespace
- A simple injection manager that manages creating objects and injecting dependencies between them. It borrows quite a lot from ideas taken from Spring's configuration, but is adapted to the stateless PHP way of doing things.
- Injector::inst() — Method in class Injector
- If a user wants to use the injector as a static reference
- Injector::inject() — Method in class Injector
- Inject $object with available objects from the service cache
- InlineFormAction — Class in namespace
- Render a button that will submit the form its contained in through ajax.
- InlineFormAction::includeDefaultJS() — Method in class InlineFormAction
- Optionally disable the default javascript include (framework/javascript/InlineFormAction.js), which routes to an "admin-custom"-URL.
- InlineFormAction_ReadOnly — Class in namespace
- Readonly version of {@link InlineFormAction}.
- InstallerTest — Class in namespace
- Simple controller that the installer uses to test that URL rewriting is working.
- Int — Class in namespace
- JSTestRunner::init() — Method in class JSTestRunner
- Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
- LeftAndMain::init() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::index() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::isCurrentPage() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Compares a given record to the currently selected one (if any).
- LeftAndMainExtension::init() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
- $LeftAndMainMarkingFilter — Property in class LeftAndMainMarkingFilter
- LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension::init() — Method in class LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension
- LeftAndMain_HTTPResponse::isFinished() — Method in class LeftAndMain_HTTPResponse
- Returns true if this response is "finished", that is, no more script execution should be done.
- LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::isPageIncluded() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter
- Returns TRUE if the given page should be included in the tree.
- $LoginAttempt — Property in class LoginAttempt
- IP address of user attempting to login
- Member::isDefaultAdmin() — Method in class Member
- Check if this user is the currently configured default admin
- Member::isLockedOut() — Method in class Member
- Returns true if this user is locked out
- Member::isPasswordExpired() — Method in class Member
- Member::inGroups() — Method in class Member
- Check if the member is in one of the given groups.
- Member::inGroup() — Method in class Member
- Check if the member is in the given group or any parent groups.
- ModelAdmin::init() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- Initialize the model admin interface. Sets up embedded jquery libraries and requisite plugins.
- ModelAdmin::ImportForm() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- Generate a CSV import form for a single {@link DataObject} subclass.
- ModelAdmin::import() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- Imports the submitted CSV file based on specifications given in {@link self::model_importers}.
- ModelAsController::init() — Method in class ModelAsController
- Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
- Money::isChanged() — Method in class Money
- Determines if the field has been changed since its initialization.
- MySQLSchemaManager::isView() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- MySQLSchemaManager::indexList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Return the list of indexes in a table.
- MySQLSchemaManager::int() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Return a int type-formatted string
- MySQLSchemaManager::IdColumn() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- This returns the data type for the id column which is the primary key for each table
- MySQLiConnector::isActive() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.
- Oembed::is_enabled() — Method in class Oembed
- PDOConnector::is_emulate_prepare() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Is PDO running in emulated mode
- PDOConnector::isActive() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.
- PartialMatchFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class PartialMatchFilter
- Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
- PhpUnitWrapper::inst() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
- Loads and initiates phpunit, based on the available phpunit version.
- PhpUnitWrapper::init() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
- Implements method, defined in the interface IPhpUnitWrapper:init (see IPhpUnitWrapper).
- PhpUnitWrapper_3_4::init() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_3_4
- Initialise the wrapper class.
- PhpUnitWrapper_3_5::init() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_3_5
- Initialise the wrapper class.
- PolymorphicForeignKey::isChanged() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
- Determines if the field has been changed since its initialization.
- $Profiler — Property in class Profiler
- Profiler::init() — Method in class Profiler
- RedirectorPage_Controller::init() — Method in class RedirectorPage_Controller
- RegenerateCachedImagesTask::init() — Method in class RegenerateCachedImagesTask
- Check that the user has appropriate permissions to execute this task
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::init() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
- Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::index() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
- ReportAdmin::init() — Method in class ReportAdmin
- Requirements::insertHeadTags() — Method in class Requirements
- Add the following custom HTML code to the section of the page
- Requirements::includeInHTML() — Method in class Requirements
- Update the given HTML content with the appropriate include tags for the registered requirements. Needs to receive a valid HTML/XHTML template in the $content parameter, including a head and body tag.
- Requirements::include_in_response() — Method in class Requirements
- Attach requirements inclusion to X-Include-JS and X-Include-CSS headers on the given HTTP Response
- Requirements_Backend::insertHeadTags() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Add the following custom HTML code to the section of the page
- Requirements_Backend::includeInHTML() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Update the given HTML content with the appropriate include tags for the registered requirements. Needs to receive a valid HTML/XHTML template in the $content parameter, including a head and body tag.
- Requirements_Backend::include_in_response() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Attach requirements inclusion to X-Include-JS and X-Include-CSS headers on the given HTTP Response
- SQLAssignmentRow::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
- Determine if this assignment is empty
- SQLConditionalExpression::isJoinedTo() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Returns true if we are already joining to the given table alias
- SQLConditionalExpression::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed
- SQLExpression::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLExpression
- Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed
- SQLInsert::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed
- SQLQuery_ParameterInjector::injectConditions() — Method in class SQLQuery_ParameterInjector
- Given a list of parameterised conditions, return a flattened list of condition strings
- SQLUpdate::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLUpdate
- Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed
- SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables_InjectionName() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Injection_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::IfArgumentPortion_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::IfArgument_IfArgumentPortion() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::IfArgument_BooleanOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::If_IfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::If_ElseIfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::If_ElsePart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Include__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Include_Template() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Include_NamedArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Include__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSViewer::includeRequirements() — Method in class SSViewer
- Flag whether to include the requirements in this response.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::iteratorProperties() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Set the current iterator properties - where we are on the iterator.
- SS_ClassLoader::instance() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
- SS_Database::isActive() — Method in class SS_Database
- Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.
- SS_Database::isSchemaUpdating() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_HTMLValue::isValid() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
- Is this HTMLValue in an errored state?
- SS_HTTPRequest::isGET() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::isPOST() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::isPUT() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::isDELETE() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::isHEAD() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::isMedia() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Checks if the {@link SS_HTTPRequest->getExtension()} on this request matches one of the more common media types embedded into a webpage - e.g. css, png.
- SS_HTTPRequest::isAjax() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Returns true if this request an ajax request, based on custom HTTP ajax added by common JavaScript libraries, or based on an explicit "ajax" request parameter.
- SS_HTTPRequest::isEmptyPattern() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Returns true if this is a URL that will match without shifting off any of the URL.
- SS_HTTPResponse::isError() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
- Returns true if this HTTP response is in error
- SS_HTTPResponse::isFinished() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
- Returns true if this response is "finished", that is, no more script execution should be done.
- SS_Object::is_a() — Method in class SS_Object
- Check if this class is an instance of a specific class, or has that class as one of its parents
- SS_Object::invokeWithExtensions() — Method in class SS_Object
- Calls a method if available on both this object and all applied {@link Extensions}, and then attempts to merge all results into an array
- SS_ReportWrapper::ID() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
- SS_TemplateLoader::instance() — Method in class SS_TemplateLoader
- SapphireInfo::init() — Method in class SapphireInfo
- Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
- SapphireREPL::index() — Method in class SapphireREPL
- SapphireTest::is_running_test() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Determines if unit tests are currently run (via {@link TestRunner}).
- ScheduledTask::init() — Method in class ScheduledTask
- Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
- SearchFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class SearchFilter
- Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
- Security::init() — Method in class Security
- Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
- Security::index() — Method in class Security
- Security::ignore_disallowed_actions() — Method in class Security
- SecurityAdmin::init() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- SecurityToken::inst() — Method in class SecurityToken
- Gets a global token (or creates one if it doesnt exist already).
- SecurityToken::is_enabled() — Method in class SecurityToken
- SecurityToken::isEnabled() — Method in class SecurityToken
- You can't disable an existing instance, it will need to be overwritten like this:
$old = SecurityToken::inst(); // isEnabled() returns true SecurityToken::disable(); $new = SecurityToken::inst(); // isEnabled() returns false
- Session::inst_start() — Method in class Session
- Session::inst_destroy() — Method in class Session
- Session::inst_set() — Method in class Session
- Session::inst_addToArray() — Method in class Session
- Session::inst_get() — Method in class Session
- Session::inst_clear() — Method in class Session
- Session::inst_clearAll() — Method in class Session
- Session::inst_getAll() — Method in class Session
- Session::inst_finalize() — Method in class Session
- Session::inst_save() — Method in class Session
- Save data to session Only save the changes, so that anyone manipulating $_SESSION directly doesn't get burned.
- Session::inst_changedData() — Method in class Session
- Return the changed data, for debugging purposes.
- ShortcodeParser::img_shortcode() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::isArchived() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- Counts as "archived" if the current record is a different version from both live and draft.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
- As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
- As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
- As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
- As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
- IPUtils — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Util
- Http utility functions.
- AuthenticatorInterface::isApplicable() — Method in class AuthenticatorInterface
- Determine if this authenticator is applicable to the current request
- BasicAuthAuthenticator::isApplicable() — Method in class BasicAuthAuthenticator
- Determine if this authenticator is applicable to the current request
- Controller::index() — Method in class Controller
- Handles requests to the index action (e.g. /graphql)
- IntrospectionProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Extensions
- Class IntrospectionProvider
- InterfaceTypeCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL
- Base type creator for interface type generation.
- DataObjectQueryFilter::isFieldFiltered() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- InFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
- TypeCreatorExtension::isInternalGraphQLType() — Method in class TypeCreatorExtension
- Returns true if the type parser creates an internal type e.g. String
- ArgumentScaffolder::isRequired() — Method in class ArgumentScaffolder
- InheritanceScaffolder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders
- Scaffolds a UnionType based on the ancestry of a DataObject class
- ItemQueryScaffolder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders
- Scaffolds a GraphQL query field.
- StaticSchema::inst() — Method in class StaticSchema
- StaticSchema::inheritanceTypeNameForDataObject() — Method in class StaticSchema
- Gets the type name for a union type of all ancestors of a class given the classname
- StaticSchema::inheritanceTypeNameForType() — Method in class StaticSchema
- Gets the type name for a union type of all ancestors of a class given the type name
- StaticSchema::isValidFieldName() — Method in class StaticSchema
- Returns true if the field name can be accessed on the given object
- StaticSchema::introspectTypes() — Method in class StaticSchema
- StringTypeParser::isInternalType() — Method in class StringTypeParser
- Returns true if the given type is an internal GraphQL type, e.g. "String" or "Int"
- StringTypeParser::isRequired() — Method in class StringTypeParser
- TypeCreator::interfaces() — Method in class TypeCreator
- Returns the list of interfaces (or function to evaluate this list) which this type implements.
- TypeCreator::isInputObject() — Method in class TypeCreator
- True if this is an input object, which accepts new field values.
- SiteConfigLeftAndMain::init() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
- Initialises the {@link SiteConfig} controller.
- SiteTree::isCurrent() — Method in class SiteTree
- Returns true if this is the currently active page being used to handle this request.
- SiteTree::isSection() — Method in class SiteTree
- Check if this page is in the currently active section (e.g. it is either current or one of its children is currently being viewed).
- SiteTree::isOrphaned() — Method in class SiteTree
- Check if the parent of this page has been removed (or made otherwise unavailable), and is still referenced by this child. Any such orphaned page may still require access via the CMS, but should not be shown as accessible to external users.
- SiteTree::InSection() — Method in class SiteTree
- Check if this page is in the given current section.
- SiteTree::isNew() — Method in class SiteTree
- Check if this page is new - that is, if it has yet to have been written to the database.
- SiteTree::isPublished() — Method in class SiteTree
- Check if this page has been published.
- SiteTree::i18n_singular_name() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return the translated Singular name.
- Tab::id() — Method in class Tab
- TabSet::id() — Method in class TabSet
- TabSet::insertBefore() — Method in class TabSet
- Inserts a field before a particular field in a FieldList.
- TabSet::insertAfter() — Method in class TabSet
- Inserts a field after a particular field in a FieldList.
- TaskRunner::init() — Method in class TaskRunner
- Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
- TaskRunner::index() — Method in class TaskRunner
- TemplateIteratorProvider::iteratorProperties() — Method in class TemplateIteratorProvider
- Set the current iterator properties - where we are on the iterator.
- TestRunner::init() — Method in class TestRunner
- Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
- TextField::InternallyLabelledField() — Method in class TextField
- Upload::isError() — Method in class Upload
- Determines wether previous operations caused an error.
- UploadField::isActive() — Method in class UploadField
- Returns true if the field is neither readonly nor disabled
- UploadField_SelectHandler::index() — Method in class UploadField_SelectHandler
- Upload_Validator::isValidSize() — Method in class Upload_Validator
- Determines if the bytesize of an uploaded file is valid - can be defined on an extension-by-extension basis in {@link $allowedMaxFileSize}
- Upload_Validator::isValidExtension() — Method in class Upload_Validator
- Determines if the temporary file has a valid extension An empty string in the validation map indicates files without an extension.
- Varchar::Initial() — Method in class Varchar
- Return the first letter of the string followed by a .
- Versioned::isLatestVersion() — Method in class Versioned
- Returns whether the current record is the latest one.
- VirtualPage::isPublishable() — Method in class VirtualPage
- Returns true if is page is publishable by anyone at all Return false if the source page isn't published yet.
- VirtualPage_Controller::init() — Method in class VirtualPage_Controller
- When the virtualpage is loaded, check to see if the versions are the same if not, reload the content.
- YamlFixture::idFromFixture() — Method in class YamlFixture
- Get the ID of an object from the fixture.
- i18n — Class in namespace
- Base-class for storage and retrieval of translated entities.
- i18n::include_by_locale() — Method in class i18n
- Includes all available language files for a certain defined locale.
- i18n::include_by_class() — Method in class i18n
- Given a class name (a "locale namespace"), will search for its module and, if available, will load the resources for the currently defined locale.
- i18nEntityProvider — Class in namespace
- Dynamically provide translatable entites for the {@link i18n} logic.
- i18nRailsYamlAdapter — Class in namespace
- i18nSSLegacyAdapter — Class in namespace
- i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator — Class in namespace
- i18nTextCollector — Class in namespace
- SilverStripe-variant of the "gettext" tool: Parses the string content of all PHP-files and SilverStripe templates for ocurrences of the _t() translation method. Also uses the {@link i18nEntityProvider} interface to get dynamically defined entities by executing the {@link provideI18nEntities()} method on all implementors of this interface.
- i18nTextCollectorTask — Class in namespace
- i18nTextCollectorTask::init() — Method in class i18nTextCollectorTask
- i18nTextCollector_Parser — Class in namespace
- Parser that scans through a template and extracts the parameters to the _t and <%t calls
- i18nTextCollector_Writer — Class in namespace
- Allows serialization of entity definitions collected through {@link i18nTextCollector} into a persistent format, usually on the filesystem.
- i18nTextCollector_Writer_Php — Class in namespace
- Legacy writer for 2.x style persistence.
- i18nTextCollector_Writer_RailsYaml — Class in namespace
- Writes files compatible with {@link i18nRailsYamlAdapter}.
- i18nTranslateAdapterInterface — Class in namespace
- Makes the {@link Zend_Translate_Adapter} base class aware of file naming conventions within SilverStripe.
J
- Controller::join_links() — Method in class Controller
- Joins two or more link segments together, putting a slash between them if necessary.
- Convert::json2obj() — Method in class Convert
- Convert a JSON encoded string into an object.
- Convert::json2array() — Method in class Convert
- Convert a JSON string into an array.
- DBField::JS() — Method in class DBField
- DBField::JSON() — Method in class DBField
- Return JSON encoded value
- JSONDataFormatter — Class in namespace
- JSTestRunner — Class in namespace
- Controller that executes QUnit tests via jQuery.
- PhoneNumberField::joinPhoneNumber() — Method in class PhoneNumberField
- Requirements::javascript() — Method in class Requirements
- Register the given JavaScript file as required.
- Requirements::javascriptTemplate() — Method in class Requirements
- Include the content of the given JavaScript file in the list of requirements. Dollar-sign variables will be interpolated with values from $vars similar to a .ss template.
- Requirements_Backend::javascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Register the given JavaScript file as required.
- Requirements_Backend::javascriptTemplate() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Include the content of the given JavaScript file in the list of requirements. Dollar-sign variables will be interpolated with values from $vars similar to a .ss template.
- JSONStringProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
- Class ConfigStringProvider
- ViewableData::JS_val() — Method in class ViewableData
- Return the value of a field in a JavaScript-save format.
K
- CSVParser::key() — Method in class CSVParser
- SS_DAG_Iterator::key() — Method in class SS_DAG_Iterator
- SS_Map::keys() — Method in class SS_Map
- Return all the keys of this map.
- SS_Map_Iterator::key() — Method in class SS_Map_Iterator
- Return the key of the current element.
- SS_Query::keyedColumn() — Method in class SS_Query
- Return an array containing all values in the leftmost column, where the keys are the same as the values.
- SS_Query::key() — Method in class SS_Query
- Iterator function implementation. Return the row number of the current item.
- SapphireTest::kill_temp_db() — Method in class SapphireTest
- i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator::key() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator
L
- ArrayList::limit() — Method in class ArrayList
- Get a sub-range of this dataobjectset as an array
- ArrayList::last() — Method in class ArrayList
- Returns the last item in the list
- BulkLoader::load() — Method in class BulkLoader
- BulkLoader_Result::LastChange() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- Returns the last change.
- CMSBatchActionHandler::Link() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
- Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
- CMSMain::Link() — Method in class CMSMain
- Override {@link LeftAndMain} Link to allow blank URL segment for CMSMain.
- CMSMain::LinkPages() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkPagesWithSearch() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkTreeView() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkListView() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkGalleryView() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkPageEdit() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkPageSettings() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkPageHistory() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkWithSearch() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkPageAdd() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkPreview() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::listview() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::ListViewForm() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSPagesController::LinkPreview() — Method in class CMSPagesController
- CMSPreviewable::Link() — Method in class CMSPreviewable
- CMSSecurity::Link() — Method in class CMSSecurity
- Get a link to a security action
- CMSSecurity::LoginForm() — Method in class CMSSecurity
- Get the login form to process according to the submitted data
- CacheProxy::load() — Method in class CacheProxy
- ContentController::Link() — Method in class ContentController
- Return the link to this controller, but force the expanded link to be returned so that form methods and similar will function properly.
- ContentController::LoginForm() — Method in class ContentController
- Returns the default log-in form.
- Convert::linkIfMatch() — Method in class Convert
- Create a link if the string is a valid URL
- $DB — Property in class DB
- The last SQL query run.
- DataList::limit() — Method in class DataList
- Return a new DataList instance with the records returned in this query restricted by a limit clause.
- DataList::leftJoin() — Method in class DataList
- Return a new DataList instance with a left join clause added to this list's query.
- DataList::last() — Method in class DataList
- Returns the last item in this DataList
- DataQuery::lastRow() — Method in class DataQuery
- Return the last row that would be returned by this full DataQuery Note that this will issue a separate SELECT .
- DataQuery::limit() — Method in class DataQuery
- Set the limit of this query.
- DataQuery::leftJoin() — Method in class DataQuery
- Add a LEFT JOIN clause to this query.
- DatabaseAdmin::lastBuilt() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
- Returns the timestamp of the time that the database was last built
- Date::Long() — Method in class Date
- Returns the date in the format 24 December 2006
- Debug::log() — Method in class Debug
- Log to a standard text file output.
- Debug::loadErrorHandlers() — Method in class Debug
- Load error handlers into environment.
- Diff::lcs() — Method in class Diff
- Compute the length of the Longest Common Subsequence (LCS).
- File::link_shortcode_handler() — Method in class File
- Replace "[file_link id=n]" shortcode with an anchor tag or link to the file.
- File::Link() — Method in class File
- Just an alias function to keep a consistent API with SiteTree
- Form::loadDataFrom() — Method in class Form
- Load data from the given DataObject or array.
- FormField::Link() — Method in class FormField
- Return a link to this field.
- FormField::LeftTitle() — Method in class FormField
- FunctionalTest::logInAs() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- Log in as the given member
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::Link() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
- Hierarchy::loadDescendantIDListInto() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Get a list of this DataObject's and all it's descendants ID, and put them in $idList.
- Hierarchy::liveChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Return children in the live site, if it exists.
- HtmlEditorField_Toolbar::LinkForm() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar
- Return a {@link Form} instance allowing a user to add links in the TinyMCE content editor.
- Image::loadUploadedImage() — Method in class Image
- File names are filtered through {@link FileNameFilter}, see class documentation on how to influence this behaviour.
- Injector::load() — Method in class Injector
- Load services using the passed in configuration for those services
- JSTestRunner::Link() — Method in class JSTestRunner
- Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
- LabelField — Class in namespace
- Simple label, to add extra text in your forms.
- LeftAndMain — Class in namespace
- LeftAndMain is the parent class of all the two-pane views in the CMS.
- LeftAndMain::Link() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- You should implement a Link() function in your subclass of LeftAndMain, to point to the URL of that particular controller.
- LeftAndMain::LinkPreview() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- URL to a previewable record which is shown through this controller.
- LeftAndMain::Locale() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMainExtension — Class in namespace
- Plug-ins for additional functionality in your LeftAndMain classes.
- LeftAndMainMarkingFilter — Class in namespace
- LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension — Class in namespace
- Extension to include custom page icons
- LeftAndMain_HTTPResponse — Class in namespace
- Allow overriding finished state for faux redirects.
- LeftAndMain_SearchFilter — Class in namespace
- Abstract interface for a class which may be used to filter the results displayed in a nested tree
- LeftAndMain_TreeNode — Class in namespace
- Wrapper around objects being displayed in a tree.
- LessThanFilter — Class in namespace
- Selects numerical/date content less than the input
- LessThanOrEqualFilter — Class in namespace
- Selects numerical/date content less than or equal to the input
- ListboxField — Class in namespace
- Multi-line listbox field, created from a select tag.
- LiteralField — Class in namespace
- This field lets you put an arbitrary piece of HTML into your forms.
- LoginAttempt — Class in namespace
- Record all login attempts through the {@link LoginForm} object.
- LoginForm — Class in namespace
- Abstract base class for a login form
- LookupField — Class in namespace
- Read-only complement of {@link DropdownField}.
- ManifestCache::load() — Method in class ManifestCache
- ManifestCache_APC::load() — Method in class ManifestCache_APC
- ManifestCache_File::load() — Method in class ManifestCache_File
- ManifestCache_File_PHP::load() — Method in class ManifestCache_File_PHP
- $Member — Property in class Member
- @deprecated 4.0
- $Member — Property in class Member
- $Member — Property in class Member
- Member::lock_out_after_incorrect_logins() — Method in class Member
- Configure the security system to lock users out after this many incorrect logins
- Member::logIn() — Method in class Member
- Logs this member in
- Member::logged_in_session_exists() — Method in class Member
- Check if the member ID logged in session actually has a database record of the same ID. If there is no logged in user, FALSE is returned anyway.
- Member::logOut() — Method in class Member
- Logs this member out.
- $MemberLoginForm — Property in class MemberLoginForm
- This field is used in the "You are logged in as %s" message
- MemberLoginForm::logout() — Method in class MemberLoginForm
- Log out form handler method
- MemberPassword::log() — Method in class MemberPassword
- Log a password change from the given member.
- ModelAdmin::Link() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- You should implement a Link() function in your subclass of LeftAndMain, to point to the URL of that particular controller.
- PaginatedList::LastItem() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Returns the number of the last item being displayed on this page.
- PaginatedList::LastLink() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Returns a link to the last page.
- RSSFeed::linkToFeed() — Method in class RSSFeed
- Include an link to the feed
- RSSFeed::Link() — Method in class RSSFeed
- Get the URL of this feed
- RedirectorPage::Link() — Method in class RedirectorPage
- Return the the link that should be used for this redirector page, in navigation, etc.
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::Link() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
- Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
- ReportAdmin::Link() — Method in class ReportAdmin
- Returns the link to the report admin section, or the specific report that is currently displayed
- RequestHandler::Link() — Method in class RequestHandler
- Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
- SQLSelect::lastRow() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Returns a query that returns only the last row of this query
- SSTemplateParser::Lookup__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Lookup_AddLookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- The basic generated PHP of LookupStep and LastLookupStep is the same, except that LookupStep calls 'obj' to get the next ViewableData in the sequence, and LastLookupStep calls different methods (XML_val, hasValue, obj) depending on the context the lookup is used in.
- SSTemplateParser::Lookup_LookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Lookup_LastLookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Last() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Returns true if this object is the last in a set.
- SSViewer_Scope::locally() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
- Called at the start of every lookup chain by SSTemplateParser to indicate a new lookup from local scope
- SS_ClassLoader::loadClass() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
- Loads a class or interface if it is present in the currently active manifest.
- SS_HTTPRequest::latestParams() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::latestParam() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_Limitable::limit() — Method in class SS_Limitable
- Returns a new instance of this list where no more than $limit records are included.
- SS_List::last() — Method in class SS_List
- Returns the last item in the list.
- SS_ListDecorator::Last() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- SS_ListDecorator::limit() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Returns a new instance of this list where no more than $limit records are included.
- $SS_Log — Property in class SS_Log
- Logger class to use.
- SS_Log::log() — Method in class SS_Log
- Dispatch a message by priority level.
- SapphireTest::loadFixture() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Load a YAML fixture file into the database.
- SapphireTest::logInWithPermission() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Create a member and group with the given permission code, and log in with it.
- Security::LoginForm() — Method in class Security
- Get the login form to process according to the submitted data
- Security::Link() — Method in class Security
- Get a link to a security action
- Security::logout() — Method in class Security
- Log the currently logged in user out
- Security::login() — Method in class Security
- Show the "login" page
- Security::lostpassword() — Method in class Security
- Show the "lost password" page
- Security::LostPasswordForm() — Method in class Security
- Factory method for the lost password form
- Security::login_recording() — Method in class Security
- Security::login_url() — Method in class Security
- Get the URL of the log-in page.
- Security::logout_url() — Method in class Security
- Get the URL of the logout page.
- Security::lost_password_url() — Method in class Security
- Get the URL of the logout page.
- ServiceConfigurationLocator::locateConfigFor() — Method in class ServiceConfigurationLocator
- Finds the Injector config for a named service.
- SilverStripeServiceConfigurationLocator::locateConfigFor() — Method in class SilverStripeServiceConfigurationLocator
- Finds the Injector config for a named service.
- LessThanFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
- LessThanOrEqualFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
- ListFieldFilterInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter
- A special type of filter that accepts list values
- ListQueryScaffolder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders
- Scaffolds a GraphQL query field.
- SiteTree::link_shortcode_handler() — Method in class SiteTree
- Replace a "[sitetree_link id=n]" shortcode with a link to the page with the corresponding ID.
- SiteTree::Link() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return the link for this {@link SiteTree} object, with the {@link Director::baseURL()} included.
- SiteTree::LinkOrCurrent() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return "link" or "current" depending on if this is the {@link SiteTree::isCurrent()} current page.
- SiteTree::LinkOrSection() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return "link" or "section" depending on if this is the {@link SiteTree::isSeciton()} current section.
- SiteTree::LinkingMode() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return "link", "current" or "section" depending on if this page is the current page, or not on the current page but in the current section.
- SiteTree::Level() — Method in class SiteTree
- Returns the page in the current page stack of the given level. Level(1) will return the main menu item that we're currently inside, etc.
- StringField::LimitCharacters() — Method in class StringField
- Limit this field's content by a number of characters.
- StringField::LimitCharactersToClosestWord() — Method in class StringField
- Limit this field's content by a number of characters and truncate the field to the closest complete word. All HTML tags are stripped from the field.
- StringField::LimitWordCount() — Method in class StringField
- Limit this field's content by a number of words.
- StringField::LimitWordCountXML() — Method in class StringField
- Limit the number of words of the current field's content. This is XML safe, so characters like & are converted to &
- StringField::LowerCase() — Method in class StringField
- Converts the current value for this StringField to lowercase.
- TestRunner::Link() — Method in class TestRunner
- Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
- TestSession::lastResponse() — Method in class TestSession
- Get the most recent response
- TestSession::lastUrl() — Method in class TestSession
- Return the fake HTTP_REFERER; set each time get() or post() is called.
- TestSession::lastContent() — Method in class TestSession
- Get the most recent response's content
- TestSession::lastPage() — Method in class TestSession
- Get the last response as a SimplePage object
- Text::LimitSentences() — Method in class Text
- Limit sentences, can be controlled by passing an integer.
- $ToggleField — Property in class ToggleField
- Text shown as a link to see the full content of the field.
- $ToggleField — Property in class ToggleField
- Text shown as a link to see the partial view of the field content.
- UnsavedRelationList::last() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Returns the last item in the list
- Upload::load() — Method in class Upload
- Save an file passed from a form post into this object.
- Upload::loadIntoFile() — Method in class Upload
- Load temporary PHP-upload into File-object.
- UploadField_ItemHandler::Link() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
- UploadField_SelectHandler::Link() — Method in class UploadField_SelectHandler
- Versioned::latestPublished() — Method in class Versioned
- Is the latest version of the object published?
- VirtualPage_Controller::loadcontentall() — Method in class VirtualPage_Controller
- i18nTextCollector_Writer_Php::langArrayCodeForEntitySpec() — Method in class i18nTextCollector_Writer_Php
- Input for langArrayCodeForEntitySpec() should be suitable for insertion into single-quoted strings, so needs to be escaped already.
M
- ArrayList::merge() — Method in class ArrayList
- Merges with another array or list by pushing all the items in it onto the end of this list.
- ArrayList::map() — Method in class ArrayList
- Returns a map of this list
- BulkLoader_Result::merge() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- Merges another BulkLoader_Result into this one.
- CSVParser::mapColumns() — Method in class CSVParser
- Re-map columns in the CSV file.
- CompositeField::makeFieldReadonly() — Method in class CompositeField
- Transform the named field into a readonly feld.
- Config::merge_array_low_into_high() — Method in class Config
- Merge a lower priority associative array into an existing higher priority associative array, as per the class docblock rules
- Config::merge_array_high_into_low() — Method in class Config
- Merge a higher priority assocative array into an existing lower priority associative array, as per the class docblock rules.
- Config::merge_high_into_low() — Method in class Config
- Config::merge_low_into_high() — Method in class Config
- $ConfirmedPasswordField — Property in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Minimum character length of the password.
- $ConfirmedPasswordField — Property in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Maximum character length of the password.
- ContentController::Menu() — Method in class ContentController
- DB::manipulate() — Method in class DB
- Execute a complex manipulation on the database.
- DataList::map() — Method in class DataList
- Returns a map of this list
- DataList::max() — Method in class DataList
- Return the maximum value of the given field in this DataList
- DataList::min() — Method in class DataList
- Return the minimum value of the given field in this DataList
- DataList::merge() — Method in class DataList
- This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent
- DataObject::merge() — Method in class DataObject
- Merges data and relations from another object of same class, without conflict resolution. Allows to specify which dataset takes priority in case its not empty.
- DataObject::many_many_extraFields() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::manyManyExtraFields() — Method in class DataObject
- Return the many-to-many extra fields specification.
- DataObject::manyManyExtraFieldsForComponent() — Method in class DataObject
- Return the many-to-many extra fields specification for a specific component.
- DataObject::many_many() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::manyMany() — Method in class DataObject
- Return information about a many-to-many component.
- DataObject::manyManyComponent() — Method in class DataObject
- Return information about a specific many_many component. Returns a numeric array of:
array(
, The class that relation is defined in e.g. "Product" , The target class of the relation e.g. "Category" , The field name pointing to 's table e.g. "ProductID" , The field name pointing to 's table e.g. "CategoryID" The join table between the two classes e.g. "Product_Categories" ) - DataQuery::max() — Method in class DataQuery
- Return the maximum value of the given field in this DataList
- DataQuery::min() — Method in class DataQuery
- Return the minimum value of the given field in this DataList
- Date::Month() — Method in class Date
- Returns a full textual representation of a month, such as January.
- Debug::message() — Method in class Debug
- Show a debugging message
- Director::makeRelative() — Method in class Director
- Turns an absolute URL or folder into one that's relative to the root of the site. This is useful when turning a URL into a filesystem reference, or vice versa.
- Email::mailer() — Method in class Email
- Get the mailer.
- FieldGroup::Message() — Method in class FieldGroup
- FieldGroup::MessageType() — Method in class FieldGroup
- FieldList::makeReadonly() — Method in class FieldList
- Transforms this FieldList instance to readonly.
- FieldList::makeFieldReadonly() — Method in class FieldList
- Transform the named field into a readonly feld.
- Filesystem::makeFolder() — Method in class Filesystem
- Create a folder on the filesystem, recursively.
- Folder::myChildren() — Method in class Folder
- Returns all children of this folder
- Form::makeReadonly() — Method in class Form
- Convert this form into a readonly form
- Form::Message() — Method in class Form
- The next functions store and modify the forms message attributes. messages are stored in session under $_SESSION[formname][message];
- Form::MessageType() — Method in class Form
- Form::messageForForm() — Method in class Form
- FormField::Message() — Method in class FormField
- Returns the field message, used by form validation.
- FormField::MessageType() — Method in class FormField
- Returns the field message type.
- GDBackend::makeDir() — Method in class GDBackend
- $GenericTemplateGlobalProvider — Property in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider
- GenericTemplateGlobalProvider::ModulePath() — Method in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider
- Given some pre-defined modules, return the filesystem path of the module.
- Group::Members() — Method in class Group
- Get many-many relation to {@link Member}, including all members which are "inherited" from children groups of this record.
- Hierarchy::markPartialTree() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Mark a segment of the tree, by calling mark().
- Hierarchy::markingFilterMatches() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Returns true if the marking filter matches on the given node.
- Hierarchy::markChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Mark all children of the given node that match the marking filter.
- Hierarchy::markingClasses() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Return CSS classes of 'unexpanded', 'closed', both, or neither, as well as a 'jstree-*' state depending on the marking of this DataObject.
- Hierarchy::markById() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Mark the children of the DataObject with the given ID.
- Hierarchy::markToExpose() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Expose the given object in the tree, by marking this page and all it ancestors.
- Hierarchy::markedNodeIDs() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Return the IDs of all the marked nodes.
- Hierarchy::markExpanded() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Mark this DataObject as expanded.
- Hierarchy::markUnexpanded() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Mark this DataObject as unexpanded.
- Hierarchy::markOpened() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Mark this DataObject's tree as opened.
- Hierarchy::markClosed() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Mark this DataObject's tree as closed.
- HtmlEditorField_Toolbar::MediaForm() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar
- Return a {@link Form} instance allowing a user to add images and flash objects to the TinyMCE content editor.
- LeftAndMain::menu_title_for_class() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Returns the menu title for the given LeftAndMain subclass.
- LeftAndMain::menu_icon_for_class() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Return styling for the menu icon, if a custom icon is set for this class
- LeftAndMain::MainMenu() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Returns the main menu of the CMS. This is also used by init() to work out which sections the user has access to.
- LeftAndMain::Menu() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::MenuCurrentItem() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::MceRoot() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Return the base directory of the tiny_mce codebase
- LeftAndMainMarkingFilter::mark() — Method in class LeftAndMainMarkingFilter
- $LoginAttempt — Property in class LoginAttempt
- ID of the Member, only if Member with Email exists
- LoginAttempt::Member() — Method in class LoginAttempt
- Member object of the user trying to log in, only if Member with Email exists
- Mailer — Class in namespace
- Mailer objects are responsible for actually sending emails.
- ManifestCache — Class in namespace
- A basic caching interface that manifests use to store data.
- ManifestCache_APC — Class in namespace
- Stores manifest data in APC.
- ManifestCache_File — Class in namespace
- Stores manifest data in files in TEMP_DIR dir on filesystem
- ManifestCache_File_PHP — Class in namespace
- Same as ManifestCache_File, but stores the data as valid PHP which gets included to load This is a bit faster if you have an opcode cache installed, but slower otherwise
- ManifestFileFinder — Class in namespace
- An extension to the default file finder with some extra filters to faciliate autoload and template manifest generation: - Only modules with _config.php files are scanned.
- ManyManyList — Class in namespace
- Subclass of {@link DataList} representing a many_many relation.
- MappedDiff — Class in namespace
- Computes diff between sequences of strings.
- Member — Class in namespace
- The member class which represents the users of the system
- Member::member_from_autologinhash() — Method in class Member
- Return the member for the auto login hash
- Member::member_from_tempid() — Method in class Member
- Find a member record with the given TempIDHash value
- Member::map_in_groups() — Method in class Member
- Get a member SQLMap of members in specific groups
- Member::mapInCMSGroups() — Method in class Member
- Get a map of all members in the groups given that have CMS permissions
- Member::memberNotInGroups() — Method in class Member
- Get the groups in which the member is NOT in
- MemberAuthenticator — Class in namespace
- Authenticator for the default "member" method
- MemberCsvBulkLoader — Class in namespace
- Imports member records, and checks/updates duplicates based on their 'Email' property.
- MemberDatetimeOptionsetField — Class in namespace
- MemberImportForm — Class in namespace
- Imports {@link Member} records by CSV upload, as defined in {@link MemberCsvBulkLoader}.
- MemberLoginForm — Class in namespace
- Log-in form for the "member" authentication method.
- MemberPassword — Class in namespace
- Keep track of users' previous passwords, so that we can check that new passwords aren't changed back to old ones.
- MemberPassword::Member() — Method in class MemberPassword
- Owner of the password
- Member_ChangePasswordEmail — Class in namespace
- Class used as template to send an email saying that the password has been changed.
- Member_ForgotPasswordEmail — Class in namespace
- Class used as template to send the forgot password email
- Member_GroupSet — Class in namespace
- Represents a set of Groups attached to a member.
- Member_Validator — Class in namespace
- Member Validator
- MigrateSiteTreeLinkingTask — Class in namespace
- Rewrites plain internal HTML links into shortcode form, using existing link tracking information.
- MigrationTask — Class in namespace
- A migration task is a build task that is reversible.
- ModelAdmin — Class in namespace
- Generates a three-pane UI for editing model classes, with an automatically generated search panel, tabular results and edit forms.
- ModelAsController — Class in namespace
- ModelAsController deals with mapping the initial request to the first {@link SiteTree}/{@link ContentController} pair, which are then used to handle the request.
- Money — Class in namespace
- Implements the "Money" pattern.
- MoneyField — Class in namespace
- A form field that can save into a {@link Money} database field.
- MonthlyTask — Class in namespace
- Classes that must be run monthly extend this class
- MultiEnum — Class in namespace
- Represents an multi-select enumeration field.
- MySQLDatabase — Class in namespace
- MySQL connector class.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper — Class in namespace
- This is a helper class for the SS installer.
- MySQLQuery — Class in namespace
- A result-set from a MySQL database (using MySQLiConnector)
- MySQLQueryBuilder — Class in namespace
- Builds a SQL query string from a SQLExpression object
- MySQLSchemaManager — Class in namespace
- Represents schema management object for MySQL
- MySQLStatement — Class in namespace
- Provides a record-view for mysqli statements
- MySQLiConnector — Class in namespace
- Connector for MySQL using the MySQLi method
- PaginatedList::MoreThanOnePage() — Method in class PaginatedList
- PasswordValidator::minLength() — Method in class PasswordValidator
- Minimum password length
- Profiler::mark() — Method in class Profiler
- SSTemplateParser::match_Template() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Word() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Number() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Value() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_CallArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Call() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_LookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_LastLookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Lookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Translate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_InjectionVariables() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Entity() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_SimpleInjection() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_BracketInjection() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Injection() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_DollarMarkedLookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_FreeString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_ComparisonOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Comparison() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_PresenceCheck() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_IfArgumentPortion() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_BooleanOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_IfArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_IfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_ElseIfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_ElsePart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_If() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Require() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlockArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlockTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_UncachedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_CacheRestrictedTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_OldTPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_N() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_OldTTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_OldSprintfTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_OldI18NTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_NamedArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Include() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_BlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_NotBlockTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_ClosedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_OpenBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_MismatchedEndBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::MismatchedEndBlock__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_MalformedOpenTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::MalformedOpenTag__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_MalformedCloseTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::MalformedCloseTag__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_MalformedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Comment() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_TopTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Text() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Middle() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Return true if this object is between the first & last objects.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::MiddleString() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Return 'middle' if this object is between the first & last objects.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Modulus() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Returns the modulus of the numerical position of the item in the data set.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::MultipleOf() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Returns true or false depending on if the pos of the iterator is a multiple of a specific number.
- $SS_ConfigManifest — Property in class SS_ConfigManifest
- A side-effect of collecting the _config fragments is the calculation of all module directories, since the definition of a module is "a directory that contains either a _config.php file or a _config directory
- SS_ConfigManifest::moduleExists() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- Returns true if the passed module exists
- SS_ConfigManifest::matchesPrefilterVariantRules() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- Returns false if the prefilterable parts of the rule aren't met, and true if they are
- SS_ConfigManifest::matchesVariantRules() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- Returns false if the non-prefilterable parts of the rule aren't met, and true if they are
- SS_ConfigManifest::mergeInYamlFragment() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- Recursively merge a yaml fragment's configuration array into the primary merged configuration array.
- SS_Database::manipulate() — Method in class SS_Database
- Execute a complex manipulation on the database.
- SS_HTTPRequest::match() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Matches a URL pattern The pattern can contain a number of segments, separated by / (and an extension indicated by a .)
- SS_List::map() — Method in class SS_List
- Returns a map of a key field to a value field of all the items in the list.
- SS_ListDecorator::map() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Returns a map of a key field to a value field of all the items in the list.
- SS_Query::map() — Method in class SS_Query
- Return a map from the first column to the second column.
- SecurityAdmin::memberimport() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- SecurityAdmin::MemberImportForm() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- Manager — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL
- Manager is the master container for a graphql endpoint, and contains all queries, mutations, and types.
- MutationCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL
- Represents a writable entrypoint field in the top level graphql 'mutation' schema
- ManagerMutatorInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Interfaces
- Defines a class that updates the Manager
- MutationScaffolder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders
- Scaffolds a GraphQL mutation field.
- SchemaScaffolder::mutation() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
- Find or make a mutation.
- SiteConfig::make_site_config() — Method in class SiteConfig
- Create SiteConfig with defaults from language file.
- SiteTree::MetaTags() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return the title, description, keywords and language metatags.
- SiteTreeMaintenanceTask::makelinksunique() — Method in class SiteTreeMaintenanceTask
- TestRunner::module() — Method in class TestRunner
- Run tests for one or more "modules".
- TokenisedRegularExpression::matchFrom() — Method in class TokenisedRegularExpression
- ValidationResult::messageList() — Method in class ValidationResult
- Get an array of errors
- ValidationResult::message() — Method in class ValidationResult
- Get the error message as a string.
- $Versioned — Property in class Versioned
- A version that a DataObject should be when it is 'migrating', that is, when it is in the process of moving from one stage to another.
- Versioned::migrateVersion() — Method in class Versioned
- Set the migrating version.
- ViewableData::Me() — Method in class ViewableData
- When rendering some objects it is necessary to iterate over the object being rendered, to do this, you need access to itself.
- VirtualPage::MetaTags() — Method in class VirtualPage
- For VirtualPage, add a canonical link tag linking to the original page See TRAC #6828 & http://support.google.com/webmasters/bin/answer.py?hl=en&answer=139394
N
- Boolean::Nice() — Method in class Boolean
- Boolean::NiceAsBoolean() — Method in class Boolean
- Boolean::nullValue() — Method in class Boolean
- Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.
- CSVParser::next() — Method in class CSVParser
- Config::nest() — Method in class Config
- Make the newly active {@link Config} be a copy of the current active {@link Config} instance.
- Convert::nl2os() — Method in class Convert
- Normalises newline sequences to conform to (an) OS specific format.
- Currency::Nice() — Method in class Currency
- Returns the number as a currency, eg “$1,000.00”.
- DBField::nullValue() — Method in class DBField
- Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.
- DBFloat::Nice() — Method in class DBFloat
- Returns the number, with commas and decimal places as appropriate, eg “1,000.00”.
- DBFloat::NiceRound() — Method in class DBFloat
- DBFloat::nullValue() — Method in class DBFloat
- Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.
- DBInt::Nice() — Method in class DBInt
- DBInt::nullValue() — Method in class DBInt
- Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.
- DBLocale::Nice() — Method in class DBLocale
- See {@link getShortName()} and {@link getNativeName()}.
- DataList::newObject() — Method in class DataList
- Return a new item to add to this DataList.
- DataObject::newClassInstance() — Method in class DataObject
- Create a new instance of a different class from this object's record.
- Date::Nice() — Method in class Date
- Returns the date in the format specified by the config value nice_format, or dd/mm/yy by default
- Date::NiceUS() — Method in class Date
- Returns the date in US format: “01/18/2006”
- Date::next_day() — Method in class Date
- Debug::noticeHandler() — Method in class Debug
- Decimal::Nice() — Method in class Decimal
- Decimal::nullValue() — Method in class Decimal
- $Deprecation — Property in class Deprecation
- Deprecation::notification_version() — Method in class Deprecation
- Set the version that is used to check against the version passed to notice. If the ::notice version is greater than or equal to this version, a message will be raised
- Deprecation::notice() — Method in class Deprecation
- Raise a notice indicating the method is deprecated if the version passed as the second argument is greater than or equal to the check version set via ::notification_version
- FieldGroup::Name() — Method in class FieldGroup
- Returns the name (ID) for the element.
- Folder::numChildFolders() — Method in class Folder
- Get the number of children of this folder that are also folders.
- FormField::name_to_label() — Method in class FormField
- Takes a field name and converts camelcase to spaced words. Also resolves combined field names with dot syntax to spaced words.
- GridField_FormAction::nameEncode() — Method in class GridField_FormAction
- Encode all non-word characters.
- Hierarchy::numHistoricalChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Return the number of children that this page ever had, including pages that were deleted.
- Hierarchy::numChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Return the number of direct children. By default, values are cached after the first invocation. Can be augumented by {@link augmentNumChildrenCountQuery()}.
- Hierarchy::naturalPrev() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Get the next node in the tree of the type. If there is no instance of the className descended from this node, then search the parents.
- Hierarchy::naturalNext() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Get the next node in the tree of the type. If there is no instance of the className descended from this node, then search the parents.
- Injector::nest() — Method in class Injector
- Make the newly active {@link Injector} be a copy of the current active {@link Injector} instance.
- $Member — Property in class Member
- @deprecated 4.0
- Money::Nice() — Method in class Money
- Money::NiceWithShortname() — Method in class Money
- Money::NiceWithName() — Method in class Money
- MySQLDatabase::now() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Return SQL expression used to represent the current date/time
- MySQLQuery::numRecords() — Method in class MySQLQuery
- Return the total number of items in the query result.
- MySQLQuery::nextRecord() — Method in class MySQLQuery
- Return the next record in the query result.
- MySQLStatement::numRecords() — Method in class MySQLStatement
- Return the total number of items in the query result.
- MySQLStatement::nextRecord() — Method in class MySQLStatement
- Return the next record in the query result.
- NegationFilter — Class in namespace
- Matches on rows where the field is not equal to the given value.
- NestedController — Class in namespace
- Interface that is implemented by controllers that are designed to hand control over to another controller.
- NestedForm — Class in namespace
- This is a form decorator that lets you place a form inside another form.
- NullHTTPRequest — Class in namespace
- Implements the "Null Object" pattern for a missing http request.
- NullSecurityToken — Class in namespace
- Specialized subclass for disabled security tokens - always returns TRUE for token checks. Use through {@link SecurityToken::disable()}.
- NullableField — Class in namespace
- NullableField is a field that wraps other fields when you want to allow the user to specify whether the value of the field is null or not.
- NumericField — Class in namespace
- Text input field with validation for numeric values. Supports validating the numeric value as to the {@link i18n::get_locale()} value, or an overridden locale specific to this field.
- NumericField_Readonly — Class in namespace
- Readonly version of a numeric field.
- PDOQuery::numRecords() — Method in class PDOQuery
- Return the total number of items in the query result.
- PDOQuery::nextRecord() — Method in class PDOQuery
- Return the next record in the query result.
- PaginatedList::NotFirstPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
- PaginatedList::NotLastPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
- PaginatedList::NextLink() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Returns a link to the next page, if there is another page after the current one.
- Percentage::Nice() — Method in class Percentage
- Returns the number, expressed as a percentage. For example, “36.30%”
- SSTemplateParser::NamedArgument_Name() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::NamedArgument_Value() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSViewer_Scope::next() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
- SS_DAG_Iterator::next() — Method in class SS_DAG_Iterator
- SS_Database::now() — Method in class SS_Database
- Return SQL expression used to represent the current date/time
- SS_Datetime::Nice() — Method in class SS_Datetime
- Returns the date and time in the format specified by the config value nice_format, or 'd/m/Y g:ia' by default (e.g. '31/01/2014 2:23pm').
- SS_Datetime::Nice24() — Method in class SS_Datetime
- Returns the date and time (in 24-hour format) using the format string 'd/m/Y H:i' e.g. '28/02/2014 13:32'.
- SS_Datetime::now() — Method in class SS_Datetime
- Returns either the current system date as determined by date(), or a mocked date through {@link set_mock_now()}.
- SS_Map_Iterator::next() — Method in class SS_Map_Iterator
- Move forward to next element.
- SS_Query::next() — Method in class SS_Query
- Iterator function implementation. Return the next record in the iterator.
- SS_Query::nextRecord() — Method in class SS_Query
- Return the next record in the query result.
- SS_Query::numRecords() — Method in class SS_Query
- Return the total number of items in the query result.
- DataObjectScaffolder::nestedQuery() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Finds or adds a nested query, e.g. has_many/many_many relation, or a query created with a custom scaffolder
- SiteTree::nested_urls() — Method in class SiteTree
- Returns TRUE if nested URLs (e.g. page/sub-page/) are currently enabled on this site.
- SiteTree::NestedTitle() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return a string of the form "parent - page" or "grandparent - parent - page" using page titles
- StringField::NoHTML() — Method in class StringField
- Return the value of the field stripped of html tags.
- Time::Nice() — Method in class Time
- Returns the time in the format specified by the config value nice_format, or 12 hour format by default e.g. "3:15pm"
- Time::Nice24() — Method in class Time
- Return a user friendly format for time in a 24 hour format.
- TreeDropdownField::nodeIsDisabled() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- Marking a specific node in the tree as disabled
- _DiffOp::norig() — Method in class _DiffOp
- _DiffOp::nfinal() — Method in class _DiffOp
O
- ArrayList::offsetExists() — Method in class ArrayList
- Returns whether an item with $key exists
- ArrayList::offsetGet() — Method in class ArrayList
- Returns item stored in list with index $key
- ArrayList::offsetSet() — Method in class ArrayList
- Set an item with the key in $key
- ArrayList::offsetUnset() — Method in class ArrayList
- Unset an item with the key in $key
- $BulkLoader — Property in class BulkLoader
- Each row in the imported dataset should map to one instance of this class (with optional property translation through {@self::$columnMaps}.
- DataExtension::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataExtension::onAfterWrite() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataExtension::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataExtension::onAfterDelete() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataList::offsetExists() — Method in class DataList
- Returns whether an item with $key exists
- DataList::offsetGet() — Method in class DataList
- Returns item stored in list with index $key
- DataList::offsetSet() — Method in class DataList
- Set an item with the key in $key
- DataList::offsetUnset() — Method in class DataList
- Unset an item with the key in $key
- DateField_View_JQuery::onBeforeRender() — Method in class DateField_View_JQuery
- DateField_View_JQuery::onAfterRender() — Method in class DateField_View_JQuery
- Diff::orig() — Method in class Diff
- Get the original set of lines.
- Email::obfuscate() — Method in class Email
- Encode an email-address to help protect it from spam bots. At the moment only simple string substitutions, which are not 100% safe from email harvesting.
- ErrorPageControllerExtension::onBeforeHTTPError() — Method in class ErrorPageControllerExtension
- File::onAfterUpload() — Method in class File
- Should be called after the file was uploaded
- File::Owner() — Method in class File
- Returns Member object of file owner.
- Folder::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class Folder
- GDBackend::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class GDBackend
- Group::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class Group
- Group::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class Group
- Image::onAfterUpload() — Method in class Image
- Should be called after the file was uploaded
- Image_Backend::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class Image_Backend
- onBeforeDelete
- ImagickBackend::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- JSTestRunner::only() — Method in class JSTestRunner
- Run only a single test class
- Member::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class Member
- Event handler called before writing to the database.
- Member::onAfterWrite() — Method in class Member
- Member::onAfterDelete() — Method in class Member
- Member::onChangeGroups() — Method in class Member
- Filter out admin groups to avoid privilege escalation, If any admin groups are requested, deny the whole save operation.
- Object — Class in namespace
- Oembed — Class in namespace
- Format of the Oembed config. Autodiscover allows discovery of all URLs.
- Oembed_Result — Class in namespace
- OldPageRedirector — Class in namespace
- OldPageRedirector::onBeforeHTTPError404() — Method in class OldPageRedirector
- On every URL that generates a 404, we'll capture it here and see if we can find an old URL that it should be redirecting to.
- OptionsetField — Class in namespace
- Set of radio buttons designed to emulate a dropdown.
- Permission::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class Permission
- PermissionRole::onAfterDelete() — Method in class PermissionRole
- RSSFeed::outputToBrowser() — Method in class RSSFeed
- Output the feed to the browser.
- RedirectorPage::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class RedirectorPage
- SSTemplateParser::OldTPart__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldTPart_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldTPart_CallArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldTPart__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldTTag_OldTPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldSprintfTag__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldSprintfTag_OldTPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldSprintfTag_CallArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldI18NTag_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_BlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_Handle_Debug() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- This is an open block handler, for the <% debug %> utility tag
- SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_Handle_Base_tag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- This is an open block handler, for the <% base_tag %> tag
- SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_Handle_Current_page() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- This is an open block handler, for the <% current_page %> tag
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Odd() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Return true if this is an odd item in the set.
- SSViewer_DataPresenter::obj() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
- $Up and $Top need to restore the overlay from the parent and top-level scope respectively.
- SSViewer_Scope::obj() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
- SS_HTTPRequest::offsetExists() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Enables the existence of a key-value pair in the request to be checked using array syntax, so isset($request['title']) will check for $_POST['title'] and $_GET['title']
- SS_HTTPRequest::offsetGet() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Access a request variable using array syntax. eg: $request['title'] instead of $request->postVar('title')
- SS_HTTPRequest::offsetSet() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::offsetUnset() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPResponse::output() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
- Send this HTTPReponse to the browser
- SS_ListDecorator::offsetExists() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- SS_ListDecorator::offsetGet() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- SS_ListDecorator::offsetSet() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- SS_ListDecorator::offsetUnset() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- SS_Map::offsetExists() — Method in class SS_Map
- SS_Map::offsetGet() — Method in class SS_Map
- SS_Map::offsetSet() — Method in class SS_Map
- Sets a value in the map by a given key that has been set via {@link SS_Map::push()} or {@link SS_Map::unshift()}
- SS_Map::offsetUnset() — Method in class SS_Map
- Removes a value in the map by a given key which has been added to the map via {@link SS_Map::push()} or {@link SS_Map::unshift()}
- OperationResolver — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL
- Standard resolve callback for Mutations or Queries
- DataObjectScaffolder::operation() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Find or make an operation.
- OperationScaffolder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders
- Provides functionality common to both operation scaffolders. Cannot be a subclass due to their distinct inheritance chains.
- OperationList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Util
- An array list designed to work with OperationScaffolders
- SiteTree::onAfterWrite() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::onAfterDelete() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::on_db_reset() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTreeExtension::onBeforePublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
- Hook called before the page's {@link SiteTree::doPublish()} action is completed
- SiteTreeExtension::onAfterPublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
- Hook called after the page's {@link SiteTree::doPublish()} action is completed
- SiteTreeExtension::onBeforeUnpublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
- Hook called before the page's {@link SiteTree::doUnpublish()} action is completed
- SiteTreeExtension::onAfterUnpublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
- Hook called after the page's {@link SiteTree::doUnpublish()} action is completed
- SiteTreeFileExtension::onAfterDelete() — Method in class SiteTreeFileExtension
- Updates link tracking.
- TestRunner::only() — Method in class TestRunner
- Run only a single test class or a comma-separated list of tests
- $Versioned — Property in class Versioned
- Versioned::on_db_reset() — Method in class Versioned
- Called by {@link SapphireTest} when the database is reset.
- Versioned::onAfterWrite() — Method in class Versioned
- Versioned::onAfterSkippedWrite() — Method in class Versioned
- If a write was skipped, then we need to ensure that we don't leave a migrateVersion() value lying around for the next write.
- Versioned::onBeforeDuplicate() — Method in class Versioned
- Ensure version ID is reset to 0 on duplicate
- $VersionedStateExtension — Property in class VersionedStateExtension
- ViewableData::obj() — Method in class ViewableData
- Get the value of a field on this object, automatically inserting the value into any available casting objects that have been specified.
- ViewableData_Customised::obj() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised
- Get the value of a field on this object, automatically inserting the value into any available casting objects that have been specified.
- VirtualPage::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class VirtualPage
- We have to change it to copy all the content from the original page first.
- VirtualPage::onAfterWrite() — Method in class VirtualPage
- YamlFixture::objFromFixture() — Method in class YamlFixture
- Get an object from the fixture.
- $_DiffOp — Property in class _DiffOp
P
- $AopProxyService — Property in class AopProxyService
- ArrayList::push() — Method in class ArrayList
- Pushes an item onto the end of this list.
- ArrayList::pop() — Method in class ArrayList
- Pops the last element off the end of the list and returns it.
- AssetAdmin::providePermissions() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- BBCodeParser::parse() — Method in class BBCodeParser
- Main BBCode parser method. This takes plain jane content and runs it through so many filters
- BasicAuth::protect_entire_site() — Method in class BasicAuth
- Enable protection of the entire site with basic authentication.
- BasicAuth::protect_site_if_necessary() — Method in class BasicAuth
- Call {@link BasicAuth::requireLogin()} if {@link BasicAuth::protect_entire_site()} has been called.
- Boolean::prepValueForDB() — Method in class Boolean
- Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
- BrokenLinksReport::parameterFields() — Method in class BrokenLinksReport
- BulkLoader::preview() — Method in class BulkLoader
- Preview a file import (don't write anything to the database).
- CMSMain::PageTypes() — Method in class CMSMain
- Populates an array of classes in the CMS which allows the user to change the page type.
- CMSMain::performPublish() — Method in class CMSMain
- Actually perform the publication step
- CMSMain::publish() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::publishall() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::providePermissions() — Method in class CMSMain
- Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- CMSMemberLoginForm::performLogin() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm
- Try to authenticate the user
- CMSMenu::populate_menu() — Method in class CMSMenu
- Generate CMS main menu items by collecting valid subclasses of {@link LeftAndMain}
- CMSMenu::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class CMSMenu
- Provide menu titles to the i18n entity provider
- $CMSMenuItem — Property in class CMSMenuItem
- Menu priority (sort order)
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::pagesIncluded() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
- CSVParser::provideHeaderRow() — Method in class CSVParser
- If your CSV file doesn't have a header row, then you can call this function to provide one.
- CheckboxField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CheckboxField
- Returns a readonly version of this field
- CheckboxField_Readonly::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CheckboxField_Readonly
- Returns a read-only version of this field.
- CheckboxSetField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
- Return a disabled version of this field.
- CheckboxSetField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
- Transforms the source data for this CheckboxSetField into a comma separated list of values.
- CliController::process() — Method in class CliController
- Overload this method to contain the task logic.
- CompositeField::push() — Method in class CompositeField
- Add a new child field to the end of the set.
- CompositeField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CompositeField
- Return a readonly version of this field. Keeps the composition but returns readonly versions of all the child {@link FormField} objects.
- CompositeField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class CompositeField
- Return a disabled version of this field. Keeps the composition but returns disabled versions of all the child {@link FormField} objects.
- Config::pushConfigStaticManifest() — Method in class Config
- Config::pushConfigYamlManifest() — Method in class Config
- Add another manifest to the list of config manifests to search through.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Makes a read only field with some stars in it to replace the password
- ContentController::Page() — Method in class ContentController
- ContentController::project() — Method in class ContentController
- Get the project name
- ContentNegotiator::process() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
- Controller::pushCurrent() — Method in class Controller
- Pushes this controller onto the stack of current controllers.
- Controller::popCurrent() — Method in class Controller
- Pop this controller off the top of the stack.
- CsvBulkLoader::preview() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader
- CurrencyField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CurrencyField
- Create a new class for this field
- CurrencyField_Readonly::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CurrencyField_Readonly
- This already is a readonly field.
- DB::placeholders() — Method in class DB
- Helper function for generating a list of parameter placeholders for the given argument(s)
- DB::prepared_query() — Method in class DB
- Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
- DBConnector::preparedQuery() — Method in class DBConnector
- Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
- DBField::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBField
- Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
- DBFloat::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBFloat
- Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
- DBInt::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBInt
- Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
- DBSchemaManager::preparedQuery() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
- DataExtension::populateDefaults() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataList::push() — Method in class DataList
- This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent
- DataObject::plural_name() — Method in class DataObject
- Get the user friendly plural name of this DataObject If the name is not defined (by renaming $plural_name in the subclass), this returns a pluralised version of the class name.
- DataObject::populateDefaults() — Method in class DataObject
- Load the default values in from the self::$defaults array.
- DataObject::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class DataObject
- Collect all static properties on the object which contain natural language, and need to be translated.
- DatalessField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DatalessField
- Returns a readonly version of this field
- Date::prior_monday() — Method in class Date
- Date::past_date() — Method in class Date
- Return the nearest date in the past, based on day and month.
- DateField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DateField
- Returns a read-only version of this field.
- DatetimeField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DatetimeField
- Returns a read-only version of this field.
- Decimal::prepValueForDB() — Method in class Decimal
- Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
- Director::protocolAndHost() — Method in class Director
- Returns the part of the URL, 'http://www.mysite.com'.
- Director::protocol() — Method in class Director
- Return the current protocol that the site is running under.
- DropdownField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DropdownField
- Email::populateTemplate() — Method in class Email
- Populate this email template with values. This may be called many times.
- FieldGroup::php() — Method in class FieldGroup
- FieldList::push() — Method in class FieldList
- Push a single field onto the end of this FieldList instance.
- File::Parent() — Method in class File
- Returns parent File
- FlushRequestFilter::preRequest() — Method in class FlushRequestFilter
- Filter executed before a request processes
- FlushRequestFilter::postRequest() — Method in class FlushRequestFilter
- Filter executed AFTER a request
- Folder::populateDefaults() — Method in class Folder
- FormAction::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class FormAction
- Does not transform to readonly by purpose.
- FormField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class FormField
- Returns a read-only version of this field.
- FormField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class FormField
- Return a disabled version of this field.
- FunctionalTest::post() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- Submit a post request
- GDBackend::paddedResize() — Method in class GDBackend
- Resize to fit fully within the given box, without resizing. Extra space left around the image will be padded with the background color.
- Group::populateDefaults() — Method in class Group
- Load the default values in from the self::$defaults array.
- Group::Parent() — Method in class Group
- Return parent group
- Group::Permissions() — Method in class Group
- List of group permissions
- GroupCsvBulkLoader::processRecord() — Method in class GroupCsvBulkLoader
- HTMLText::prepValueForDB() — Method in class HTMLText
- (non-PHPdoc)
- HTTPCacheControl::privateCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Advanced way to set cache control header to a non-cacheable state.
- HTTPCacheControl::publicCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Advanced way to set cache control header to a cacheable state.
- HiddenField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class HiddenField
- Hierarchy::parentStack() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Return an array of this page and its ancestors, ordered item -> root.
- HtmlEditorField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class HtmlEditorField
- HtmlEditorField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class HtmlEditorField
- Return a disabled version of this field.
- Image::Pad() — Method in class Image
- Fit image to specified dimensions and fill leftover space with a solid colour (default white). Use in templates with $Pad.
- Image::PaddedImage() — Method in class Image
- Resize this Image by both width and height, using padded resize. Use in templates with $PaddedImage.
- Image_Backend::paddedResize() — Method in class Image_Backend
- paddedResize
- ImagickBackend::paddedResize() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- paddedResize
- InlineFormAction::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class InlineFormAction
- Returns a read-only version of this field.
- LeftAndMain::printable() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::providePermissions() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- LiteralField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class LiteralField
- LookupField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class LookupField
- $Member — Property in class Member
- $Member — Property in class Member
- $Member — Property in class Member
- Member::populateDefaults() — Method in class Member
- Ensure the locale is set to something sensible by default.
- Member::password_validator() — Method in class Member
- Returns the current {@link PasswordValidator}
- MemberCsvBulkLoader::processRecord() — Method in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
- MemberLoginForm::performLogin() — Method in class MemberLoginForm
- Try to authenticate the user
- Member_Validator::php() — Method in class Member_Validator
- Check if the submitted member data is valid (server-side)
- MoneyField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class MoneyField
- Returns a readonly version of this field.
- MySQLiConnector::prepareStatement() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Retrieve a prepared statement for a given SQL string
- MySQLiConnector::parsePreparedParameters() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Prepares the list of parameters in preparation for passing to mysqli_stmt_bind_param
- MySQLiConnector::preparedQuery() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
- NumericField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class NumericField
- Creates a read-only version of the field.
- NumericField_Readonly::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class NumericField_Readonly
- PDOConnector — Class in namespace
- PDO driver database connector
- PDOConnector::preparedQuery() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
- PDOQuery — Class in namespace
- A result-set from a PDO database.
- PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase — Class in namespace
- PHPUnit is a testing framework that can be installed using Composer.
- PaginatedList — Class in namespace
- A decorator that wraps around a data list in order to provide pagination.
- PaginatedList::Pages() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Returns a set of links to all the pages in the list. This is useful for basic pagination.
- PaginatedList::PaginationSummary() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Returns a summarised pagination which limits the number of pages shown around the current page for visually balanced.
- PaginatedList::PrevLink() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Returns a link to the previous page, if the first page is not currently active.
- PartialMatchFilter — Class in namespace
- Matches textual content with a LIKE '%keyword%' construct.
- PasswordEncryptor — Class in namespace
- Allows pluggable password encryption.
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish — Class in namespace
- Blowfish encryption - this is the default from SilverStripe 3.
- PasswordEncryptor_EncryptionFailed — Class in namespace
- PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash — Class in namespace
- Legacy implementation for SilverStripe 2.1 - 2.3, which had a design flaw in password hashing that caused the hashes to differ between architectures due to floating point precision problems in base_convert().
- PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword — Class in namespace
- Uses MySQL's OLD_PASSWORD encyrption. Requires an active DB connection.
- PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword — Class in namespace
- Uses MySQL's PASSWORD encryption. Requires an active DB connection.
- PasswordEncryptor_None — Class in namespace
- Cleartext passwords (used in SilverStripe 2.1).
- PasswordEncryptor_NotFoundException — Class in namespace
- PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash — Class in namespace
- Encryption using built-in hash types in PHP.
- PasswordField — Class in namespace
- Password input field.
- PasswordField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class PasswordField
- Creates a read-only version of the field.
- PasswordValidator — Class in namespace
- This class represents a validator for member passwords.
- Percentage — Class in namespace
- Represents a decimal field from 0-1 containing a percentage value.
- Permission — Class in namespace
- Represents a permission assigned to a group.
- Permission::permissions_for_member() — Method in class Permission
- Get all the 'any' permission codes available to the given member.
- PermissionCheckboxSetField — Class in namespace
- Shows a categorized list of available permissions (through {@link Permission::get_codes()}).
- PermissionCheckboxSetField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
- PermissionCheckboxSetField_Readonly — Class in namespace
- Readonly version of a {@link PermissionCheckboxSetField} - uses the same structure, but has all checkboxes disabled.
- PermissionFailureException — Class in namespace
- Throw this exception to register that a user doesn't have permission to do the given action and potentially redirect them to the log-in page. The exception message may be presented to the user, so it shouldn't be in nerd-speak.
- PermissionProvider — Class in namespace
- Used to let classes provide new permission codes.
- PermissionProvider::providePermissions() — Method in class PermissionProvider
- Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- PermissionRole — Class in namespace
- A PermissionRole represents a collection of permission codes that can be applied to groups.
- PermissionRoleCode — Class in namespace
- A PermissionRoleCode represents a single permission code assigned to a {@link PermissionRole}.
- Permission_Group — Class in namespace
- Permission_Group class
- PhoneNumberField — Class in namespace
- Field for displaying phone numbers. It separates the number, the area code and optionally the country code and extension.
- PhpUnitWrapper — Class in namespace
- PHPUnit Wrapper class.
- PhpUnitWrapper_3_4 — Class in namespace
- PHPUnit Wrapper class. Implements the correct behaviour for PHPUnit V3.4.
- PhpUnitWrapper_3_5 — Class in namespace
- PhpUnitWrapper_Exception — Class in namespace
- PHPUnitWrapper Exception class
- PhpUnitWrapper_Generic — Class in namespace
- Generic PhpUnitWrapper.
- PjaxResponseNegotiator — Class in namespace
- Handle the X-Pjax header that AJAX responses may provide, returning the fragment, or, in the case of non-AJAX form submissions, redirecting back to the submitter.
- PolymorphicForeignKey — Class in namespace
- A special ForeignKey class that handles relations with arbitrary class types
- PolymorphicHasManyList — Class in namespace
- Represents a has_many list linked against a polymorphic relationship
- PrimaryKey — Class in namespace
- A special type Int field used for primary keys.
- PrintableTransformation — Class in namespace
- Transformation that will make a form printable.
- PrintableTransformation_TabSet — Class in namespace
- Class representing printable tabsets
- Profiler — Class in namespace
- Execution time profiler.
- Profiler::printTimers() — Method in class Profiler
- print out a log of all the timers that were registered
- Profiler::printTrace() — Method in class Profiler
- PurifierHTMLCleaner — Class in namespace
- Cleans HTML using the HTMLPurifier package http://htmlpurifier.org/
- ReadonlyField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class ReadonlyField
- Returns a read-only version of this field.
- ReportAdmin::providePermissions() — Method in class ReportAdmin
- Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- RequestFilter::preRequest() — Method in class RequestFilter
- Filter executed before a request processes
- RequestFilter::postRequest() — Method in class RequestFilter
- Filter executed AFTER a request
- RequestProcessor::preRequest() — Method in class RequestProcessor
- Filter executed before a request processes
- RequestProcessor::postRequest() — Method in class RequestProcessor
- Filter executed AFTER a request
- RequiredFields::php() — Method in class RequiredFields
- Allows validation of fields via specification of a php function for validation which is executed after the form is submitted.
- Requirements::process_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements
- Do the heavy lifting involved in combining (and, in the case of JavaScript minifying) the combined files.
- Requirements_Backend::process_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Do the heavy lifting involved in combining (and, in the case of JavaScript minifying) the combined files.
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser::parse() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
- Parses the text set in the object
- SSTemplateParser::PresenceCheck_Not() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::PresenceCheck_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSViewer::process() — Method in class SSViewer
- The process() method handles the "meat" of the template processing.
- SSViewer::parseTemplateContent() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Pos() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Return the numerical position of this object in the container set. The count starts at $startIndex.
- SSViewer_DataPresenter::pushScope() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
- Store the current overlay (as it doesn't directly apply to the new scope that's being pushed). We want to store the overlay against the next item "up" in the stack (hence upIndex), rather than the current item, because SSViewer_Scope::obj() has already been called and pushed the new item to the stack by this point
- SSViewer_DataPresenter::popScope() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
- Now that we're going to jump up an item in the item stack, we need to restore the overlay that was previously stored against the next item "up" in the stack from the current one
- SSViewer_FromString::process() — Method in class SSViewer_FromString
- The process() method handles the "meat" of the template processing.
- SSViewer_Scope::pushScope() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
- SSViewer_Scope::popScope() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
- SS_Cache::pick_backend() — Method in class SS_Cache
- Pick a named cache backend for a particular named cache.
- SS_ClassLoader::pushManifest() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
- Pushes a class manifest instance onto the top of the stack.
- SS_ClassLoader::popManifest() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
- SS_ConfigManifest::prefilterYamlFragments() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- This function filters the loaded yaml fragments, removing any that can't ever have their "only" and "except" rules match.
- SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser::parse() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser
- Parse the given file to find the static variables declared in it, along with their access & values
- SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser::parseStatic() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser
- During parsing we've found a "static" keyword. Parse out the variable names and value assignments that follow.
- SS_Database::preparedQuery() — Method in class SS_Database
- Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
- SS_Database::prepStringForDB() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_HTTPRequest::postVars() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::postVar() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::params() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::param() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Finds a named URL parameter (denoted by "$"-prefix in $url_handlers) from the full URL, or a parameter specified in the route table
- SS_Map::push() — Method in class SS_Map
- Pushes an item onto the end of the map.
- SS_Object::parse_class_spec() — Method in class SS_Object
- Parses a class-spec, such as "Versioned('Stage','Live')", as passed to create_from_string().
- SS_Object::parentClass() — Method in class SS_Object
- SS_ReportWrapper::parameterFields() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
- SS_TemplateLoader::pushManifest() — Method in class SS_TemplateLoader
- SS_TemplateLoader::popManifest() — Method in class SS_TemplateLoader
- Security::permissionFailure() — Method in class Security
- Register that we've had a permission failure trying to view the given page
- Security::ping() — Method in class Security
- This action is available as a keep alive, so user sessions don't timeout. A common use is in the admin.
- Security::passwordsent() — Method in class Security
- Show the "password sent" page, after a user has requested to reset their password.
- SecurityAdmin::providePermissions() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- ShortcodeParser::parse() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
- Parse a string, and replace any registered shortcodes within it with the result of the mapped callback.
- Handler::prioritiseAuthenticators() — Method in class Handler
- Sort the configured authenticators by their "priority" (highest to lowest). This allows modules to contribute to the decision of which authenticator should be used first. Users can rewrite this in their own configuration if necessary.
- Controller::processTypeCaching() — Method in class Controller
- Write the types json to a flat file, if silverstripe/assets is available
- CSRFMiddleware::process() — Method in class CSRFMiddleware
- HTTPMethodMiddleware::process() — Method in class HTTPMethodMiddleware
- QueryMiddleware::process() — Method in class QueryMiddleware
- PageInfoTypeCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Pagination
- Supports offset based pagination within GraphQL.
- PaginatedQueryCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Pagination
- A helper class for making a paginated query. A paginated query uses the {@link Connection} object type to encapsulate the edges, nodes and page information.
- PermissionCheckerAware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Permission
- PersistedQueryMappingProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
- Interface PersistedQueryMappingProvider
- ScaffoldingProvider::provideGraphQLScaffolding() — Method in class ScaffoldingProvider
- PaginationScaffolder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders
- OperationList::push() — Method in class OperationList
- SiteConfig::populateDefaults() — Method in class SiteConfig
- Load the default values in from the self::$defaults array.
- SiteConfig::providePermissions() — Method in class SiteConfig
- SiteTree::page_type_classes() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return a subclass map of SiteTree that shouldn't be hidden through {@link SiteTree::$hide_ancestor}
- SiteTree::PreviewLink() — Method in class SiteTree
- Base link used for previewing. Defaults to absolute URL, in order to account for domain changes, e.g. on multi site setups. Does not contain hints about the stage, see {@link SilverStripeNavigator} for details.
- SiteTree::prepopulate_permission_cache() — Method in class SiteTree
- Pre-populate the cache of canEdit, canView, canDelete, canPublish permissions. This method will use the static can_(perm)_multiple method for efficiency.
- SiteTree::providePermissions() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- SiteTree::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class SiteTree
- Overloaded to also provide entities for 'Page' class which is usually located in custom code, hence textcollector picks it up for the wrong folder.
- $SiteTreeLinkTracking — Property in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
- SiteTreeLinkTracking_Parser::process() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking_Parser
- Finds the links that are of interest for the link tracking automation. Checks for brokenness and attaches extracted metadata so consumers can decide what to do with the DOM element (provided as DOMReference).
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- Returns a read-only version of this field.
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField_Readonly::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField_Readonly
- Returns a read-only version of this field.
- StringField::prepValueForDB() — Method in class StringField
- (non-PHPdoc)
- TabSet::push() — Method in class TabSet
- Add a new child field to the end of the set.
- TestSession::post() — Method in class TestSession
- Submit a post request
- Text::Parse() — Method in class Text
- Allows a sub-class of TextParser to be rendered.
- TextParser::parse() — Method in class TextParser
- Define your own parse method to parse $this->content appropriately.
- TimeField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class TimeField
- Creates a new readonly field specified below
- TreeDropdownField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- Changes this field to the readonly field.
- TreeMultiselectField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
- Changes this field to the readonly field.
- UnsavedRelationList::push() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Pushes an item onto the end of this list.
- UploadField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class UploadField
- Returns a read-only version of this field.
- Validator::php() — Method in class Validator
- $Versioned — Property in class Versioned
- Versioned::publish() — Method in class Versioned
- Move a database record from one stage to the other.
- Versioned::prepopulate_versionnumber_cache() — Method in class Versioned
- Prepopulate the cache for Versioned::get_versionnumber_by_stage() for a list of record IDs, for more efficient database querying. If $idList is null, then every object will be pre-cached.
- VersionedRequestFilter::preRequest() — Method in class VersionedRequestFilter
- Filter executed before a request processes
- VersionedRequestFilter::postRequest() — Method in class VersionedRequestFilter
- Filter executed AFTER a request
- Versioned_Version::PublishedClass() — Method in class Versioned_Version
- Get a CSS classname to use representing whether this version was published or not.
- Versioned_Version::Publisher() — Method in class Versioned_Version
- Get this version's publisher.
- Versioned_Version::Published() — Method in class Versioned_Version
- Determines if this version was ever published.
- i18nEntityProvider::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class i18nEntityProvider
- Example usage:
class MyTestClass implements i18nEntityProvider { function provideI18nEntities() { $entities = array(); foreach($this->stat('my_static_array) as $key => $value) { $entities["MyTestClass.my_static_array_{$key}"] = array( $value,
Q
- DB::query() — Method in class DB
- Execute the given SQL query.
- DB::quiet() — Method in class DB
- Enable supression of database messages.
- DBConnector::quoteString() — Method in class DBConnector
- Given a value escape and quote this appropriately for the current
database connector.
- DBConnector::query() — Method in class DBConnector
- Executes the following query with the specified error level.
- DBSchemaManager::quiet() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Enable supression of database messages.
- DBSchemaManager::query() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Execute the given SQL query.
- DataQuery::query() — Method in class DataQuery
- Return the {@link SQLQuery} object that represents the current query; note that it will
be a clone of the object.
- MySQLiConnector::quoteString() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Given a value escape and quote this appropriately for the current
database connector.
- MySQLiConnector::query() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Executes the following query with the specified error level.
- PDOConnector::quoteString() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Given a value escape and quote this appropriately for the current
database connector.
- PDOConnector::query() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Executes the following query with the specified error level.
- QuarterHourlyTask — Class in namespace
- Classes that must be run quarter hourly extend this class
- SQLConditionalExpression::queriedTables() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Return a list of tables that this query is selecting from.
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser::qparse() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
- Quick method to do setText(), parse() and getParsed at once
- SS_Database::query() — Method in class SS_Database
- Execute the given SQL query.
- SS_Database::quoteString() — Method in class SS_Database
- Wrap a string into DB-specific quotes.
- SS_Database::quiet() — Method in class SS_Database
- Enable supression of database messages.
- SS_HTMLValue::query() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
- Make an xpath query against this HTML
- Manager::query() — Method in class Manager
- Execute an arbitrary operation (mutation / query) on this schema.
- Manager::queryAndReturnResult() — Method in class Manager
- Evaluate query via middleware
- QueryMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Middleware
- Represents middleware for evaluating a graphql query
- QueryPermissionChecker — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Permission
- Defines a service that can filter a list with a permission check against a member
- QueryCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL
- Represents a queryable entrypoint field in the top level graphql 'query' schema
- QueryFilterAware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter
- QueryFilterAware::queryFilter() — Method in class QueryFilterAware
- Read::queryFilter() — Method in class Read
- A "find or make" API useful for the fluent declarations in scaffolding code.
- QueryScaffolder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders
- Scaffolds a GraphQL query field.
- SchemaScaffolder::query() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
- Find or make a query.
R
- AdminRootController::rules() — Method in class AdminRootController
- Gets a list of url_pattern => controller k/v pairs for each LeftAndMain derived controller
- ArrayList::remove() — Method in class ArrayList
- Remove this item from this list
- ArrayList::replace() — Method in class ArrayList
- Replaces an item in this list with another item.
- ArrayList::removeDuplicates() — Method in class ArrayList
- Removes items from this list which have a duplicate value for a certain
field. This is especially useful when combining lists.
- ArrayList::reverse() — Method in class ArrayList
- Reverses an {@link ArrayList}
- AssetAdmin_DeleteBatchAction::run() — Method in class AssetAdmin_DeleteBatchAction
- Run this action for the given set of pages.
- Authenticator::register() — Method in class Authenticator
- Authenticator::register_authenticator() — Method in class Authenticator
- Register a new authenticator
- BasicAuth::requireLogin() — Method in class BasicAuth
- Require basic authentication. Will request a username and password if none is given.
- BigInt::requireField() — Method in class BigInt
- Add the field to the underlying database.
- Boolean::requireField() — Method in class Boolean
- Add the field to the underlying database.
- BuildTask::run() — Method in class BuildTask
- Implement this method in the task subclass to
execute via the TaskRunner
- $BulkLoader — Property in class BulkLoader
- Find a has_one relation based on a specific column value.
- CMSBatchAction::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
- Run this action for the given set of pages.
- CMSBatchAction::response() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
- Helper method for responding to a back action request
- CMSBatchActionHandler::register() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
- Register a new batch action. Each batch action needs to be represented by a subclass
of {@link CMSBatchAction}.
- CMSBatchAction_Archive::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Archive
- Run this action for the given set of pages.
- CMSBatchAction_Delete::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Delete
- Run this action for the given set of pages.
- CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive
- Run this action for the given set of pages.
- CMSBatchAction_Publish::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Publish
- Run this action for the given set of pages.
- CMSBatchAction_Restore::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Restore
- Run this action for the given set of pages.
- CMSBatchAction_Unpublish::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Unpublish
- Run this action for the given set of pages.
- CMSMain::revert() — Method in class CMSMain
- Reverts a page by publishing it to live.
- CMSMain::rollback() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::restore() — Method in class CMSMain
- Restore a completely deleted page from the SiteTree_versions table.
- CMSMenu::remove_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu
- Removes an existing item from the menu.
- CMSMenu::replace_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu
- Replace a navigation item to the main administration menu showing in the top bar.
- CSVParser::rewind() — Method in class CSVParser
- CacheProxy::remove() — Method in class CacheProxy
- ClassInfo::reset_db_cache() — Method in class ClassInfo
- CleanImageManipulationCache::run() — Method in class CleanImageManipulationCache
- Clear out the image manipulation cache
- CompositeField::removeByName() — Method in class CompositeField
- Remove a field from this CompositeField by Name.
- CompositeField::replaceField() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::rootFieldList() — Method in class CompositeField
- Config::remove() — Method in class Config
- Remove a configuration value
- $ConfirmedPasswordField — Property in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Enforces at least one digit and one alphanumeric
character (in addition to {$minLength} and {$maxLength}
- ContentControllerSearchExtension::results() — Method in class ContentControllerSearchExtension
- Process and render search results.
- Controller::removeAction() — Method in class Controller
- Removes all the "action" part of the current URL and returns the result.
- Controller::render() — Method in class Controller
- Render the current controller with the templates determined
by {@link getViewer()}.
- Controller::redirect() — Method in class Controller
- Redirect to the given URL.
- Controller::redirectBack() — Method in class Controller
- Redirect back. Uses either the HTTP_REFERER or a manually set request-variable called "BackURL".
- Controller::redirectedTo() — Method in class Controller
- Tests whether a redirection has been requested.
- Convert::raw2att() — Method in class Convert
- Convert a value to be suitable for an XML attribute.
- Convert::raw2htmlatt() — Method in class Convert
- Convert a value to be suitable for an HTML attribute.
- Convert::raw2htmlname() — Method in class Convert
- Convert a value to be suitable for an HTML ID attribute. Replaces non
supported characters with a space.
- Convert::raw2htmlid() — Method in class Convert
- Convert a value to be suitable for an HTML ID attribute. Replaces non
supported characters with an underscore.
- Convert::raw2xml() — Method in class Convert
- Ensure that text is properly escaped for XML.
- Convert::raw2js() — Method in class Convert
- Ensure that text is properly escaped for Javascript.
- Convert::raw2json() — Method in class Convert
- Encode a value as a JSON encoded string. You can optionally pass a bitmask of
JSON constants as options through to the encode function.
- Convert::raw2sql() — Method in class Convert
- Safely encodes a value (or list of values) using the current database's
safe string encoding method
- Convert::raw2mailto() — Method in class Convert
- There are no real specifications on correctly encoding mailto-links,
but this seems to be compatible with most of the user-agents.
- Convert::raw2url() — Method in class Convert
- Convert a string (normally a title) to a string suitable for using in
urls and other html attributes. Uses {@link URLSegmentFilter}.
- Cookie::report_errors() — Method in class Cookie
- DB::require_table() — Method in class DB
- Generate the following table in the database, modifying whatever already exists
as necessary.
- DB::requireTable() — Method in class DB
- DB::require_field() — Method in class DB
- Generate the given field on the table, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
- DB::requireField() — Method in class DB
- DB::require_index() — Method in class DB
- Generate the given index in the database, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
- DB::requireIndex() — Method in class DB
- DBField::RAWURLATT() — Method in class DBField
- DBField::RAW() — Method in class DBField
- DBField::requireField() — Method in class DBField
- Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBFloat::requireField() — Method in class DBFloat
- Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBFloat::Round() — Method in class DBFloat
- DBInt::requireField() — Method in class DBInt
- Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBLocale::RFC1766() — Method in class DBLocale
- DBSchemaManager::requireTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Generate the following table in the database, modifying whatever already exists
as necessary.
- DBSchemaManager::requireIndex() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Generate the given index in the database, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
- DBSchemaManager::requireField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Generate the given field on the table, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
- DBSchemaManager::renameTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Rename a table.
- DBSchemaManager::renameField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Change the database column name of the given field.
- DataExtension::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class DataExtension
- $DataFormatter — Property in class DataFormatter
- Follow relations for the {@link DataObject} instances
($has_one, $has_many, $many_many).
- DataList::relation() — Method in class DataList
- Returns a HasManyList or ManyMany list representing the querying of a relation across all
objects in this data list. For it to work, the relation must be defined on the data class
that you used to create this DataList.
- DataList::removeMany() — Method in class DataList
- Remove the items from this list with the given IDs
- DataList::removeByFilter() — Method in class DataList
- Remove every element in this DataList matching the given $filter.
- DataList::removeAll() — Method in class DataList
- Remove every element in this DataList.
- DataList::remove() — Method in class DataList
- Remove this item by deleting it
- DataList::removeByID() — Method in class DataList
- Remove an item from this DataList by ID
- DataList::reverse() — Method in class DataList
- Reverses a list of items.
- DataList::replace() — Method in class DataList
- This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent
- DataList::removeDuplicates() — Method in class DataList
- This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent
- DataObject::relObject() — Method in class DataObject
- Traverses to a DBField referenced by relationships between data objects.
- DataObject::relField() — Method in class DataObject
- Traverses to a field referenced by relationships between data objects, returning the value
The path to the related field is specified with dot separated syntax (eg: Parent.Child.Child.FieldName)
- DataObject::RelationshipAggregate() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::reset() — Method in class DataObject
- Reset all global caches associated with DataObject.
- DataObject::requireTable() — Method in class DataObject
- Check the database schema and update it as necessary.
- DataObject::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class DataObject
- Add default records to database. This function is called whenever the
database is built, after the database tables have all been created. Overload
this to add default records when the database is built, but make sure you
call parent::requireDefaultRecords().
- DataQuery::removeFilterOn() — Method in class DataQuery
- Remove a filter from the query
- DataQuery::reverseSort() — Method in class DataQuery
- Reverse order by clause
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry::register() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
- Add new adapter to the registry
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseFunctions() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Ensure that the database function for connectivity is available.
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseServer() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Ensure that the database server exists.
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseConnection() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Ensure a database connection is possible using credentials provided.
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseVersion() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Check database version is greater than the minimum supported
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseOrCreatePermissions() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Ensure that the database connection is able to use an existing database,
or be able to create one if it doesn't exist.
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseAlterPermissions() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Ensure we have permissions to alter tables.
- Date::RangeString() — Method in class Date
- Date::Rfc822() — Method in class Date
- Date::Rfc2822() — Method in class Date
- Date::Rfc3339() — Method in class Date
- Date::requireField() — Method in class Date
- Add the field to the underlying database.
- DateField_View_JQuery::regionalSettingsExist() — Method in class DateField_View_JQuery
- Check if jQuery UI locale settings exists for the current locale
- Debug::require_developer_login() — Method in class Debug
- Check if the user has permissions to run URL debug tools,
else redirect them to log in.
- Decimal::requireField() — Method in class Decimal
- Add the field to the underlying database.
- Deprecation::restore_settings() — Method in class Deprecation
- Method for when testing. Restore all the current version settings from a variable
- DevelopmentAdmin::runRegisteredController() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
- Diff::reverse() — Method in class Diff
- Compute reversed Diff.
- Double::requireField() — Method in class Double
- Add the field to the underlying database.
- Email::replyTo() — Method in class Email
- EncryptAllPasswordsTask::run() — Method in class EncryptAllPasswordsTask
- Implement this method in the task subclass to
execute via the TaskRunner
- Enum::requireField() — Method in class Enum
- ErrorPage::response_for() — Method in class ErrorPage
- Get a {@link SS_HTTPResponse} to response to a HTTP error code if an
{@link ErrorPage} for that code is present. First tries to serve it
through the standard SilverStripe request method. Falls back to a static
file generated when the user hit's save and publish in the CMS
- ErrorPage::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class ErrorPage
- Ensures that there is always a 404 page by checking if there's an
instance of ErrorPage with a 404 and 500 error code. If there is not,
one is created when the DB is built.
- FieldList::removeFieldFromTab() — Method in class FieldList
- Remove the given field from the given tab in the field.
- FieldList::removeFieldsFromTab() — Method in class FieldList
- Removes a number of fields from a Tab/TabSet within this FieldList.
- FieldList::removeByName() — Method in class FieldList
- Remove a field or fields from this FieldList by Name.
- FieldList::replaceField() — Method in class FieldList
- Replace a single field with another. Ignores dataless fields such as Tabs and TabSets
- FieldList::renameField() — Method in class FieldList
- Rename the title of a particular field name in this set.
- FieldList::rootFieldList() — Method in class FieldList
- Returns the root field set that this belongs to
- File::RelativeLink() — Method in class File
- Just an alias function to keep a consistent API with SiteTree
- $FileField — Property in class FileField
- Flag to automatically determine and save a has_one-relationship
on the saved record (e.g. a "Player" has_one "PlayerImage" would
trigger saving the ID of newly created file into "PlayerImageID"
on the record).
- $FileNameFilter — Property in class FileNameFilter
- Filesystem::removeFolder() — Method in class Filesystem
- Remove a directory and all subdirectories and files.
- Filesystem::remove_folder_if_empty() — Method in class Filesystem
- Remove a directory, but only if it is empty.
- FilesystemSyncTask::run() — Method in class FilesystemSyncTask
- Implement this method in the task subclass to
execute via the TaskRunner
- FixtureBlueprint::removeCallback() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
- Form::resetValidation() — Method in class Form
- Form::renderWithoutActionButton() — Method in class Form
- Render this form using the given template, and return the result as a string
You can pass either an SSViewer or a template name
- Form::removeExtraClass() — Method in class Form
- Remove a CSS-class from the form-container. Multiple class names can
be passed through as a space delimited string
- FormField::RightTitle() — Method in class FormField
- Gets the contextual label than can be used for additional field description.
- FormField::removeExtraClass() — Method in class FormField
- Remove one or more CSS-classes from the FormField container.
- FormField::Required() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::rootFieldList() — Method in class FormField
- $FormScaffolder — Property in class FormScaffolder
- GDBackend::resize() — Method in class GDBackend
- Resize an image, skewing it as necessary.
- GDBackend::rotate() — Method in class GDBackend
- Rotates image by given angle.
- GDBackend::rotatePixelByPixel() — Method in class GDBackend
- Rotates image by given angle. It's slow because makes it pixel by pixel rather than
using built-in function. Used when imagerotate function is not available(i.e. Ubuntu)
- GDBackend::resizeByWidth() — Method in class GDBackend
- Resize an image by width. Preserves aspect ratio.
- GDBackend::resizeByHeight() — Method in class GDBackend
- Resize an image by height. Preserves aspect ratio
- GDBackend::resizeRatio() — Method in class GDBackend
- Resize the image by preserving aspect ratio. By default, it will keep the image inside the maxWidth
and maxHeight. Passing useAsMinimum will make the smaller dimension equal to the maximum corresponding dimension
- GridFieldConfig::removeComponent() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
- GridFieldConfig::removeComponentsByType() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
- Group::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class Group
- Add default records to database.
- Group::Roles() — Method in class Group
- List of PermissionRoles
- HTMLText::RAW() — Method in class HTMLText
- HTMLVarchar::RAW() — Method in class HTMLVarchar
- HTTP::RAW_setGetVar() — Method in class HTTP
- HTTP::register_modification_date() — Method in class HTTP
- HTTP::register_modification_timestamp() — Method in class HTTP
- HTTP::register_etag() — Method in class HTTP
- HTTPCacheControl::removeDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Low level method for removing directives
- HTTPCacheControl::reset() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Reset registered http cache control and force a fresh instance to be built
- HasManyList::removeByID() — Method in class HasManyList
- Remove an item from this relation.
- HasManyList::remove() — Method in class HasManyList
- Remove an item from this relation.
- Hierarchy::reset() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Reset global Hierarchy caches:
- Marked
- Expanded
- TreeOpened
- HtmlEditorConfig::removeButtons() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Remove the first occurance of buttons
- HtmlEditorConfig::require_js() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Generate the JavaScript that will set TinyMCE's configuration:
- Parse all configurations into JSON objects to be used in JavaScript
- Includes TinyMCE and configurations using the {@link Requirements} system
- IPhpUnitWrapper::runTests() — Method in class IPhpUnitWrapper
- Image::ResizedImage() — Method in class Image
- Generate a resized copy of this image with the given width & height.
- Image::regenerateFormattedImages() — Method in class Image
- Regenerate all of the formatted cached images for this image.
- Image_Backend::resize() — Method in class Image_Backend
- resize
- Image_Backend::resizeRatio() — Method in class Image_Backend
- resizeRatio
- Image_Backend::resizeByWidth() — Method in class Image_Backend
- resizeByWidth
- Image_Backend::resizeByHeight() — Method in class Image_Backend
- resizeByHeight
- Image_Cached::requireTable() — Method in class Image_Cached
- Prevent creating new tables for the cached record
- ImagickBackend::resize() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- resize
- ImagickBackend::resizeRatio() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- resizeRatio
- ImagickBackend::resizeByWidth() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- resizeByWidth
- ImagickBackend::resizeByHeight() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- resizeByHeight
- Injector::registerService() — Method in class Injector
- Register a service object with an optional name to register it as the
service for
- Injector::registerNamedService() — Method in class Injector
- Register a service with an explicit name
- JSTestRunner::runTests() — Method in class JSTestRunner
- LeftAndMain::redirect() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Overloaded redirection logic to trigger a fake redirect on ajax requests.
- LeftAndMain::require_javascript() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Register the given javascript file as required in the CMS.
- LeftAndMain::require_css() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Register the given stylesheet file as required.
- LeftAndMain::require_themed_css() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Register the given "themeable stylesheet" as required.
- ManyManyList::remove() — Method in class ManyManyList
- Remove the given item from this list.
- ManyManyList::removeByID() — Method in class ManyManyList
- Remove the given item from this list.
- ManyManyList::removeAll() — Method in class ManyManyList
- Remove all items from this many-many join. To remove a subset of items,
filter it first.
- $Member — Property in class Member
- Member::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class Member
- Add default records to database. This function is called whenever the
database is built, after the database tables have all been created. Overload
this to add default records when the database is built, but make sure you
call parent::requireDefaultRecords().
- Member::regenerateTempID() — Method in class Member
- Trigger regeneration of TempID.
- Member::removeFromGroupByCode() — Method in class Member
- Removes a member from a group.
- Member::registerFailedLogin() — Method in class Member
- Tell this member that someone made a failed attempt at logging in as them.
- Member::registerSuccessfulLogin() — Method in class Member
- Tell this member that a successful login has been made
- Member_GroupSet::removeAll() — Method in class Member_GroupSet
- Remove all items from this many-many join. To remove a subset of items,
filter it first.
- MigrateSiteTreeLinkingTask::run() — Method in class MigrateSiteTreeLinkingTask
- Implement this method in the task subclass to
execute via the TaskRunner
- MigrationTask::run() — Method in class MigrationTask
- Implement this method in the task subclass to
execute via the TaskRunner
- Money::requireField() — Method in class Money
- Add the field to the underlying database.
- MultiEnum::requireField() — Method in class MultiEnum
- MySQLDatabase::releaseLock() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Remove an application-level lock file to allow another process to run
(if the execution aborts (e.g. due to an error) all locks are automatically released).
- MySQLDatabase::random() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Returns the database-specific version of the random() function
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseFunctions() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Ensure that the database function for connectivity is available.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseServer() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Ensure that the database server exists.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseVersion() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Ensure that the MySQL server version is at least 5.0.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseConnection() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Ensure a database connection is possible using credentials provided.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseOrCreatePermissions() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Ensure that the database connection is able to use an existing database,
or be able to create one if it doesn't exist.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseAlterPermissions() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
- Ensure we have permissions to alter tables.
- MySQLSchemaManager::renameTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Rename a table.
- MySQLSchemaManager::renameField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Change the database column name of the given field.
- MySQLStatement::rewind() — Method in class MySQLStatement
- Iterator function implementation. Rewind the iterator to the first item and return it.
- Permission::remove_from_hidden_permissions() — Method in class Permission
- remove a permission represented by the $code from the {@link slef::$hidden_permissions} list
- PermissionRoleCode::Role() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
- PhpUnitWrapper::runTests() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
- Perform all tests, added to the suite and initialises SilverStripe to collect
the results of the unit tests.
- PjaxResponseNegotiator::respond() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
- Out of the box, the handler "CurrentForm" value, which will return the rendered form.
- PolymorphicForeignKey::requireField() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
- Add the field to the underlying database.
- PolymorphicHasManyList::remove() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList
- Remove an item from this relation.
- $Profiler — Property in class Profiler
- RSSFeed — Class in namespace
- RSSFeed class
- RSSFeed_Entry — Class in namespace
- RSSFeed_Entry class
- RSSFeed_Entry::rssField() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
- Return the named field as an obj() call from $this->failover.
- RandomGenerator — Class in namespace
- Generates entropy values based on strongest available methods
(mcrypt_create_iv(), openssl_random_pseudo_bytes(), /dev/urandom, COM.CAPICOM.Utilities.1, mt_rand()).
- RandomGenerator::randomToken() — Method in class RandomGenerator
- Generates a random token that can be used for session IDs, CSRF tokens etc., based on
hash algorithms.
- ReadonlyField — Class in namespace
- Read-only field to display a non-editable value with a label.
- ReadonlyTransformation — Class in namespace
- Transformation that will turn a form into a readonly version of itself
- RecentlyEditedReport — Class in namespace
- RedirectorPage — Class in namespace
- A redirector page redirects when the page is visited.
- RedirectorPage::regularLink() — Method in class RedirectorPage
- Return the normal link directly to this page. Once you visit this link, a 30x redirection
will take you to your final destination.
- RedirectorPage::redirectionLink() — Method in class RedirectorPage
- Return the link that we should redirect to.
- RedirectorPage_Controller — Class in namespace
- Controller for the {@link RedirectorPage}.
- RegenerateCachedImagesTask — Class in namespace
- Regenerate all cached images that have been created as the result of a manipulation method being called on a
{@link Image} object
- RegenerateCachedImagesTask::run() — Method in class RegenerateCachedImagesTask
- Actually regenerate all the images
- RelationList — Class in namespace
- A DataList that represents a relation.
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask — Class in namespace
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::run() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
- ReportAdmin — Class in namespace
- Reports section of the CMS.
- ReportAdmin::Reports() — Method in class ReportAdmin
- Return a SS_List of SS_Report subclasses
that are available for use.
- RequestFilter — Class in namespace
- A request filter is an object that's executed before and after a
request occurs. By returning 'false' from the preRequest method,
request execution will be stopped from continuing
- RequestHandler — Class in namespace
- This class is the base class of any SilverStripe object that can be used to handle HTTP requests.
- RequestProcessor — Class in namespace
- Represents a request processer that delegates pre and post request handling to nested request filters
- RequiredFields — Class in namespace
- Required Fields allows you to set which fields need to be present before
submitting the form. Submit an array of arguments or each field as a separate
argument.
- RequiredFields::removeValidation() — Method in class RequiredFields
- Clears all the validation from this object.
- RequiredFields::removeRequiredField() — Method in class RequiredFields
- Removes a required field
- Requirements — Class in namespace
- Requirements tracker for JavaScript and CSS.
- Requirements::restore() — Method in class Requirements
- Restore requirements cleared by call to Requirements::clear
- Requirements_Backend — Class in namespace
- Requirements_Backend::restore() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Restore requirements cleared by call to Requirements::clear
- ResetFormAction — Class in namespace
- Action that clears all fields on a form.
- RestfulService — Class in namespace
- RestfulService class allows you to consume various RESTful APIs.
- RestfulService::request() — Method in class RestfulService
- Makes a request to the RESTful server, and return a {@link RestfulService_Response} object for parsing of the
result.
- RestfulService_Response — Class in namespace
- RootURLController — Class in namespace
- RootURLController::reset() — Method in class RootURLController
- Resets the cached homepage link value - useful for testing.
- SQLExpression::replaceText() — Method in class SQLExpression
- Swap some text in the SQL query with another.
- SQLExpression::renameTable() — Method in class SQLExpression
- Swap the use of one table with another.
- SQLSelect::reverseOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Reverses the order by clause by replacing ASC or DESC references in the
current order by with it's corollary.
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser::removeFilter() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
- Remove an existing filter
- SSTemplateParser::Require_Call() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSViewer_Scope::resetLocalScope() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
- SS_ClassLoader::registerAutoloader() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
- SS_ClassManifest::regenerate() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
- Completely regenerates the manifest file.
- SS_ConfigManifest::registerChangeCallback() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- Register a callback to be called whenever the calculated merged config changes
- SS_ConfigManifest::regenerate() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
- Completely regenerates the manifest file. Scans through finding all php _config.php and yaml _config/*.ya?ml
files,parses the yaml files into fragments, sorts them and figures out what values need to be checked to pick
the correct variant.
- SS_ConfigStaticManifest::regenerate() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest
- Completely regenerates the manifest file.
- SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection::regenerate() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection
- Completely regenerates the manifest file.
- SS_DAG_Iterator::rewind() — Method in class SS_DAG_Iterator
- SS_Database::releaseLock() — Method in class SS_Database
- Remove an application-level lock file to allow another process to run
(if the execution aborts (e.g. due to an error) all locks are automatically released).
- SS_Database::random() — Method in class SS_Database
- Returns the database-specific version of the random() function
- SS_Database::renameTable() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::renameField() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::requireTable() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::requireIndex() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::requireField() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Datetime::requireField() — Method in class SS_Datetime
- Add the field to the underlying database.
- SS_HTTPRequest::requestVars() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Returns all combined HTTP GET and POST parameters
passed into this request. If a parameter with the same
name exists in both arrays, the POST value is returned.
- SS_HTTPRequest::requestVar() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::removeHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Remove an existing HTTP header by its name,
e.g. "Content-Type".
- SS_HTTPRequest::routeParams() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::remaining() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Returns the unparsed part of the original URL
separated by commas. This is used by {@link RequestHandler->handleRequest()}
to determine if further URL processing is necessary.
- SS_HTTPResponse::removeHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
- Remove an existing HTTP header by its name,
e.g. "Content-Type".
- SS_HTTPResponse::redirect() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
- SS_List::remove() — Method in class SS_List
- Removes an item from the list.
- SS_ListDecorator::remove() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Removes an item from the list.
- SS_ListDecorator::reverse() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Return a new instance of this list based on reversing the current sort.
- SS_Log::remove_writer() — Method in class SS_Log
- Remove a writer instance from the logger.
- SS_Map_Iterator::rewind() — Method in class SS_Map_Iterator
- Rewind the Iterator to the first element.
- SS_Object::remove_extension() — Method in class SS_Object
- Remove an extension from a class.
- SS_Query::record() — Method in class SS_Query
- Returns the next record in the iterator.
- SS_Query::rewind() — Method in class SS_Query
- Iterator function implementation. Rewind the iterator to the first item and return it.
- SS_Report::records() — Method in class SS_Report
- Return a SS_List records for this report.
- SS_Sortable::reverse() — Method in class SS_Sortable
- Return a new instance of this list based on reversing the current sort.
- SS_TemplateManifest::regenerate() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
- Regenerates the manifest by scanning the base path.
- SS_ZendLog::removeWriter() — Method in class SS_ZendLog
- Remove a writer instance that exists in this logger.
- SapphireTest::resetDBSchema() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Reset the testing database's schema.
- SearchContext::removeFilterByName() — Method in class SearchContext
- Removes a filter by name.
- SearchContext::removeFieldByName() — Method in class SearchContext
- Removes an existing formfield instance by its name.
- SecurityAdmin::roles() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- Shortcut action for setting the correct active tab.
- SecurityAdmin::remove_hidden_permission() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- SecurityToken::reset() — Method in class SecurityToken
- Reset the token to a new value.
- Session::request_contains_session_id() — Method in class Session
- Is there a session ID in the request?
- ShortcodeParser::register() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
- Register a shortcode, and attach it to a PHP callback.
- ShortcodeParser::registered() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
- Check if a shortcode has been registered.
- Handler::requireAuthentication() — Method in class Handler
- If required, enforce authentication for non-session authenticated requests. The Member returned from the
authentication method will returned for use in the OperationResolver context.
- Controller::removeSchemaFromFilesystem() — Method in class Controller
- DataObjectInterfaceTypeCreator::resolveType() — Method in class DataObjectInterfaceTypeCreator
- OperationResolver::resolve() — Method in class OperationResolver
- Invoked by the Executor class to resolve this mutation / query
- Connection::resolve() — Method in class Connection
- Returns the collection resolved with the pageInfo provided.
- Connection::resolveList() — Method in class Connection
- Wraps an {@link SS_List} with the required data in order to return it as
a response. If you wish to resolve a standard array as a list use
{@link ArrayList}.
- PaginatedQueryCreator::resolve() — Method in class PaginatedQueryCreator
- Invoked by the Executor class to resolve this mutation / query
- DataObjectQueryFilter::removeFieldFilterByIdentifier() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- ResolverInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Interfaces
- Applied to classes that resolve queries or mutations
- Create::resolve() — Method in class Create
- Invoked by the Executor class to resolve this mutation / query
- Delete::resolve() — Method in class Delete
- Invoked by the Executor class to resolve this mutation / query
- Read — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders\CRUD
- Scaffolds a generic read operation for DataObjects.
- Read::resolve() — Method in class Read
- ReadOne — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders\CRUD
- Scaffolds a generic read operation for DataObjects.
- ReadOne::resolve() — Method in class ReadOne
- Update::resolve() — Method in class Update
- DataObjectScaffolder::removeField() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- DataObjectScaffolder::removeFields() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- DataObjectScaffolder::removeOperation() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Removes an operation.
- OperationScaffolder::removeArg() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- OperationScaffolder::removeArgs() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- SchemaScaffolder::removeMutation() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
- Removes a mutation.
- SchemaScaffolder::removeQuery() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
- Removes a query.
- StaticSchema::reset() — Method in class StaticSchema
- Removes the current instance
- OperationList::removeByName() — Method in class OperationList
- OperationList::removeByIdentifier() — Method in class OperationList
- OperationList::removeItemByCallback() — Method in class OperationList
- SiteConfig::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class SiteConfig
- Setup a default SiteConfig record if none exists.
- SiteTree::RelativeLink() — Method in class SiteTree
- Return the link for this {@link SiteTree} object relative to the SilverStripe root.
- SiteTree::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class SiteTree
- Add default records to database.
- SiteTree::rewriteFileURL() — Method in class SiteTree
- Rewrite a file URL on this page, after its been renamed. Triggers the onRenameLinkedAsset action on extensions.
- SiteTree::reset() — Method in class SiteTree
- Clear the permissions cache for SiteTree
- TaskRunner::runTask() — Method in class TaskRunner
- Runs a BuildTask
- TestRunner::runTests() — Method in class TestRunner
- Text::requireField() — Method in class Text
- (non-PHPdoc)
- Time::requireField() — Method in class Time
- Add the field to the underlying database.
- $URLSegmentFilter — Property in class URLSegmentFilter
- UnsavedRelationList::removeAll() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Remove all items from this relation.
- UnsavedRelationList::removeMany() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Remove the items from this list with the given IDs
- UnsavedRelationList::removeDuplicates() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Removes items from this list which are equal.
- UpgradeSiteTreePermissionSchemaTask::run() — Method in class UpgradeSiteTreePermissionSchemaTask
- Implement this method in the task subclass to
execute via the TaskRunner
- Validator::requireField() — Method in class Validator
- Varchar::requireField() — Method in class Varchar
- (non-PHPdoc)
- Varchar::RTF() — Method in class Varchar
- Return the value of the field in rich text format
- $Versioned — Property in class Versioned
- Versioned::reset() — Method in class Versioned
- Reset static configuration variables to their default values.
- Versioned::reading_stage() — Method in class Versioned
- Set the reading stage.
- Versioned::reading_archived_date() — Method in class Versioned
- Set the reading archive date.
- Versioned_Version::relField() — Method in class Versioned_Version
- Copied from DataObject to allow access via dot notation.
- ViewableData::renderWith() — Method in class ViewableData
- Render this object into the template, and get the result as a string. You can pass one of the following as the
$template parameter:
- a template name (e.g. Page)
- an array of possible template names - the first valid one will be used
- an SSViewer instance
- ViewableData::RAW_val() — Method in class ViewableData
- Return the value of the field without any escaping being applied.
- VirtualPage_Controller::reloadContent() — Method in class VirtualPage_Controller
- Reloads the content if the version is different ;-)
- Year::requireField() — Method in class Year
- Add the field to the underlying database.
- _DiffOp::reverse() — Method in class _DiffOp
- _DiffOp_Add::reverse() — Method in class _DiffOp_Add
- _DiffOp_Change::reverse() — Method in class _DiffOp_Change
- _DiffOp_Copy::reverse() — Method in class _DiffOp_Copy
- _DiffOp_Delete::reverse() — Method in class _DiffOp_Delete
- i18n::register_translator() — Method in class i18n
- i18nTextCollector::run() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
- This is the main method to build the master string tables with the
original strings. It will search for existent modules that use the
i18n feature, parse the _t() calls and write the resultant files
in the lang folder of each module.
- i18nTextCollectorTask::run() — Method in class i18nTextCollectorTask
- This is the main method to build the master string tables with the original strings.
S
- ArrayData::setField() — Method in class ArrayData
- Add or set a field on this object.
- ArrayList::shift() — Method in class ArrayList
- Shifts the item off the beginning of the list and returns it.
- ArrayList::sort() — Method in class ArrayList
- Sorts this list by one or more fields. You can either pass in a single
field name and direction, or a map of field names to sort directions.
- AssetAdmin::SearchForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- Returns a form for filtering of files and assets gridfield.
- AssetAdmin::SiteTreeAsUL() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- Authenticator::supports_cms() — Method in class Authenticator
- Determine if this authenticator supports in-cms reauthentication
- Authenticator::set_default_authenticator() — Method in class Authenticator
- Set a default authenticator (shows first in tabs)
- BBCodeParser::smilies_location() — Method in class BBCodeParser
- BBCodeParser::set_icon_folder() — Method in class BBCodeParser
- BBCodeParser::smiliesAllowed() — Method in class BBCodeParser
- Boolean::saveInto() — Method in class Boolean
- Saves this field to the given data object.
- Boolean::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class Boolean
- Returns a FormField instance used as a default
for form scaffolding.
- Boolean::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class Boolean
- Returns a FormField instance used as a default
for searchform scaffolding.
- BrokenFilesReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
- BrokenLinksReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class BrokenLinksReport
- BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
- BrokenVirtualPagesReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
- CMSForm::setValidationExemptActions() — Method in class CMSForm
- Set actions that are exempt from validation
- CMSForm::setResponseNegotiator() — Method in class CMSForm
- Sets the response negotiator
- CMSMain::ShowSwitchView() — Method in class CMSMain
- If this is set to true, the "switchView" context in the
template is shown, with links to the staging and publish site.
- CMSMain::SwitchView() — Method in class CMSMain
- Overloads the LeftAndMain::ShowView. Allows to pass a page as a parameter, so we are able
to switch view also for archived versions.
- CMSMain::SiteTreeAsUL() — Method in class CMSMain
- Return the entire site tree as a nested set of ULs
- CMSMain::SearchForm() — Method in class CMSMain
- Returns a Form for page searching for use in templates.
- CMSMain::SiteTreeHints() — Method in class CMSMain
- Create serialized JSON string with site tree hints data to be injected into
'data-hints' attribute of root node of jsTree.
- CMSMain::setCurrentPageID() — Method in class CMSMain
- Set the page id into $pageID rather than into {@link Session}.
- CMSMain::save() — Method in class CMSMain
- Save and Publish page handler
- CMSMenuItem::setAttributes() — Method in class CMSMenuItem
- CMSPageHistoryController::show() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
- CMSPageHistoryController::ShowVersionForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
- CMSPageHistoryController::setVersionID() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
- Set current version ID
- CMSProfileController::save() — Method in class CMSProfileController
- Save handler
- CMSSecurity::success() — Method in class CMSSecurity
- Given a successful login, tell the parent frame to close the dialog
- CSSContentParser::selector2xpath() — Method in class CSSContentParser
- Converts a CSS selector into an equivalent xpath expression.
- CacheProxy::setDirectives() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CacheProxy::setConfig() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CacheProxy::setBackend() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CacheProxy::setOption() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CacheProxy::setLifetime() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CacheProxy::save() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CheckboxField::setValue() — Method in class CheckboxField
- Set the field value.
- CheckboxSetField::setDefaultItems() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
- Default selections, regardless of the {@link setValue()} settings.
- CheckboxSetField::setValue() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
- Load a value into this CheckboxSetField
- CheckboxSetField::saveInto() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
- Save the current value of this CheckboxSetField into a DataObject.
- ClassInfo::subclassesFor() — Method in class ClassInfo
- Returns a list of classes that inherit from the given class.
- CompositeDBField::setValue() — Method in class CompositeDBField
- Set the value of this field in various formats.
- CompositeField::setID() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::setChildren() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::setTag() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::setLegend() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::setForm() — Method in class CompositeField
- Set the container form.
- CompositeField::setColumnCount() — Method in class CompositeField
- Config::set_instance() — Method in class Config
- Set the current active {@link Config} instance.
- Config_LRU::set() — Method in class Config_LRU
- Config_LRU::stats() — Method in class Config_LRU
- Config_MemCache::set() — Method in class Config_MemCache
- Config_MemCache::stats() — Method in class Config_MemCache
- $ConfirmedPasswordField — Property in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Title for the link that triggers the visibility of password fields.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setCanBeEmpty() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Can be empty is a flag that turns on / off empty field checking.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setShowOnClickTitle() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- The title on the link which triggers display of the "password" and
"confirm password" formfields. Only used if {@link setShowOnClick()}
is set to TRUE.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setRightTitle() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setChildrenTitles() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Set child field titles. Titles in order should be:
- "Current Password" (if getRequireExistingPassword() is set)
- "Password"
- "Confirm Password"
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setValue() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Value is sometimes an array, and sometimes a single value, so we need
to handle both cases.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setName() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Update the names of the child fields when updating name of field.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::saveInto() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Only save if field was shown on the client, and is not empty.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setRequireExistingPassword() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- Set if the existing password should be required
- ContentController::SilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class ContentController
- ContentController::SiteConfig() — Method in class ContentController
- ContentController::successfullyinstalled() — Method in class ContentController
- This action is called by the installation system
- ContentControllerSearchExtension::SearchForm() — Method in class ContentControllerSearchExtension
- Site search form
- ContentNegotiator::set_encoding() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
- Set the character set encoding for this page. By default it's utf-8, but you could change it to, say,
windows-1252, to improve interoperability with extended characters being imported from windows excel.
- Controller::setURLParams() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::setResponse() — Method in class Controller
- Sets the SS_HTTPResponse object that this controller is building up.
- Controller::setSession() — Method in class Controller
- Set the Session object.
- Convert::symbol2sql() — Method in class Convert
- Safely encodes a SQL symbolic identifier (or list of identifiers), such as a database,
table, or column name. Supports encoding of multi identfiers separated by
a delimiter (e.g. ".")
- Cookie::set() — Method in class Cookie
- Set a cookie variable
- Cookie::set_report_errors() — Method in class Cookie
- CookieJar::set() — Method in class CookieJar
- Set a cookie
- Cookie_Backend::set() — Method in class Cookie_Backend
- Set a cookie
- Currency::setValue() — Method in class Currency
- Set the value on the field.
- Currency::setCurrencySymbol() — Method in class Currency
- CurrencyField::setValue() — Method in class CurrencyField
- allows the value to be set. removes the first character
if it is not a number (probably a currency symbol)
- DB::set_conn() — Method in class DB
- Set the global database connection.
- DB::setConn() — Method in class DB
- DB::set_alternative_database_name() — Method in class DB
- Set an alternative database in a browser cookie,
with the cookie lifetime set to the browser session.
- DBConnector::selectDatabase() — Method in class DBConnector
- Select a database by name
- DBField::setName() — Method in class DBField
- Set the name of this field.
- DBField::setValue() — Method in class DBField
- Set the value on the field.
- DBField::setTable() — Method in class DBField
- DBField::saveInto() — Method in class DBField
- Saves this field to the given data object.
- DBField::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBField
- Returns a FormField instance used as a default
for form scaffolding.
- DBField::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class DBField
- Returns a FormField instance used as a default
for searchform scaffolding.
- DBField::scalarValueOnly() — Method in class DBField
- Whatever this DBField only accepts scalar values.
- DBFloat::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBFloat
- Returns a FormField instance used as a default
for form scaffolding.
- DBInt::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBInt
- Returns a FormField instance used as a default
for form scaffolding.
- DBSchemaManager::setDatabase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Injector injection point for database controller
- DBSchemaManager::schemaUpdate() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Initiates a schema update within a single callback
- DataFormatter::setCustomFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
- DataFormatter::setCustomAddFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
- DataFormatter::setCustomRelations() — Method in class DataFormatter
- DataFormatter::setRemoveFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
- DataFormatter::setTotalSize() — Method in class DataFormatter
- DataFormatter::supportedExtensions() — Method in class DataFormatter
- Return an array of the extensions that this data formatter supports
- DataFormatter::supportedMimeTypes() — Method in class DataFormatter
- DataList::setDataModel() — Method in class DataList
- Set the DataModel
- DataList::setDataQuery() — Method in class DataList
- Return a new DataList instance with the underlying {@link DataQuery} object changed
- DataList::setDataQueryParam() — Method in class DataList
- Returns a new DataList instance with the specified query parameter assigned
- DataList::sql() — Method in class DataList
- Returns the SQL query that will be used to get this DataList's records. Good for debugging. :-)
- DataList::sort() — Method in class DataList
- Return a new DataList instance as a copy of this data list with the sort
order set.
- DataList::subtract() — Method in class DataList
- This method returns a copy of this list that does not contain any DataObjects that exists in $list
- DataList::sum() — Method in class DataList
- Return the sum of the values of the given field in this DataList
- DataList::setQueriedColumns() — Method in class DataList
- Restrict the columns to fetch into this DataList
- DataList::setByIDList() — Method in class DataList
- Sets the ComponentSet to be the given ID list.
- DataList::shift() — Method in class DataList
- This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent
- DataModel::set_inst() — Method in class DataModel
- Set the global DataModel, used when data is requested from static
methods.
- DataObject::set_validation_enabled() — Method in class DataObject
- Set whether DataObjects should be validated before they are written.
- DataObject::setDataModel() — Method in class DataObject
- Set the DataModel
- DataObject::setClassName() — Method in class DataObject
- Set the ClassName attribute. {@link $class} is also updated.
- DataObject::singular_name() — Method in class DataObject
- Get the user friendly singular name of this DataObject.
- DataObject::scaffoldSearchFields() — Method in class DataObject
- Determine which properties on the DataObject are
searchable, and map them to their default {@link FormField}
representations. Used for scaffolding a searchform for {@link ModelAdmin}.
- DataObject::scaffoldFormFields() — Method in class DataObject
- Scaffold a simple edit form for all properties on this dataobject,
based on default {@link FormField} mapping in {@link DBField::scaffoldFormField()}.
- DataObject::setField() — Method in class DataObject
- Set the value of the field
Called by {@link __set()} and any setFieldName() methods you might create.
- DataObject::setCastedField() — Method in class DataObject
- Set the value of the field, using a casting object.
- DataObject::setSourceQueryParams() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::setSourceQueryParam() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::searchableFields() — Method in class DataObject
- Get the default searchable fields for this object, as defined in the
$searchable_fields list. If searchable fields are not defined on the
data object, uses a default selection of summary fields.
- DataObject::summaryFields() — Method in class DataObject
- Get the default summary fields for this object.
- DataObjectInterface::setCastedField() — Method in class DataObjectInterface
- Save content from a form into a field on this data object.
- DataQuery::setQueriedColumns() — Method in class DataQuery
- DataQuery::sql() — Method in class DataQuery
- Return this query's SQL
- DataQuery::sum() — Method in class DataQuery
- Return the sum of the values of the given field in this DataList
- DataQuery::sort() — Method in class DataQuery
- Set the ORDER BY clause of this query
- DataQuery::subtract() — Method in class DataQuery
- Removes the result of query from this query.
- DataQuery::selectFromTable() — Method in class DataQuery
- Select only the given fields from the given table.
- DataQuery::setQueryParam() — Method in class DataQuery
- Set an arbitrary query parameter, that can be used by decorators to add additional meta-data to the query.
- DatalessField::SmallFieldHolder() — Method in class DatalessField
- Returns the field's representation in a field group.
- DatalessField::setAllowHTML() — Method in class DatalessField
- Date::setValue() — Method in class Date
- Set the value on the field.
- Date::ShortMonth() — Method in class Date
- Returns the short version of the month such as Jan
- Date::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class Date
- Returns a FormField instance used as a default
for form scaffolding.
- DateField::SmallFieldHolder() — Method in class DateField
- Returns a restricted field holder used within things like FieldGroups.
- DateField::setValue() — Method in class DateField
- Sets the internal value to ISO date format.
- DateField::set_default_config() — Method in class DateField
- DateField::setLocale() — Method in class DateField
- Caution: Will not update the 'dateformat' config value.
- DateField::setConfig() — Method in class DateField
- DatetimeField::setForm() — Method in class DatetimeField
- Set the container form.
- DatetimeField::setName() — Method in class DatetimeField
- Set the field name.
- DatetimeField::setValue() — Method in class DatetimeField
- Sets the internal value to ISO date format, based on either a database value in ISO date format,
or a form submssion in the user date format. Uses the individual date and time fields
to take care of the actual formatting and value conversion.
- DatetimeField::setDisabled() — Method in class DatetimeField
- Sets a disabled flag on this FormField.
- DatetimeField::setReadonly() — Method in class DatetimeField
- Sets a read-only flag on this FormField.
- DatetimeField::setDateField() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::setTimeField() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::setLocale() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::setConfig() — Method in class DatetimeField
- Note: Use {@link getDateField()} and {@link getTimeField()}
to set field-specific config options.
- Debug::show() — Method in class Debug
- Show the contents of val in a debug-friendly way.
- Debug::showError() — Method in class Debug
- Render a developer facing error page, showing the stack trace and details
of the code where the error occured.
- Debug::showLines() — Method in class Debug
- Utility method to render a snippet of PHP source code, from selected file
and highlighting the given line number.
- Decimal::saveInto() — Method in class Decimal
- Decimal::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class Decimal
- Deprecation::set_enabled() — Method in class Deprecation
- Toggle on or off deprecation notices. Will be ignored in live.
- Director::setUrlParams() — Method in class Director
- Set url parameters (should only be called internally by RequestHandler->handleRequest()).
- Director::set_current_page() — Method in class Director
- Set the currently active {@link SiteTree} object that is being used to respond to the request.
- Director::setBaseURL() — Method in class Director
- Sets the root URL for the website.
- Director::setBaseFolder() — Method in class Director
- Sets the root folder for the website.
- Director::set_environment_type() — Method in class Director
- Set the environment type of the current site.
- DropdownField::setDisabledItems() — Method in class DropdownField
- Mark certain elements as disabled, regardless of the
{@link setDisabled()} settings.
- DropdownField::setSource() — Method in class DropdownField
- DropdownField::setHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class DropdownField
- DropdownField::setEmptyString() — Method in class DropdownField
- Set the default selection label, e.g. "select.
- Email::set_mailer() — Method in class Email
- Email::setBounceHandlerURL() — Method in class Email
- Email::Subject() — Method in class Email
- Email::setSubject() — Method in class Email
- Email::setBody() — Method in class Email
- Email::setTo() — Method in class Email
- Email::setFrom() — Method in class Email
- Email::setCc() — Method in class Email
- Email::setBcc() — Method in class Email
- Email::setReplyTo() — Method in class Email
- Set the "Reply-To" header with an email address.
- Email::setTemplate() — Method in class Email
- Set template name (without *.ss extension).
- Email::sendPlain() — Method in class Email
- Send the email in plaintext.
- Email::send() — Method in class Email
- Send an email with HTML content.
- Email::setAdminEmail() — Method in class Email
- Used as a default sender address in the {@link Email} class
unless overwritten. Also shown to users on live environments
as a contact address on system error pages.
- Email::send_all_emails_to() — Method in class Email
- Send every email generated by the Email class to the given address.
- EmptyPagesReport::sort() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
- EmptyPagesReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
- Enum::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class Enum
- Enum::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class Enum
- ErrorControlChain::setErrored() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
- ErrorControlChain::setSuppression() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
- Sets whether errors are suppressed or not
Notes:
- Errors cannot be suppressed if not handling errors.
- ErrorPage::set_static_filepath() — Method in class ErrorPage
- Set the path where static error files are saved through {@link publish()}.
- ExactMatchFilter::setModifiers() — Method in class ExactMatchFilter
- Set the current modifiers to apply to the filter
- Extension::setOwner() — Method in class Extension
- Set the owner of this extension.
- FieldGroup::setZebra() — Method in class FieldGroup
- Set an odd/even class
- FieldList::saveableFields() — Method in class FieldList
- FieldList::setForm() — Method in class FieldList
- Set the Form instance for this FieldList.
- FieldList::setValues() — Method in class FieldList
- Load the given data into this form.
- FieldList::setContainerField() — Method in class FieldList
- FieldList::setTabPathRewrites() — Method in class FieldList
- Ordered list of regular expressions
matching a tab path, to their rewrite rule (through preg_replace()).
- File::StripThumbnail() — Method in class File
- Return image markup for use as a thumbnail in a strip
- File::setName() — Method in class File
- Setter function for Name. Automatically sets a default title,
and removes characters that might be invalid on the filesystem.
- File::setParentID() — Method in class File
- Does not change the filesystem itself, please use {@link write()} for this.
- File::setFilename() — Method in class File
- Caution: this does not change the location of the file on the filesystem.
- File::set_class_for_file_extension() — Method in class File
- See {@link get_class_for_file_extension()}.
- FileField::saveInto() — Method in class FileField
- Method to save this form field into the given {@link DataObject}.
- FileField::setValidator() — Method in class FileField
- Set custom validator for this field
- FileField::setFolderName() — Method in class FileField
- Sets the upload folder name
- FileField::setUpload() — Method in class FileField
- Sets the upload handler
- FileField::setAllowedExtensions() — Method in class FileField
- Limit allowed file extensions. Empty by default, allowing all extensions.
- FileField::setAllowedFileCategories() — Method in class FileField
- Limit allowed file extensions by specifying categories of file types.
- FileNameFilter::setReplacements() — Method in class FileNameFilter
- Take care not to add replacements which might invalidate the file structure,
e.g. removing dots will remove file extension information.
- FileNameFilter::setTransliterator() — Method in class FileNameFilter
- Filesystem::sync() — Method in class Filesystem
- This function ensures the file table is correct with the files in the assets folder.
- FixtureBlueprint::setDefaults() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
- FixtureFactory::setId() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- Folder::syncChildren() — Method in class Folder
- Synchronize the file database with the actual content of the assets
folder.
- Folder::setTitle() — Method in class Folder
- Override setting the Title of Folders to that Name, Filename and Title are always in sync.
- Folder::setName() — Method in class Folder
- Setter function for Name. Automatically sets a default title,
and removes characters that might be invalid on the filesystem.
- Folder::setFilename() — Method in class Folder
- Caution: this does not change the location of the file on the filesystem.
- ForeignKey::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class ForeignKey
- Returns a FormField instance used as a default
for form scaffolding.
- Form::setupFormErrors() — Method in class Form
- Set up current form errors in session to
the current form if appropriate.
- Form::setRedirectToFormOnValidationError() — Method in class Form
- Set whether the user should be redirected back down to the
form on the page upon validation errors in the form or if
they just need to redirect back to the page
- Form::setValidator() — Method in class Form
- Set the {@link Validator} on this form.
- Form::setFields() — Method in class Form
- Setter for the form fields.
- Form::setActions() — Method in class Form
- Setter for the form actions.
- Form::setAttribute() — Method in class Form
- Form::setTemplateHelper() — Method in class Form
- Set the target of this form to any value - useful for opening the form contents in a new window or refreshing
another frame
- Form::setTarget() — Method in class Form
- Set the target of this form to any value - useful for opening the form
contents in a new window or refreshing another frame.
- Form::setLegend() — Method in class Form
- Set the legend value to be inserted into
the
<
legend> element in the Form.ss template.
- Form::setTemplate() — Method in class Form
- Set the SS template that this form should use
to render with. The default is "Form".
- Form::setEncType() — Method in class Form
- Sets the form encoding type. The most common encoding types are defined
in {@link ENC_TYPE_URLENCODED} and {@link ENC_TYPE_MULTIPART}.
- Form::setFormMethod() — Method in class Form
- Set the form method: GET, POST, PUT, DELETE.
- Form::setStrictFormMethodCheck() — Method in class Form
- If set to true, enforce the matching of the form method.
- Form::setFormAction() — Method in class Form
- Set the form action attribute to a custom URL.
- Form::setHTMLID() — Method in class Form
- Set the HTML ID attribute of the form.
- Form::setController() — Method in class Form
- Set the controller.
- Form::setName() — Method in class Form
- Set the name of the form.
- Form::setMessage() — Method in class Form
- Set a status message for the form.
- Form::sessionMessage() — Method in class Form
- Set a message to the session, for display next time this form is shown.
- Form::saveInto() — Method in class Form
- Save the contents of this form into the given data object.
- Form::setButtonClicked() — Method in class Form
- Sets the button that was clicked. This should only be called by the Controller.
- Form::single_field_required() — Method in class Form
- Returns the name of a field, if that's the only field that the current
controller is interested in.
- Form::set_current_action() — Method in class Form
- Set the current form action. Should only be called by {@link Controller}.
- FormAction::setFullAction() — Method in class FormAction
- Set the full action name, including action_
This provides an opportunity to replace it with something else
- FormAction::setButtonContent() — Method in class FormAction
- Add content inside a button field.
- FormAction::setUseButtonTag() — Method in class FormAction
- Enable or disable the rendering of this action as a
<button />
- FormEncodedDataFormatter::supportedExtensions() — Method in class FormEncodedDataFormatter
- Return an array of the extensions that this data formatter supports
- FormEncodedDataFormatter::supportedMimeTypes() — Method in class FormEncodedDataFormatter
- FormField::saveInto() — Method in class FormField
- Method to save this form field into the given {@link DataObject}.
- FormField::setTitle() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::setRightTitle() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::setLeftTitle() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::setAttribute() — Method in class FormField
- Set an HTML attribute on the field element, mostly an input tag.
- FormField::setValue() — Method in class FormField
- Set the field value.
- FormField::setName() — Method in class FormField
- Set the field name.
- FormField::setForm() — Method in class FormField
- Set the container form.
- FormField::securityTokenEnabled() — Method in class FormField
- Return true if security token protection is enabled on the parent {@link Form}.
- FormField::setError() — Method in class FormField
- Sets the error message to be displayed on the form field.
- FormField::setCustomValidationMessage() — Method in class FormField
- Set the custom error message to show instead of the default format.
- FormField::setTemplate() — Method in class FormField
- Set name of template (without path or extension).
- FormField::setFieldHolderTemplate() — Method in class FormField
- Set name of template (without path or extension) for the holder, which in turn is
responsible for rendering {@link Field()}.
- FormField::setSmallFieldHolderTemplate() — Method in class FormField
- Set name of template (without path or extension) for the small holder, which in turn is
responsible for rendering {@link Field()}.
- FormField::SmallFieldHolder() — Method in class FormField
- Returns a restricted field holder used within things like FieldGroups.
- FormField::setReadonly() — Method in class FormField
- Sets a read-only flag on this FormField.
- FormField::setDisabled() — Method in class FormField
- Sets a disabled flag on this FormField.
- FormField::setDescription() — Method in class FormField
- Describe this field, provide help text for it.
- FormField::setContainerFieldList() — Method in class FormField
- Set the FieldList that contains this field.
- FunctionalTest::session() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- Returns the {@link Session} object for this test
- FunctionalTest::setUp() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- FunctionalTest::submitForm() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- Submit the form with the given HTML ID, filling it out with the given data.
- FunctionalTest::stat() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- Return a static variable from this class.
- GD::set_default_quality() — Method in class GD
- GDBackend::set_default_quality() — Method in class GDBackend
- Set the default image quality.
- GDBackend::setImageResource() — Method in class GDBackend
- setImageResource
- GDBackend::setGD() — Method in class GDBackend
- GDBackend::setQuality() — Method in class GDBackend
- Set the image quality, used when saving JPEGs.
- $GridField — Property in class GridField
- The gridstate of this object
- GridField::setModelClass() — Method in class GridField
- Set the modelClass (data object) that this field will get it column headers from.
- GridField::setConfig() — Method in class GridField
- GridField::setList() — Method in class GridField
- Set the data source.
- GridField::saveInto() — Method in class GridField
- Method to save this form field into the given {@link DataObject}.
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::setResultsFormat() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::setSearchList() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- Sets the base list instance which will be used for the autocomplete
search.
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::setSearchFields() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::scaffoldSearchFields() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- Detect searchable fields and searchable relations.
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::setPlaceholderText() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::setResultsLimit() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddNewButton::setButtonName() — Method in class GridFieldAddNewButton
- GridFieldDataColumns::setDisplayFields() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
- Override the default behaviour of showing the models summaryFields with
these fields instead
Example: array( 'Name' => 'Members name', 'Email' => 'Email address')
- GridFieldDataColumns::setFieldCasting() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
- Specify castings with fieldname as the key, and the desired casting as value.
- GridFieldDataColumns::setFieldFormatting() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
- Specify custom formatting for fields, e.g. to render a link instead of pure text.
- GridFieldDetailForm::setTemplate() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::setName() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::setValidator() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::setFields() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::setItemRequestClass() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::setItemEditFormCallback() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::setTemplate() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridFieldExportButton::setExportColumns() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldExportButton::setCsvSeparator() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldExportButton::setCsvHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldFilterHeader::setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
- Determine what happens when this component is used with a list that isn't {@link SS_Filterable}.
- GridFieldLevelup::setAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
- GridFieldLevelup::setLinkSpec() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
- GridFieldPaginator::setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- Determine what happens when this component is used with a list that isn't {@link SS_Filterable}.
- GridFieldPaginator::setItemsPerPage() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- GridFieldPrintButton::setPrintColumns() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- GridFieldPrintButton::setPrintHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- GridFieldSortableHeader::setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
- Determine what happens when this component is used with a list that isn't {@link SS_Filterable}.
- GridFieldSortableHeader::setFieldSorting() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
- Specify sortings with fieldname as the key, and actual fieldname to sort as value.
- GridState::setValue() — Method in class GridState
- Group::stageChildren() — Method in class Group
- Override this so groups are ordered in the CMS
- Group::setCode() — Method in class Group
- Overloaded to ensure the code is always descent.
- HTMLCleaner::setConfig() — Method in class HTMLCleaner
- HTMLText::setProcessShortcodes() — Method in class HTMLText
- Set shortcodes on or off by default
- HTMLText::setOptions() — Method in class HTMLText
- HTMLText::Summary() — Method in class HTMLText
- Create a summary of the content. This will be some section of the first paragraph, limited by
$maxWords. All internal tags are stripped out - the return value is a string
- HTMLText::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class HTMLText
- (non-PHPdoc)
- HTMLText::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class HTMLText
- (non-PHPdoc)
- HTMLVarchar::setOptions() — Method in class HTMLVarchar
- Update the optional parameters for this field.
- HTMLVarchar::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class HTMLVarchar
- (non-PHPdoc)
- HTMLVarchar::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class HTMLVarchar
- Returns a FormField instance used as a default
for searchform scaffolding.
- HTTP::setGetVar() — Method in class HTTP
- Will try to include a GET parameter for an existing URL,
preserving existing parameters and fragments.
- HTTP::set_cache_age() — Method in class HTTP
- Set the maximum age of this page in web caches, in seconds
- HTTPCacheControl::setDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Low level method for setting directives include any experimental or custom ones added via config
- HTTPCacheControl::setDirectivesFromArray() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Low level method to set directives from an associative array
- HTTPCacheControl::setNoStore() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- The cache should not store anything about the client request or server response.
- HTTPCacheControl::setNoCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Forces caches to submit the request to the origin server for validation before releasing a cached copy.
- HTTPCacheControl::setMaxAge() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Specifies the maximum amount of time (seconds) a resource will be considered fresh.
- HTTPCacheControl::setSharedMaxAge() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- Overrides max-age or the Expires header, but it only applies to shared caches (e.g., proxies)
and is ignored by a private cache.
- HTTPCacheControl::setMustRevalidate() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
- The cache must verify the status of the stale resources before using it and expired ones should not be used.
- HeaderField::setHeadingLevel() — Method in class HeaderField
- HiddenField::SmallFieldHolder() — Method in class HiddenField
- Returns a restricted field holder used within things like FieldGroups.
- Hierarchy::setMarkingFilter() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Filter the marking to only those object with $node->$parameterName == $parameterValue
- Hierarchy::setMarkingFilterFunction() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Filter the marking to only those where the function returns true. The node in question will be passed to the
function.
- Hierarchy::showingCMSTree() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Checks if we're on a controller where we should filter. ie. Are we loading the SiteTree?
- Hierarchy::stageChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Return children in the stage site.
- HtmlEditorConfig::set_active() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Set the currently active configuration object
- HtmlEditorConfig::setOption() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Set the value of one option
- HtmlEditorConfig::setOptions() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Set multiple options
- HtmlEditorConfig::setButtonsForLine() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
- Totally re-set the buttons on a given line
- HtmlEditorField::saveInto() — Method in class HtmlEditorField
- Method to save this form field into the given {@link DataObject}.
- HtmlEditorField_Toolbar::siteTreeSearchCallback() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar
- Searches the SiteTree for display in the dropdown
- HtmlEditorSanitiser::sanitise() — Method in class HtmlEditorSanitiser
- Given an SS_HTMLValue instance, will remove and elements and attributes that are
not explicitly included in the whitelist passed to __construct on instance creation
- Image::set_backend() — Method in class Image
- Image::strip_resampled_prefix() — Method in class Image
- Retrieve the original filename from the path of a transformed image.
- Image::ScaleWidth() — Method in class Image
- Scale image proportionally by width. Use in templates with $ScaleWidth.
- Image::ScaleMaxWidth() — Method in class Image
- Proportionally scale down this image if it is wider than the specified width.
- Image::ScaleHeight() — Method in class Image
- Scale image proportionally by height. Use in templates with $ScaleHeight.
- Image::ScaleMaxHeight() — Method in class Image
- Proportionally scale down this image if it is taller than the specified height.
- Image::SetRatioSize() — Method in class Image
- Resize the image by preserving aspect ratio, keeping the image inside the
$width and $height
- Image::SetWidth() — Method in class Image
- Resize this Image by width, keeping aspect ratio. Use in templates with $SetWidth.
- Image::SetHeight() — Method in class Image
- Resize this Image by height, keeping aspect ratio. Use in templates with $SetHeight.
- Image::SetSize() — Method in class Image
- Resize this Image by both width and height, using padded resize. Use in templates with $SetSize.
- Image::StripThumbnail() — Method in class Image
- Resize this image for use as a thumbnail in a strip. Use in templates with $StripThumbnail.
- Image_Backend::setQuality() — Method in class Image_Backend
- setQuality
- Image_Backend::setImageResource() — Method in class Image_Backend
- setImageResource
- ImagickBackend::set_default_quality() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- set_default_quality
- ImagickBackend::setQuality() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- setQuality
- ImagickBackend::setImageResource() — Method in class ImagickBackend
- setImageResource
- Injector::set_inst() — Method in class Injector
- Sets the default global injector instance.
- Injector::setAutoScanProperties() — Method in class Injector
- Indicate whether we auto scan injected objects for properties to set.
- Injector::setObjectCreator() — Method in class Injector
- Sets the default factory to use for creating new objects.
- Injector::setConfigLocator() — Method in class Injector
- Set the configuration locator
- Injector::setInjectMapping() — Method in class Injector
- Add in a specific mapping that should be catered for on a type.
- JSONDataFormatter::supportedExtensions() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter
- Return an array of the extensions that this data formatter supports
- JSONDataFormatter::supportedMimeTypes() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter
- JSTestRunner::set_reporter() — Method in class JSTestRunner
- Override the default reporter with a custom configured subclass.
- JSTestRunner::setUp() — Method in class JSTestRunner
- LeftAndMain::ShowSwitchView() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- If this is set to true, the "switchView" context in the
template is shown, with links to the staging and publish site.
- LeftAndMain::show() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::SiteTreeAsUL() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::save() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Save handler
- LeftAndMain::savetreenode() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Update the position and parent of a tree node.
- LeftAndMain::setCurrentPageID() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Forces the current page to be set in session,
which can be retrieved later through {@link currentPageID()}.
- LeftAndMain::SwitchView() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::SiteConfig() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::set_application_link() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Sets the href for the anchor on the Silverstripe logo in the menu
- LeftAndMain::setApplicationName() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::SectionTitle() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Return the title of the current section. Either this is pulled from
the current panel's menu_title or from the first active menu
- LeftAndMain_HTTPResponse::setIsFinished() — Method in class LeftAndMain_HTTPResponse
- LeftAndMain_TreeNode::setObj() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
- LeftAndMain_TreeNode::setLink() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
- LeftAndMain_TreeNode::setIsCurrent() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
- ListboxField::setSize() — Method in class ListboxField
- Sets the size of this dropdown in rows.
- ListboxField::setMultiple() — Method in class ListboxField
- Sets this field to have a muliple select attribute
- ListboxField::setSource() — Method in class ListboxField
- ListboxField::saveInto() — Method in class ListboxField
- Save the current value of this field into a DataObject.
- ListboxField::setValue() — Method in class ListboxField
- Load a value into this ListboxField
- ListboxField::setDisabledItems() — Method in class ListboxField
- Mark certain elements as disabled,
regardless of the {@link setDisabled()} settings.
- ListboxField::setDefaultItems() — Method in class ListboxField
- Default selections, regardless of the {@link setValue()} settings.
- LiteralField::setContent() — Method in class LiteralField
- Sets the content of this field to a new value.
- LiteralField::setValue() — Method in class LiteralField
- Synonym of {@link setContent()} so that LiteralField is more compatible with other field types.
- $LoginAttempt — Property in class LoginAttempt
- Status of the login attempt, either 'Success' or 'Failure'
- LoginAttempt::setEmail() — Method in class LoginAttempt
- Set email used for this attempt
- LoginForm::setAuthenticatorClass() — Method in class LoginForm
- LookupField::saveInto() — Method in class LookupField
- Stubbed so invalid data doesn't save into the DB
- Mailer::setBounceEmail() — Method in class Mailer
- Set the email used for bounces
- Mailer::setMessageEncoding() — Method in class Mailer
- Sets encoding type for messages. Available options are:
- quoted-printable
- base64
- Mailer::sendPlain() — Method in class Mailer
- Send a plain-text email.
- Mailer::sendHTML() — Method in class Mailer
- Sends an email as a both HTML and plaintext
- ManifestCache::save() — Method in class ManifestCache
- ManifestCache_APC::save() — Method in class ManifestCache_APC
- ManifestCache_File::save() — Method in class ManifestCache_File
- ManifestCache_File_PHP::save() — Method in class ManifestCache_File_PHP
- $Member — Property in class Member
- $Member — Property in class Member
- Member::set_session_regenerate_id() — Method in class Member
- Member::set_login_marker_cookie() — Method in class Member
- If this is called, then a session cookie will be set to "1" whenever a user
logs in. This lets 3rd party tools, such as apache's mod_rewrite, detect
whether a user is logged in or not and alter behaviour accordingly.
- Member::session_regenerate_id() — Method in class Member
- Regenerate the session_id.
- Member::set_unique_identifier_field() — Method in class Member
- Set the field used for uniquely identifying a member
in the database. {see Member::$unique_identifier_field}
- Member::set_password_validator() — Method in class Member
- Set a {@link PasswordValidator} object to use to validate member's passwords.
- Member::set_password_expiry() — Method in class Member
- Set the number of days that a password should be valid for.
- Member::set_title_columns() — Method in class Member
- Member::setName() — Method in class Member
- Set first- and surname
- Member::splitName() — Method in class Member
- Alias for {@link setName}
- MemberAuthenticator::supports_cms() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
- Determine if this authenticator supports in-cms reauthentication
- MemberCsvBulkLoader::setGroups() — Method in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
- MemberDatetimeOptionsetField::setValue() — Method in class MemberDatetimeOptionsetField
- Set the field value.
- MemberImportForm::setGroup() — Method in class MemberImportForm
- Member_Validator::setForMember() — Method in class Member_Validator
- Set the Member this validator applies to.
- $ModelAdmin — Property in class ModelAdmin
- Change this variable if you don't want the Import from CSV form to appear.
- $ModelAdmin — Property in class ModelAdmin
- Change this variable if you don't want the search form to appear.
- ModelAdmin::SearchForm() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- ModelAdmin::set_page_length() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- overwrite the static page_length of the admin panel,
should be called in the project _config file.
- Money::setValue() — Method in class Money
- Set the value on the field.
- Money::setCurrency() — Method in class Money
- Money::setAmount() — Method in class Money
- Money::setLocale() — Method in class Money
- Money::setAllowedCurrencies() — Method in class Money
- Money::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class Money
- Returns a CompositeField instance used as a default
for form scaffolding.
- Money::scalarValueOnly() — Method in class Money
- Whatever this DBField only accepts scalar values.
- MoneyField::setValue() — Method in class MoneyField
- Set the field value.
- MoneyField::saveInto() — Method in class MoneyField
- 30/06/2009 - Enhancement:
SaveInto checks if set-methods are available and use them
instead of setting the values in the money class directly. saveInto
initiates a new Money class object to pass through the values to the setter
method.
- MoneyField::setReadonly() — Method in class MoneyField
- MoneyField::setDisabled() — Method in class MoneyField
- Sets a disabled flag on this FormField.
- MoneyField::setAllowedCurrencies() — Method in class MoneyField
- MoneyField::setLocale() — Method in class MoneyField
- MySQLDatabase::set_connection_charset() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- MySQLDatabase::setSQLMode() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Sets the SQL mode
- MySQLDatabase::selectTimezone() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Sets the system timezone for the database connection
- MySQLDatabase::supportsCollations() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Returns true if this database supports collations
- MySQLDatabase::supportsTimezoneOverride() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Can the database override timezone as a connection setting,
or does it use the system timezone exclusively?
- MySQLDatabase::searchEngine() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- The core search engine, used by this class and its subclasses to do fun stuff.
- MySQLDatabase::supportsTransactions() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Determines if this database supports transactions
- MySQLDatabase::supportsLocks() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Determines if the used database supports application-level locks,
which is different from table- or row-level locking.
- MySQLQuery::seek() — Method in class MySQLQuery
- Go to a specific row number in the query result and return the record.
- MySQLSchemaManager::set() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Return a set type-formatted string
- MySQLSchemaManager::ss_datetime() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Return a datetime type-formatted string
For MySQL, we simply return the word 'datetime', no other parameters are necessary
- MySQLStatement::seek() — Method in class MySQLStatement
- Go to a specific row number in the query result and return the record.
- MySQLiConnector::selectDatabase() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- Select a database by name
- NullSecurityToken::setValue() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
- NullableField::setIsNullLabel() — Method in class NullableField
- Set the label used for the Is Null checkbox.
- NullableField::setValue() — Method in class NullableField
- Value is sometimes an array, and sometimes a single value, so we need to handle both cases
- NullableField::setName() — Method in class NullableField
- NumericField::setValue() — Method in class NumericField
- NumericField::setLocale() — Method in class NumericField
- Override the locale for this field.
- PDOConnector::selectDatabase() — Method in class PDOConnector
- Select a database by name
- PDOQuery::seek() — Method in class PDOQuery
- Go to a specific row number in the query result and return the record.
- PaginatedList::setPaginationGetVar() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Sets the GET var used to set the page start.
- PaginatedList::setPageLength() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Set the number of items displayed per page. Set to zero to disable paging.
- PaginatedList::setCurrentPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Sets the current page.
- PaginatedList::setPageStart() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Sets the offset of the item that current page starts at. This should be
a multiple of the page length.
- PaginatedList::setTotalItems() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Sets the total number of items in the list. This is useful when doing
custom pagination.
- PaginatedList::setPaginationFromQuery() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Sets the page length, page start and total items from a query object's
limit, offset and unlimited count. The query MUST have a limit clause.
- PaginatedList::setLimitItems() — Method in class PaginatedList
- PaginatedList::setRequest() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Set the request object for this list
- PartialMatchFilter::setModifiers() — Method in class PartialMatchFilter
- Set the current modifiers to apply to the filter
- PasswordEncryptor::salt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
- Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Salt} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::set_cost() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
- Sets the cost of the blowfish algorithm.
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::salt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
- self::$cost param is forced to be two digits with leading zeroes for ints 4-9
- PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword::salt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword
- Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Salt} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword::salt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword
- Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Salt} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_None::salt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_None
- Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Salt} property.
- PasswordField::setAllowValuePostback() — Method in class PasswordField
- Percentage::saveInto() — Method in class Percentage
- Permission::sort_permissions() — Method in class Permission
- Sort permissions based on their sort value, or name
- PermissionCheckboxSetField::setHiddenPermissions() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
- PermissionCheckboxSetField::saveInto() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
- Update the permission set associated with $record DataObject
- PermissionCheckboxSetField_Readonly::saveInto() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField_Readonly
- Update the permission set associated with $record DataObject
- PhoneNumberField::setValue() — Method in class PhoneNumberField
- Set the field value.
- PhoneNumberField::saveInto() — Method in class PhoneNumberField
- Method to save this form field into the given {@link DataObject}.
- PhpUnitWrapper::setCoverageStatus() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
- Setter for $coverage (see $coverage).
- PhpUnitWrapper::setSuite() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
- Setter for $suite (see $suite).
- PhpUnitWrapper::setReporter() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
- Setter for $reporter (see $reporter).
- PhpUnitWrapper::setFrameworkTestResults() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
- Setter for $results (see $results).
- PjaxResponseNegotiator::setResponse() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
- PjaxResponseNegotiator::setCallback() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
- PjaxResponseNegotiator::setFragmentOverride() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
- Set up fragment overriding - will completely replace the incoming fragments.
- PolymorphicForeignKey::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
- Returns a FormField instance used as a default
for form scaffolding.
- PolymorphicForeignKey::setClassValue() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
- Set the value of the "Class" this key points to
- PolymorphicForeignKey::setIDValue() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
- Sets the value of the "ID" this key points to
- PolymorphicForeignKey::setValue() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
- Set the value on the field.
- PolymorphicForeignKey::scalarValueOnly() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
- Whatever this DBField only accepts scalar values.
- PrimaryKey::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class PrimaryKey
- Returns a FormField instance used as a default
for form scaffolding.
- $Profiler — Property in class Profiler
- $Profiler — Property in class Profiler
- Profiler::show() — Method in class Profiler
- Profiler::startTimer() — Method in class Profiler
- Start an individual timer
This will pause the running timer and place it on a stack.
- Profiler::stopTimer() — Method in class Profiler
- Stop an individual timer
Restart the timer that was running before this one
- RSSFeed::setTemplate() — Method in class RSSFeed
- Set the name of the template to use. Actual template will be resolved
via the standard template inclusion process.
- ReadonlyField::setIncludeHiddenField() — Method in class ReadonlyField
- If true, a hidden field will be included in the HTML for the readonly field.
- RecentlyEditedReport::sort() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
- RecentlyEditedReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
- RedirectorPage::syncLinkTracking() — Method in class RedirectorPage
- RedirectorPage::subPagesToCache() — Method in class RedirectorPage
- RequestHandler::setDataModel() — Method in class RequestHandler
- Set the DataModel for this request.
- RequestHandler::setRequest() — Method in class RequestHandler
- Typically the request is set through {@link handleAction()}
or {@link handleRequest()}, but in some based we want to set it manually.
- RequestProcessor::setFilters() — Method in class RequestProcessor
- Assign a list of request filters
- Requirements::set_combined_files_enabled() — Method in class Requirements
- Enable combining of css/javascript files.
- Requirements::set_combined_files_folder() — Method in class Requirements
- Set the relative folder e.g. 'assets' for where to store combined files
- Requirements::set_suffix_requirements() — Method in class Requirements
- Set whether to add caching query params to the requests for file-based requirements.
- Requirements::set_backend() — Method in class Requirements
- Setter method for changing the Requirements backend
- Requirements::set_write_js_to_body() — Method in class Requirements
- Set whether you want to write the JS to the body of the page rather than at the end of the
head tag.
- Requirements::set_force_js_to_bottom() — Method in class Requirements
- Set whether to force the JavaScript to end of the body. Useful if you use inline script tags
that don't rely on scripts included via {@link Requirements::javascript()).
- Requirements_Backend::set_combined_files_enabled() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Enable or disable the combination of CSS and JavaScript files
- Requirements_Backend::setCombinedFilesFolder() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Set the folder to save combined files in. By default they're placed in assets/_combinedfiles,
however this may be an issue depending on your setup, especially for CSS files which often
contain relative paths.
- Requirements_Backend::set_suffix_requirements() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Set whether to add caching query params to the requests for file-based requirements.
- Requirements_Backend::set_write_js_to_body() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Set whether you want to write the JS to the body of the page rather than at the end of the
head tag.
- Requirements_Backend::set_force_js_to_bottom() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Forces the JavaScript requirements to the end of the body, right before the closing tag
- RestfulService::set_default_curl_option() — Method in class RestfulService
- set a curl option that will be applied to all requests as default
{see http://php.net/manual/en/function.curl-setopt.php#refsect1-function.curl-setopt-parameters}
- RestfulService::set_default_curl_options() — Method in class RestfulService
- set many defauly curl options at once
- RestfulService::set_default_proxy() — Method in class RestfulService
- Sets default proxy settings for outbound RestfulService connections
- RestfulService::setQueryString() — Method in class RestfulService
- Sets the Query string parameters to send a request.
- RestfulService::setProxy() — Method in class RestfulService
- Set proxy settings for this RestfulService instance
- RestfulService::searchValue() — Method in class RestfulService
- Searches for a node in document tree and returns it value.
- RestfulService::searchAttributes() — Method in class RestfulService
- Searches for a node in document tree and returns its attributes.
- RestfulService_Response::simpleXML() — Method in class RestfulService_Response
- RestfulService_Response::setCachedBody() — Method in class RestfulService_Response
- RestfulService_Response::setCachedResponse() — Method in class RestfulService_Response
- RootURLController::set_default_homepage_link() — Method in class RootURLController
- Set the URL Segment used for your homepage when it is created by dev/build.
- RootURLController::should_be_on_root() — Method in class RootURLController
- Returns TRUE if a request to a certain page should be redirected to the site root (i.e. if the page acts as the
home page).
- SQLAssignmentRow — Class in namespace
- Represents a list of updates / inserts made to a single row in a table
- SQLAssignmentRow::setAssignments() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
- Sets the list of assignments to the given list
- SQLConditionGroup — Class in namespace
- Represents a where condition that is dynamically generated. Maybe be stored
within a list of conditions, altered, and be allowed to affect the result
of the parent sql query during future execution.
- SQLConditionalExpression — Class in namespace
- Represents a SQL query for an expression which interacts with existing rows
(SELECT / DELETE / UPDATE) with a WHERE clause
- SQLConditionalExpression::setFrom() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Sets the list of tables to query from or update
- SQLConditionalExpression::setConnective() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Set the connective property.
- SQLConditionalExpression::setJoinFilter() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Set the filter (part of the ON clause) on a join.
- SQLConditionalExpression::setWhere() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Set a WHERE clause.
- SQLConditionalExpression::setWhereAny() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- SQLConditionalExpression::splitQueryParameters() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Given a list of conditions as per the format of $this->where, split
this into an array of predicates, and a separate array of ordered parameters
- SQLDelete — Class in namespace
- Object representing a SQL DELETE query.
- SQLDelete::setDelete() — Method in class SQLDelete
- Sets the list of tables to limit the delete to, if multiple tables
are specified in the condition clause
- SQLExpression — Class in namespace
- Abstract base class for an object representing an SQL query.
- SQLExpression::sql() — Method in class SQLExpression
- Generate the SQL statement for this query.
- SQLFormatter — Class in namespace
- Format a SQL Query for better readable output in HTML or Plaintext.
- SQLInsert — Class in namespace
- Object representing a SQL INSERT query.
- SQLInsert::setInto() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Sets the table name to insert into
- SQLInsert::setRows() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Sets all rows to the given array
- SQLInsert::setAssignments() — Method in class SQLInsert
- Sets the list of assignments to the given list
- SQLQuery — Class in namespace
- Object representing a SQL SELECT query.
- SQLQuery::setDelete() — Method in class SQLQuery
- SQLQuery::sql() — Method in class SQLQuery
- Generate the SQL statement for this query.
- SQLQuery_ParameterInjector — Class in namespace
- Provides conversion of parameterised SQL to flattened SQL strings
- SQLSelect — Class in namespace
- Object representing a SQL SELECT query.
- SQLSelect::setSelect() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Set the list of columns to be selected by the query.
- SQLSelect::selectField() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Select an additional field.
- SQLSelect::setDistinct() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Set distinct property.
- SQLSelect::setLimit() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Pass LIMIT clause either as SQL snippet or in array format.
- SQLSelect::setOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Set ORDER BY clause either as SQL snippet or in array format.
- SQLSelect::setGroupBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Set a GROUP BY clause.
- SQLSelect::setHaving() — Method in class SQLSelect
- Set a HAVING clause.
- SQLUpdate — Class in namespace
- Object representing a SQL UPDATE query.
- SQLUpdate::setTable() — Method in class SQLUpdate
- Sets the table name to update
- SQLUpdate::setAssignments() — Method in class SQLUpdate
- Sets the list of assignments to the given list
- SQLWriteExpression — Class in namespace
- Represents a SQL expression which may have field values assigned
(UPDATE/INSERT Expressions)
- SQLWriteExpression::setAssignments() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression
- Sets the list of assignments to the given list
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser — Class in namespace
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser::setOption() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
- Option setter
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser::setText() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
- Sets text in the object to be parsed
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser::staticQparse() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
- Quick static method to do setText(), parse() and getParsed at once
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser_Filter — Class in namespace
- Dummy class that filters need to extend from.
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser_Filter_Basic — Class in namespace
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser_Filter_EmailLinks — Class in namespace
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser_Filter_Extended — Class in namespace
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser_Filter_Images — Class in namespace
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser_Filter_Links — Class in namespace
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser_Filter_Links::smarterPPLinkExpand() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser_Filter_Links
- Intelligently expand a URL into a link
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser_Filter_Links::smarterPPLink() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser_Filter_Links
- Finish preparsing URL to clean it up
- SSHTMLBBCodeParser_Filter_Lists — Class in namespace
- SSTemplateParseException — Class in namespace
- This is the exception raised when failing to parse a template. Note that we don't currently do any static analysis,
so we can't know if the template will run, just if it's malformed. It also won't catch mistakes that still look
valid.
- SSTemplateParser — Class in namespace
- This is the parser for the SilverStripe template language. It gets called on a string and uses a php-peg parser
to match that string against the language structure, building up the PHP code to execute that structure as it
parses
- SSTemplateParser::setClosedBlocks() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- Set the closed blocks that the template parser should use
- SSTemplateParser::setOpenBlocks() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- Set the open blocks that the template parser should use
- SSViewer — Class in namespace
- Parses a template file with an *.ss file extension.
- SSViewer::set_source_file_comments() — Method in class SSViewer
- Set whether HTML comments indicating the source .SS file used to render this page should be
included in the output. This is enabled by default
- SSViewer::set_theme() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer::setParser() — Method in class SSViewer
- Set the template parser that will be used in template generation
- SSViewer::setOption() — Method in class SSViewer
- Set a global rendering option.
- SSViewer::setPartialCacheStore() — Method in class SSViewer
- Set the cache object to use when storing / retrieving partial cache blocks.
- SSViewer::setTemplateFile() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport — Class in namespace
- Defines an extra set of basic methods that can be used in templates
that are not defined on sub-classes of {@link ViewableData}.
- SSViewer_DataPresenter — Class in namespace
- This extends SSViewer_Scope to mix in data on top of what the item provides. This can be "global"
data that is scope-independant (like BaseURL), or type-specific data that is layered on top cross-cut like
(like $FirstLast etc).
- SSViewer_FromString — Class in namespace
- Special SSViewer that will process a template passed as a string, rather than a filename.
- SSViewer_FromString::setCacheTemplate() — Method in class SSViewer_FromString
- SSViewer_Scope — Class in namespace
- This tracks the current scope for an SSViewer instance. It has three goals:
- Handle entering & leaving sub-scopes in loops and withs
- Track Up and Top
- (As a side effect) Inject data that needs to be available globally (used to live in ViewableData)
- SSViewer_Scope::self() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
- Gets the current object and resets the scope.
- SS_Backtrace — Class in namespace
- SS_Cache — Class in namespace
- The
[api:SS_Cache]
class provides a bunch of static functions wrapping the Zend_Cache system
in something a little more easy to use with the SilverStripe config system. - SS_Cache::set_cache_lifetime() — Method in class SS_Cache
- Set the cache lifetime for a particular named cache
- SS_ClassLoader — Class in namespace
- A class that handles loading classes and interfaces from a class manifest
instance.
- SS_ClassManifest — Class in namespace
- A utility class which builds a manifest of all classes, interfaces and some
additional items present in a directory, and caches it.
- SS_Cli — Class in namespace
- Class to facilitate command-line output.
- SS_Cli::supports_colour() — Method in class SS_Cli
- Returns true if the current STDOUT supports the use of colour control codes.
- SS_Cli::start_colour() — Method in class SS_Cli
- Send control codes for changing text to the given colour
- SS_ConfigManifest — Class in namespace
- A utility class which builds a manifest of configuration items
- SS_ConfigStaticManifest — Class in namespace
- A utility class which builds a manifest of the statics defined in all classes, along with their
access levels and values
- SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser — Class in namespace
- A parser that processes a PHP file, using PHP's built in parser to get a string of tokens,
then processing them to find the static class variables, their access levels & values
- SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection — Class in namespace
- Allows access to config values set on classes using private statics.
- SS_DAG — Class in namespace
- A Directed Acyclic Graph - used for doing topological sorts on dependencies, such as the before/after conditions
in config yaml fragments
- SS_DAG::sort() — Method in class SS_DAG
- Sort graph so that each node (a) comes before any nodes (b) where an edge exists from a to b
- SS_DAG_CyclicException — Class in namespace
- Exception thrown when the {@link SS_DAG} class is unable to resolve sorting the DAG due to cyclic dependencies.
- SS_DAG_Iterator — Class in namespace
- SS_Database — Class in namespace
- Abstract database connectivity class.
- SS_Database::setConnector() — Method in class SS_Database
- Injector injection point for connector dependency
- SS_Database::setSchemaManager() — Method in class SS_Database
- Injector injection point for schema manager
- SS_Database::setQueryBuilder() — Method in class SS_Database
- Injector injection point for schema manager
- SS_Database::supportsCollations() — Method in class SS_Database
- Returns true if this database supports collations
- SS_Database::supportsTimezoneOverride() — Method in class SS_Database
- Can the database override timezone as a connection setting,
or does it use the system timezone exclusively?
- SS_Database::searchEngine() — Method in class SS_Database
- The core search engine, used by this class and its subclasses to do fun stuff.
- SS_Database::supportsTransactions() — Method in class SS_Database
- Determines if this database supports transactions
- SS_Database::supportsLocks() — Method in class SS_Database
- Determines if the used database supports application-level locks,
which is different from table- or row-level locking.
- SS_Database::selectDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database
- Change the connection to the specified database, optionally creating the
database if it doesn't exist in the current schema.
- SS_Database::sqlQueryToString() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_DatabaseException — Class in namespace
- Error class for database exceptions
- SS_Datetime — Class in namespace
- Represents a date-time field.
- SS_Datetime::setValue() — Method in class SS_Datetime
- Set the value on the field.
- SS_Datetime::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class SS_Datetime
- Returns a FormField instance used as a default
for form scaffolding.
- SS_Datetime::set_mock_now() — Method in class SS_Datetime
- Mock the system date temporarily, which is useful for time-based unit testing.
- SS_FileFinder — Class in namespace
- A utility class that finds any files matching a set of rules that are
present within a directory tree.
- SS_FileFinder::setOption() — Method in class SS_FileFinder
- Set an option on this finder instance. See {@link SS_FileFinder} for the
list of options available.
- SS_FileFinder::setOptions() — Method in class SS_FileFinder
- Sets several options at once.
- SS_Filterable — Class in namespace
- Additional interface for {@link SS_List} classes that are filterable.
- SS_HTML4Value — Class in namespace
- SS_HTML4Value::setContent() — Method in class SS_HTML4Value
- SS_HTMLValue — Class in namespace
- This class handles the converting of HTML fragments between a string and a DOMDocument based
representation.
- SS_HTMLValue::setContent() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
- SS_HTMLValue::setDocument() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
- SS_HTMLValue::setInvalid() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
- SS_HTTPRequest — Class in namespace
- Represents a HTTP-request, including a URL that is tokenised for parsing, and a request method
(GET/POST/PUT/DELETE). This is used by {@link RequestHandler} objects to decide what to do.
- SS_HTTPRequest::setUrl() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Allow the setting of a URL
- SS_HTTPRequest::setBody() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::send_file() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Construct an SS_HTTPResponse that will deliver a file to the client.
- SS_HTTPRequest::shiftAllParams() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Shift all the parameter values down a key space, and return the shifted value.
- SS_HTTPRequest::setRouteParams() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- SS_HTTPRequest::shift() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
- Shift one or more parts off the beginning of the URL.
- SS_HTTPResponse — Class in namespace
- Represents a response returned by a controller.
- SS_HTTPResponse::setStatusCode() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
- SS_HTTPResponse::setStatusDescription() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
- The text to be given alongside the status code ("reason phrase").
- SS_HTTPResponse::setBody() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
- SS_HTTPResponse_Exception — Class in namespace
- A {@link SS_HTTPResponse} encapsulated in an exception, which can interrupt the processing flow and be caught by the
{@link RequestHandler} and returned to the user.
- SS_HTTPResponse_Exception::setResponse() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse_Exception
- SS_Limitable — Class in namespace
- Additional interface for {@link SS_List} classes that are limitable - able to have a subset of the list extracted.
- SS_List — Class in namespace
- An interface that a class can implement to be treated as a list container.
- SS_ListDecorator — Class in namespace
- A base class for decorators that wrap around a list to provide additional
functionality. It passes through list methods to the underlying list
implementation.
- SS_ListDecorator::setList() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Set the list this decorator wraps around.
- SS_ListDecorator::sort() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Sorts this list by one or more fields. You can either pass in a single
field name and direction, or a map of field names to sort directions.
- SS_Log — Class in namespace
- Wrapper class for a logging handler like {@link Zend_Log}
which takes a message (or a map of context variables) and
sends it to one or more {@link Zend_Log_Writer_Abstract}
subclasses for output.
- SS_LogEmailWriter — Class in namespace
- Sends an error message to an email.
- SS_LogEmailWriter::set_send_from() — Method in class SS_LogEmailWriter
- SS_LogErrorEmailFormatter — Class in namespace
- Formats SS error emails with a basic layout.
- SS_LogErrorFileFormatter — Class in namespace
- Formats SS error entries in an error file log.
- SS_LogFileWriter — Class in namespace
- Writes an error message to a file.
- SS_Map — Class in namespace
- Creates a map from an SS_List by defining a key column and a value column.
- SS_Map::setKeyField() — Method in class SS_Map
- Set the key field for this map.
- SS_Map::setValueField() — Method in class SS_Map
- Set the value field for this map.
- SS_Map_Iterator — Class in namespace
- Builds a map iterator around an Iterator. Called by SS_Map
- SS_Object — Class in namespace
- A base class for all SilverStripe objects to inherit from.
- SS_Object::singleton() — Method in class SS_Object
- Creates a class instance by the "singleton" design pattern.
- SS_Object::strong_create() — Method in class SS_Object
- Similar to {@link Object::create()}, except that classes are only overloaded if you set the $strong parameter to
TRUE when using {@link Object::useCustomClass()}
- SS_Object::static_lookup() — Method in class SS_Object
- Get the value of a static property of a class, even in that property is declared protected (but not private),
without any inheritance, merging or parent lookup if it doesn't exist on the given class.
- SS_Object::set_static() — Method in class SS_Object
- SS_Object::stat() — Method in class SS_Object
- SS_Object::set_stat() — Method in class SS_Object
- SS_Query — Class in namespace
- Abstract query-result class.
- SS_Query::seek() — Method in class SS_Query
- Go to a specific row number in the query result and return the record.
- SS_Report — Class in namespace
- Base "abstract" class creating reports on your data.
- SS_Report::sourceQuery() — Method in class SS_Report
- Return the {@link SQLQuery} that provides your report data.
- SS_ReportWrapper — Class in namespace
- SS_ReportWrapper is a base class for creating report wappers.
- SS_ReportWrapper::sourceQuery() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
- Return the {@link SQLQuery} that provides your report data.
- SS_ReportWrapper::sourceRecords() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
- SS_ReportWrapper::sort() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
- SS_Sortable — Class in namespace
- Additional interface for {@link SS_List} classes that are sortable.
- SS_Sortable::sort() — Method in class SS_Sortable
- Return a new instance of this list that is sorted by one or more fields. You can either pass in a single
field name and direction, or a map of field names to sort directions.
- SS_SysLogWriter — Class in namespace
- Sends an error message to the system log whenever an
error occurs.
- SS_TemplateLoader — Class in namespace
- Handles finding templates from a stack of template manifest objects.
- SS_TemplateManifest — Class in namespace
- A class which builds a manifest of all templates present in a directory,
in both modules and themes.
- SS_TestListener — Class in namespace
- Necessary to call setUpOnce() and tearDownOnce() on {@link SapphireTest}
classes. This feature doesn't exist in PHPUnit in the same way
(setUpBeforeClass() and tearDownAfterClass() are just called statically).
- SS_TestListener::startTest() — Method in class SS_TestListener
- SS_TestListener::startTestSuite() — Method in class SS_TestListener
- SS_Transliterator — Class in namespace
- Support class for converting unicode strings into a suitable 7-bit ASCII equivalent.
- SS_ZendLog — Class in namespace
- Extensions to Zend_Log to make it work nicer
with {@link SS_Log}.
- SapphireInfo — Class in namespace
- Returns information about the current site instance.
- SapphireREPL — Class in namespace
- SapphireTest — Class in namespace
- Test case class for the Sapphire framework.
- SapphireTest::set_is_running_test() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::set_test_class_manifest() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Set the manifest to be used to look up test classes by helper functions
- SapphireTest::setUp() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::setUpOnce() — Method in class SapphireTest
- Called once per test case ({@link SapphireTest} subclass).
- SapphireTest::setFixtureFactory() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTestReporter — Class in namespace
- Gathers details about PHPUnit2 test suites as they
are been executed. This does not actually format any output
but simply gathers extended information about the overall
results of all suites & their tests for use elsewhere.
- SapphireTestReporter::startTestSuite() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
- Sets up the container for result details of the current test suite when
each suite is first run
- SapphireTestReporter::startTest() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
- Sets up the container for result details of the current test when each
test is first run
- SapphireTestSuite — Class in namespace
- Light wrapper around {@link PHPUnit_Framework_TestSuite}
which allows to have {@link setUp()} and {@link tearDown()}
methods which are called just once per suite, not once per
test method in each suite/case.
- SapphireTestSuite::setUp() — Method in class SapphireTestSuite
- ScheduledTask — Class in namespace
- Abstract task representing scheudled tasks.
- SearchContext — Class in namespace
- Manages searching of properties on one or more {@link DataObject}
types, based on a given set of input parameters.
- SearchContext::setFilters() — Method in class SearchContext
- Overwrite the current search context filter map.
- SearchContext::setFields() — Method in class SearchContext
- Apply a list of searchable fields to the current search context.
- SearchFilter — Class in namespace
- Base class for filtering implementations,
which work together with {@link SearchContext}
to create or amend a query for {@link DataObject} instances.
- SearchFilter::setModel() — Method in class SearchFilter
- Set the root model class to be selected by this
search query.
- SearchFilter::setValue() — Method in class SearchFilter
- Set the current value(s) to be filtered on.
- SearchFilter::setModifiers() — Method in class SearchFilter
- Set the current modifiers to apply to the filter
- SearchFilter::setName() — Method in class SearchFilter
- SearchFilter::setFullName() — Method in class SearchFilter
- SearchForm — Class in namespace
- Standard basic search form which conducts a fulltext search on all {@link SiteTree}
objects.
- SearchForm::setPageLength() — Method in class SearchForm
- Set the maximum number of records shown on each page.
- Security — Class in namespace
- Implements a basic security model
- Security::set_word_list() — Method in class Security
- Set location of word list file
- Security::set_default_message_set() — Method in class Security
- Set the default message set used in permissions failures.
- Security::setDefaultAdmin() — Method in class Security
- Set a default admin in dev-mode
- Security::setStrictPathChecking() — Method in class Security
- Set strict path checking
- Security::set_password_encryption_algorithm() — Method in class Security
- Set the password encryption algorithm
- Security::set_login_recording() — Method in class Security
- Enable or disable recording of login attempts
through the {@link LoginRecord} object.
- Security::set_default_login_dest() — Method in class Security
- Security::set_ignore_disallowed_actions() — Method in class Security
- Set to true to ignore access to disallowed actions, rather than returning permission failure
Note that this is just a flag that other code needs to check with Security::ignore_disallowed_actions()
- Security::set_login_url() — Method in class Security
- Set a custom log-in URL if you have built your own log-in page.
- SecurityAdmin — Class in namespace
- Security section of the CMS
- SecurityToken — Class in namespace
- Cross Site Request Forgery (CSRF) protection for the {@link Form} class and other GET links.
- SecurityToken::setName() — Method in class SecurityToken
- SecurityToken::setValue() — Method in class SecurityToken
- SelectionGroup — Class in namespace
- Represents a number of fields which are selectable by a radio
button that appears at the beginning of each item. Using CSS, you can
configure the field to only display its contents if the corresponding radio
button is selected. Each item is defined through {@link SelectionGroup_Item}.
- SelectionGroup_Item — Class in namespace
- SelectionGroup_Item::setTitle() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
- SelectionGroup_Item::setValue() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
- ServiceConfigurationLocator — Class in namespace
- Used to locate configuration for a particular named service.
- Session — Class in namespace
- Handles all manipulation of the session.
- Session::set_cookie_domain() — Method in class Session
- Cookie domain, for example 'www.php.net'.
- Session::set_cookie_path() — Method in class Session
- Path to set on the domain where the session cookie will work.
- Session::set_cookie_secure() — Method in class Session
- Secure cookie, tells the browser to only send it over SSL.
- Session::set_session_store_path() — Method in class Session
- Set the session store path
- Session::set_timeout_ips() — Method in class Session
- Provide an
array
of rules specifing timeouts for IPv4 address ranges or
individual IPv4 addresses. The key is an IP address or range and the value is the time
until the session expires in seconds. For example: - Session::set() — Method in class Session
- Set a key/value pair in the session
- Session::save() — Method in class Session
- Save all the values in our session to $_SESSION
- Session::setFormMessage() — Method in class Session
- Sets the appropriate form message in session, with type. This will be shown once,
for the form specified.
- Session::start() — Method in class Session
- Initialize session.
- Session::set_timeout() — Method in class Session
- Set the timeout of a Session value
- ShortcodeParser — Class in namespace
- A simple parser that allows you to map BBCode-like "shortcodes" to an arbitrary callback.
- ShortcodeParser::set_active() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
- Set the identifier to use for the current active/default {@link ShortcodeParser} instance.
- SideReportView — Class in namespace
- Renderer for showing SideReports in CMSMain
- SideReportView::sort() — Method in class SideReportView
- SideReportView::setParameters() — Method in class SideReportView
- SideReportWrapper — Class in namespace
- A report wrapper that makes it easier to define slightly different behaviour for side-reports.
- SideReport_BrokenFiles — Class in namespace
- SideReport_BrokenLinks — Class in namespace
- SideReport_BrokenRedirectorPages — Class in namespace
- SideReport_BrokenVirtualPages — Class in namespace
- SideReport_EmptyPages — Class in namespace
- SideReport_RecentlyEdited — Class in namespace
- SilverStripeInjectionCreator — Class in namespace
- SilverStripeListener — Class in namespace
- Inject SilverStripe 'setUpOnce' and 'tearDownOnce' unittest extension methods into PHPUnit.
- SilverStripeListener::startTestSuite() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
- SilverStripeListener::startTest() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
- SilverStripeNavigator — Class in namespace
- Utility class representing links to different views of a record
for CMS authors, usually for {@link SiteTree} objects with "stage" and "live" links.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem — Class in namespace
- Navigator items are links that appear in the $SilverStripeNavigator bar.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink — Class in namespace
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink — Class in namespace
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink — Class in namespace
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink — Class in namespace
- SilverStripeServiceConfigurationLocator — Class in namespace
- Use the SilverStripe configuration system to lookup config for a
particular service.
- SilverStripeVersionProvider — Class in namespace
- The version provider will look up configured modules and examine the composer.lock file
to find the current version installed for each. This is used for the logo title in the CMS
via {@link LeftAndMain::CMSVersion()}
- Controller::setManager() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::setAssetHandler() — Method in class Controller
- DisableTypeCacheState::setUp() — Method in class DisableTypeCacheState
- Called on setup
- DisableTypeCacheState::setUpOnce() — Method in class DisableTypeCacheState
- Called once on setup
- Manager::setMiddlewares() — Method in class Manager
- Manager::schema() — Method in class Manager
- Build the main Schema instance that represents the final schema for this endpoint
- Manager::setSchemaKey() — Method in class Manager
- Manager::setMember() — Method in class Manager
- Set the Member for the current context
- Manager::serialiseResult() — Method in class Manager
- Serialise a Graphql result object for output
- Connection::setConnectionResolver() — Method in class Connection
- Connection::setConnectionType() — Method in class Connection
- Pass in the {@link ObjectType}.
- Connection::setArgs() — Method in class Connection
- Connection::setDescription() — Method in class Connection
- Connection::setSortableFields() — Method in class Connection
- Connection::setDefaultLimit() — Method in class Connection
- Connection::setMaximumLimit() — Method in class Connection
- SortDirectionTypeCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Pagination
- Type for specifying the sort direction for a specific field.
- SortInputTypeCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Pagination
- Type creator for an enum value for a list of possible sortable fields
- SortInputTypeCreator::setSortableFields() — Method in class SortInputTypeCreator
- Specify the list of sortable fields
- PermissionCheckerAware::setPermissionChecker() — Method in class PermissionCheckerAware
- FileProvider::setSchemaMapping() — Method in class FileProvider
- HTTPProvider::setSchemaMapping() — Method in class HTTPProvider
- HTTPProvider::setClient() — Method in class HTTPProvider
- JSONStringProvider::setSchemaMapping() — Method in class JSONStringProvider
- PersistedQueryMappingProvider::setSchemaMapping() — Method in class PersistedQueryMappingProvider
- Sets mapping of query mapping to schema keys
- DataObjectQueryFilter::setFilterRegistry() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- DataObjectQueryFilter::setFilterKey() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- DataObjectQueryFilter::setExcludeKey() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
- StartsWithFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
- QueryFilterAware::setQueryFilter() — Method in class QueryFilterAware
- ScaffolderInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Interfaces
- Defines a class that transforms into a type or field creator
- ScaffolderInterface::scaffold() — Method in class ScaffolderInterface
- ScaffoldingProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Interfaces
- Use on classes that update the GraphQL scaffolder
- ArgumentScaffolder::setRequired() — Method in class ArgumentScaffolder
- Sets the argument as required
- ArgumentScaffolder::setDescription() — Method in class ArgumentScaffolder
- Sets the argument description
- ArgumentScaffolder::setDefaultValue() — Method in class ArgumentScaffolder
- Sets the default value of the argument
- Read::setQueryFilter() — Method in class Read
- DataObjectScaffolder::setFieldDescription() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- Sets the description to an existing field.
- DataObjectScaffolder::scaffold() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
- InheritanceScaffolder::setRootClass() — Method in class InheritanceScaffolder
- InheritanceScaffolder::setSuffix() — Method in class InheritanceScaffolder
- ItemQueryScaffolder::scaffold() — Method in class ItemQueryScaffolder
- ListQueryScaffolder::setUsePagination() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
- ListQueryScaffolder::setPaginationLimit() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
- ListQueryScaffolder::setMaximumPaginationLimit() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
- ListQueryScaffolder::scaffold() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
- MutationScaffolder::scaffold() — Method in class MutationScaffolder
- OperationScaffolder::setDescription() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- OperationScaffolder::setArgDescriptions() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- Sets descriptions of arguments
[
'Email' => 'The email of the user'
]
- OperationScaffolder::setArgDescription() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- Sets a single arg description
- OperationScaffolder::setArgDefaults() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- Sets argument defaults
[
'Featured' => true
]
- OperationScaffolder::setArgDefault() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- Sets a default for a single arg
- OperationScaffolder::setArgsRequired() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- Sets operation arguments as required or not
[
'ID' => true
]
- OperationScaffolder::setArgRequired() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- Sets an operation argument as required or not
- OperationScaffolder::setName() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- OperationScaffolder::setTypeName() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- Type name
- OperationScaffolder::setResolver() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
- PaginationScaffolder::setOperationName() — Method in class PaginationScaffolder
- PaginationScaffolder::scaffold() — Method in class PaginationScaffolder
- QueryScaffolder::setNested() — Method in class QueryScaffolder
- Set to true if this query is a nested field and should not appear in the root query field
- SchemaScaffolder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders
- The entry point for a GraphQL scaffolding definition. Holds DataObject type definitions,
and their nested Mutation/Query definitions.
- UnionScaffolder::setName() — Method in class UnionScaffolder
- UnionScaffolder::setTypes() — Method in class UnionScaffolder
- UnionScaffolder::scaffold() — Method in class UnionScaffolder
- StaticSchema — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding
- Global map of dataobject classes to graphql schema types.
- StaticSchema::setInstance() — Method in class StaticSchema
- StaticSchema::setTypeNames() — Method in class StaticSchema
- Chainable::setChainableParent() — Method in class Chainable
- Set parent
- DataObjectTypeTrait::setDataObjectClass() — Method in class DataObjectTypeTrait
- Sets the DataObject name
- StringTypeParser — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Util
- Parses a type, e.g. Int!(20) into an array defining the arg type
- CaseInsensitiveFieldAccessor::setValue() — Method in class CaseInsensitiveFieldAccessor
- SiteConfig — Class in namespace
- SiteConfig
- SiteConfigLeftAndMain — Class in namespace
- SiteConfigLeftAndMain::save_siteconfig() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
- Save the current sites {@link SiteConfig} into the database.
- SiteTree — Class in namespace
- Basic data-object representing all pages within the site tree. All page types that live within the hierarchy should
inherit from this. In addition, it contains a number of static methods for querying the site tree and working with
draft and published states.
- SiteTree::set_enforce_strict_hierarchy() — Method in class SiteTree
- Determines if the system should avoid orphaned pages
by deleting all children when the their parent is deleted (TRUE),
or rather preserve this data even if its not reachable through any navigation path (FALSE).
- SiteTree::set_create_default_pages() — Method in class SiteTree
- Set the (re)creation of default pages on /dev/build
- SiteTree::setParent() — Method in class SiteTree
- Make this page a child of another page.
- SiteTree::syncLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::setMenuTitle() — Method in class SiteTree
- Set the menu title for this page.
- SiteTreeExtension — Class in namespace
- Plug-ins for additional functionality in your SiteTree classes.
- SiteTreeFileExtension — Class in namespace
- SiteTreeFolderExtension — Class in namespace
- SiteTreeLinkTracking — Class in namespace
- Adds tracking of links in any HTMLText fields which reference SiteTree or File items.
- SiteTreeLinkTracking_Parser — Class in namespace
- A helper object for extracting information about links.
- SiteTreeMaintenanceTask — Class in namespace
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField — Class in namespace
- Used to edit the SiteTree->URLSegment property, and suggest input based on the serverside rules
defined through {@link SiteTree->generateURLSegment()} and {@link URLSegmentFilter}.
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::suggest() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::setHelpText() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::setURLPrefix() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::setDefaultURL() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::setURLSuffix() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField_Readonly — Class in namespace
- Readonly version of a site tree URL segment field
- StartsWithFilter — Class in namespace
- Matches textual content with a substring match from the beginning
of the string.
- StartsWithMultiFilter — Class in namespace
- Checks if a value starts with one of the items of in a given set.
- StringField — Class in namespace
- An abstract base class for the string field types (i.e. Varchar and Text)
- StringField::setOptions() — Method in class StringField
- Update the optional parameters for this field.
- StringField::setNullifyEmpty() — Method in class StringField
- Set whether this field stores empty strings rather than converting
them to null.
- Tab::setTabSet() — Method in class Tab
- TabSet::setTabs() — Method in class TabSet
- TabSet::setTabSet() — Method in class TabSet
- TeamCityListener::startTestSuite() — Method in class TeamCityListener
- TeamCityListener::startTest() — Method in class TeamCityListener
- TestMailer::sendPlain() — Method in class TestMailer
- Send a plain-text email.
- TestMailer::sendHTML() — Method in class TestMailer
- Send a multi-part HTML email
TestMailer will merely record that the email was asked to be sent, without sending anything.
- TestRunner::set_reporter() — Method in class TestRunner
- Override the default reporter with a custom configured subclass.
- TestRunner::suite() — Method in class TestRunner
- Run tests for a test suite defined in phpunit.xml
- TestRunner::setUp() — Method in class TestRunner
- TestSession::submitForm() — Method in class TestSession
- Submit the form with the given HTML ID, filling it out with the given data.
- TestSession::session() — Method in class TestSession
- Get the current session, as a Session object
- Text::Summary() — Method in class Text
- Caution: Not XML/HTML-safe - does not respect closing tags.
- Text::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class Text
- (non-PHPdoc)
- Text::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class Text
- (non-PHPdoc)
- TextField::setMaxLength() — Method in class TextField
- TextParser::setContent() — Method in class TextParser
- Convenience method, shouldn't really be used, but it's here if you want it
- TextareaField::setRows() — Method in class TextareaField
- Set the number of rows in the textarea
- TextareaField::setColumns() — Method in class TextareaField
- Set the number of columns in the textarea
- Time::setValue() — Method in class Time
- Set the value on the field.
- Time::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class Time
- Returns a FormField instance used as a default
for form scaffolding.
- TimeField::setValue() — Method in class TimeField
- Sets the internal value to ISO date format.
- TimeField::setLocale() — Method in class TimeField
- TimeField::setConfig() — Method in class TimeField
- ToggleCompositeField::setStartClosed() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
- Controls whether the field is open or closed by default. By default the field is closed.
- ToggleCompositeField::setHeadingLevel() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
- $ToggleField — Property in class ToggleField
- ToggleField::startClosed() — Method in class ToggleField
- Determines if the field should render open or closed by default.
- TreeDropdownField::setTreeBaseID() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- Set the ID of the root node of the tree. This defaults to 0 - i.e.
- TreeDropdownField::setFilterFunction() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- Set a callback used to filter the values of the tree before
displaying to the user.
- TreeDropdownField::setDisableFunction() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- Set a callback used to disable checkboxes for some items in the tree
- TreeDropdownField::setSearchFunction() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- Set a callback used to search the hierarchy globally, even before
applying the filter.
- TreeDropdownField::setShowSearch() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::setChildrenMethod() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::setNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::setLabelField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::setKeyField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::setSourceObject() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeMultiselectField::saveInto() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
- Save the results into the form
Calls function $record->onChange($items) before saving to the assummed
Component set.
- URLSegmentFilter::setReplacements() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
- URLSegmentFilter::setTransliterator() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
- URLSegmentFilter::setAllowMultibyte() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
- UnsavedRelationList::setByIDList() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Sets the Relation to be the given ID list.
- Upload::setValidator() — Method in class Upload
- Set a different instance than {@link Upload_Validator}
for this upload session.
- Upload::setReplaceFile() — Method in class Upload
- Upload::setFile() — Method in class Upload
- Set a file-object (similiar to {loadIntoFile()})
- UploadField::setTemplateFileButtons() — Method in class UploadField
- Set name of template used for Buttons on each file (replace, edit, remove, delete) (without path or extension)
- UploadField::setTemplateFileEdit() — Method in class UploadField
- Set name of template used for the edit (inline & popup) of a file file (without path or extension)
- UploadField::setCanPreviewFolder() — Method in class UploadField
- Determine if the target folder for new uploads in is visible the field UI.
- UploadField::setOverwriteWarning() — Method in class UploadField
- Determine if the field should show a warning when overwriting a file.
- UploadField::setDisplayFolderName() — Method in class UploadField
- UploadField::setRecord() — Method in class UploadField
- Force a record to be used as "Parent" for uploaded Files (eg a Page with a has_one to File)
- UploadField::setValue() — Method in class UploadField
- Loads the related record values into this field. UploadField can be uploaded
in one of three ways:
- UploadField::setItems() — Method in class UploadField
- Sets the items assigned to this field as an SS_List of File objects.
- UploadField::saveInto() — Method in class UploadField
- Method to save this form field into the given {@link DataObject}.
- UploadField::setConfig() — Method in class UploadField
- Assign a front-end config variable for the upload field
- UploadField::setAutoUpload() — Method in class UploadField
- Determine if the field should automatically upload the file
- UploadField::setAllowedMaxFileNumber() — Method in class UploadField
- Determine maximum number of files allowed to be attached.
- UploadField::setCanUpload() — Method in class UploadField
- Specify whether the user can upload files.
- UploadField::setCanAttachExisting() — Method in class UploadField
- Specify whether the user can attach existing files
String values will be treated as required permission codes
- UploadField::setPreviewMaxWidth() — Method in class UploadField
- UploadField::setPreviewMaxHeight() — Method in class UploadField
- UploadField::setUploadTemplateName() — Method in class UploadField
- UploadField::setDownloadTemplateName() — Method in class UploadField
- UploadField::setFileEditFields() — Method in class UploadField
- FieldList $fields or string $name (of a method on File to provide a fields) for the EditForm
- UploadField::setFileEditActions() — Method in class UploadField
- FieldList $actions or string $name (of a method on File to provide a actions) for the EditForm
- UploadField::setFileEditValidator() — Method in class UploadField
- Validator (eg RequiredFields) or string $name (of a method on File to provide a Validator) for the EditForm
- Upload_Validator::setTmpFile() — Method in class Upload_Validator
- Set information about temporary file produced by PHP.
- Upload_Validator::setAllowedMaxFileSize() — Method in class Upload_Validator
- Set filesize maximums (in bytes or INI format).
- Upload_Validator::setAllowedExtensions() — Method in class Upload_Validator
- Limit allowed file extensions. Empty by default, allowing all extensions.
- ValidationResult::starredList() — Method in class ValidationResult
- Get a starred list of all messages
- Validator::setForm() — Method in class Validator
- Varchar::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class Varchar
- (non-PHPdoc)
- Versioned::stagesDiffer() — Method in class Versioned
- Compare two stages to see if they're different. Only checks the version numbers, not the actual content.
- Versioned::set_reading_mode() — Method in class Versioned
- Set the current reading mode.
- Versioned::set_default_reading_mode() — Method in class Versioned
- Replace default mode.
- Versioned::set_draft_site_secured() — Method in class Versioned
- Set if the draft site should be secured or not
- ViewableData::setFailover() — Method in class ViewableData
- Set a failover object to attempt to get data from if it is not present on this object.
- ViewableData::setField() — Method in class ViewableData
- Set a field on this object. This should be overloaded in child classes.
- ViewableData::setCustomisedObj() — Method in class ViewableData
- ViewableData::SQL_val() — Method in class ViewableData
- Return the value of a field in an SQL-safe format.
- VirtualPage::setCopyContentFromID() — Method in class VirtualPage
- VirtualPage::syncLinkTracking() — Method in class VirtualPage
- WithinRangeFilter::setMin() — Method in class WithinRangeFilter
- WithinRangeFilter::setMax() — Method in class WithinRangeFilter
- XMLDataFormatter::supportedExtensions() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
- Return an array of the extensions that this data formatter supports
- XMLDataFormatter::supportedMimeTypes() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
- YamlFixture::saveIntoDatabase() — Method in class YamlFixture
- Load a YAML fixture file into the database.
- Year::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class Year
- Returns a FormField instance used as a default
for form scaffolding.
- i18n::set_js_i18n() — Method in class i18n
- Use javascript i18n through the ss.i18n class (enabled by default).
- i18n::set_date_format() — Method in class i18n
- i18n::set_time_format() — Method in class i18n
- i18n::set_locale() — Method in class i18n
- Set the current locale, used as the default for
any localized classes, such as {@link FormField} or {@link DBField}
instances. Locales can also be persisted in {@link Member->Locale},
for example in the {@link CMSMain} interface the Member locale
overrules the global locale value set here.
- i18n::set_default_locale() — Method in class i18n
- See {@link default_locale()} for usage.
- i18nTextCollector::setWriter() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
- Assign a writer
- i18nTextCollector::setDefaultLocale() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
T
- ArrayData::toMap() — Method in class ArrayData
- Get the source array
- ArrayList::toArray() — Method in class ArrayList
- Return an array of the actual items that this ArrayList contains.
- ArrayList::toNestedArray() — Method in class ArrayList
- Return this list as an array and every object it as an sub array as well
- BrokenFilesReport::title() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
- Return the title of this report.
- BrokenLinksReport::title() — Method in class BrokenLinksReport
- Return the title of this report.
- BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::title() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
- Return the title of this report.
- BrokenVirtualPagesReport::title() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
- Return the title of this report.
- $BulkLoader — Property in class BulkLoader
- Override this on subclasses to give the specific functions names.
- BulkLoader::Title() — Method in class BulkLoader
- Return a human-readable name for this object.
- CMSMain::TreeIsFiltered() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::treeview() — Method in class CMSMain
- $CMSMenuItem — Property in class CMSMenuItem
- The (translated) menu title
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages::title() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages::title() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages::title() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search::title() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages::title() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages::title() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages::title() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages
- CacheProxy::touch() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CacheProxy::test() — Method in class CacheProxy
- CheckboxSetField::Type() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
- Returns the field type.
- ClassInfo::table_for_object_field() — Method in class ClassInfo
- Returns the table name in the class hierarchy which contains a given
field column for a {@link DataObject}. If the field does not exist, this
will return null.
- CurrencyField::Type() — Method in class CurrencyField
- Returns the field type.
- DB::table_list() — Method in class DB
- Returns a list of all tables in the database.
- DB::tableList() — Method in class DB
- DBInt::Times() — Method in class DBInt
- DBSchemaManager::transCreateTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Instruct the schema manager to record a table creation to later execute
- DBSchemaManager::transAlterTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Instruct the schema manager to record a table alteration to later execute
- DBSchemaManager::transCreateField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Instruct the schema manager to record a field to be later created
- DBSchemaManager::transCreateIndex() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Instruct the schema manager to record an index to be later created
- DBSchemaManager::transAlterField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Instruct the schema manager to record a field to be later updated
- DBSchemaManager::transAlterIndex() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Instruct the schema manager to record an index to be later updated
- DBSchemaManager::tableList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- Returns a list of all tables in the database.
- DataList::toArray() — Method in class DataList
- Return an array of the actual items that this DataList contains at this stage.
- DataList::toNestedArray() — Method in class DataList
- Return this list as an array and every object it as an sub array as well
- DataObject::toMap() — Method in class DataObject
- Convert this object to a map.
- DatalessField::Type() — Method in class DatalessField
- Returns the field type.
- Date::TimeDiff() — Method in class Date
- Date::TimeDiffIn() — Method in class Date
- Gets the time difference, but always returns it in a certain format
- DateField::Type() — Method in class DateField
- Returns the field type.
- DateField_Disabled::Type() — Method in class DateField_Disabled
- Returns the field type.
- Debug::text() — Method in class Debug
- ??
- Director::test() — Method in class Director
- Test a URL request, returning a response object.
- DisabledTransformation::transform() — Method in class DisabledTransformation
- Email::To() — Method in class Email
- EmailField::Type() — Method in class EmailField
- Returns the field type.
- EmptyPagesReport::title() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
- Return the title of this report.
- $ErrorControlChain — Property in class ErrorControlChain
- ErrorControlChain::then() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
- Add this callback to the chain of callbacks to call along with the state
that $error must be in this point in the chain for the callback to be called
- ErrorControlChain::thenWhileGood() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
- Request that the callback is invoked if not errored
- ErrorControlChain::thenIfErrored() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
- Request that the callback is invoked on error
- ErrorControlChain::thenAlways() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
- Request that the callback is invoked always
- FieldList::transform() — Method in class FieldList
- Transform this FieldList with a given tranform method,
e.g. $this->transform(new ReadonlyTransformation())
- Form::transform() — Method in class Form
- Form::transformTo() — Method in class Form
- Convert this form to another format.
- Form::testSubmission() — Method in class Form
- Test a submission of this form.
- Form::testAjaxSubmission() — Method in class Form
- Test an ajax submission of this form.
- FormAction::Type() — Method in class FormAction
- Returns the field type.
- FormAction::Title() — Method in class FormAction
- Returns the field label - used by templates.
- FormField::Title() — Method in class FormField
- Returns the field label - used by templates.
- FormField::transform() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::Type() — Method in class FormField
- Returns the field type.
- $FormScaffolder — Property in class FormScaffolder
- FormTransformation::transform() — Method in class FormTransformation
- FunctionalTest::tearDown() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- GridState_Data::toArray() — Method in class GridState_Data
- GroupedDropdownField::Type() — Method in class GroupedDropdownField
- Returns the field type.
- HeaderField::Type() — Method in class HeaderField
- HtmlEditorField_Readonly::Type() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Readonly
- Returns the field type.
- InlineFormAction::Title() — Method in class InlineFormAction
- Returns the field label - used by templates.
- InlineFormAction_ReadOnly::Title() — Method in class InlineFormAction_ReadOnly
- Returns the field label - used by templates.
- InstallerTest::testrewrite() — Method in class InstallerTest
- JSTestRunner::tearDown() — Method in class JSTestRunner
- LeftAndMain::Tools() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- Renders a panel containing tools which apply to all displayed
"content" (mostly through {@link EditForm()}), for example a tree navigation or a filter panel.
- LeftAndMain::Title() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LookupField::Type() — Method in class LookupField
- $Member — Property in class Member
- $Member — Property in class Member
- $Member — Property in class Member
- MySQLDatabase::transactionStart() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Start a prepared transaction
See http://developer.postgresql.org/pgdocs/postgres/sql-set-transaction.html for details on
transaction isolation options
- MySQLDatabase::transactionSavepoint() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Create a savepoint that you can jump back to if you encounter problems
- MySQLDatabase::transactionRollback() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Rollback or revert to a savepoint if your queries encounter problems
If you encounter a problem at any point during a transaction, you may
need to rollback that particular query, or return to a savepoint
- MySQLDatabase::transactionEnd() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
- Commit everything inside this transaction so far
- MySQLSchemaManager::tableList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Returns a list of all tables in the database.
- MySQLSchemaManager::text() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Return a text type-formatted string
- MySQLSchemaManager::time() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- Return a time type-formatted string
For MySQL, we simply return the word 'time', no other parameters are necessary
- NumericField::Type() — Method in class NumericField
- Returns the field type.
- PaginatedList::TotalPages() — Method in class PaginatedList
- PaginatedList::TotalItems() — Method in class PaginatedList
- Returns the total number of items in the list
- PasswordField::Type() — Method in class PasswordField
- Returns the field type.
- PrintableTransformation::transformTabSet() — Method in class PrintableTransformation
- $Profiler — Property in class Profiler
- $Profiler — Property in class Profiler
- RSSFeed::Title() — Method in class RSSFeed
- Get the title of thisfeed
- RSSFeed_Entry::Title() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
- Get the description of this entry
- ReadonlyField::Type() — Method in class ReadonlyField
- Returns the field type.
- RecentlyEditedReport::title() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
- Return the title of this report.
- Requirements::themedCSS() — Method in class Requirements
- Registers the given themeable stylesheet as required.
- Requirements::themedJavascript() — Method in class Requirements
- Registers the given themeable javascript as required.
- Requirements_Backend::themedCSS() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Registers the given themeable stylesheet as required.
- Requirements_Backend::themedJavascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
- Registers the given themeable javascript as required.
- ResetFormAction::Type() — Method in class ResetFormAction
- Returns the field type.
- SQLConditionalExpression::toDelete() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Generates an SQLDelete object using the currently specified parameters
- SQLConditionalExpression::toSelect() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Generates an SQLSelect object using the currently specified parameters.
- SQLConditionalExpression::toUpdate() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- Generates an SQLUpdate object using the currently specified parameters.
- SQLQuery::toAppropriateExpression() — Method in class SQLQuery
- Convert this SQLQuery to a SQLExpression based on its
internal $delete state (Normally SQLSelect or SQLDelete)
- SQLQuery::toSelect() — Method in class SQLQuery
- Generates an SQLSelect object using the currently specified parameters.
- SQLQuery::toDelete() — Method in class SQLQuery
- Generates an SQLDelete object using the currently specified parameters
- SSTemplateParser::Template_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Translate__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Translate_Entity() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Translate_Default() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Translate_Context() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Translate_InjectionVariables() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Translate__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::TopTemplate__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- The TopTemplate also includes the opening stanza to start off the template
- SSTemplateParser::Text__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- We convert text
- SSViewer::topLevel() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer::templates() — Method in class SSViewer
- Returns the filenames of the template that will be rendered. It is a map that may contain
'Content' & 'Layout', and will have to contain 'main'
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::TotalItems() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- Return the total number of "sibling" items in the dataset.
- SS_Cli::text() — Method in class SS_Cli
- Return text encoded for CLI output, optionally coloured
- SS_Database::transactionStart() — Method in class SS_Database
- Start a prepared transaction
See http://developer.postgresql.org/pgdocs/postgres/sql-set-transaction.html for details on
transaction isolation options
- SS_Database::transactionSavepoint() — Method in class SS_Database
- Create a savepoint that you can jump back to if you encounter problems
- SS_Database::transactionRollback() — Method in class SS_Database
- Rollback or revert to a savepoint if your queries encounter problems
If you encounter a problem at any point during a transaction, you may
need to rollback that particular query, or return to a savepoint
- SS_Database::transactionEnd() — Method in class SS_Database
- Commit everything inside this transaction so far
- SS_Database::tableList() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::transCreateTable() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::transAlterTable() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::transCreateField() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::transCreateIndex() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::transAlterField() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Database::transAlterIndex() — Method in class SS_Database
- SS_Datetime::Time() — Method in class SS_Datetime
- Returns the time in 12-hour format using the format string 'g:ia' e.g. '1:32pm'.
- SS_Datetime::Time24() — Method in class SS_Datetime
- Returns the time in 24-hour format using the format string 'H:i' e.g. '13:32'.
- SS_List::toArray() — Method in class SS_List
- Returns all the items in the list in an array.
- SS_List::toNestedArray() — Method in class SS_List
- Returns the contents of the list as an array of maps.
- SS_ListDecorator::toArray() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Returns all the items in the list in an array.
- SS_ListDecorator::toNestedArray() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- Returns the contents of the list as an array of maps.
- SS_ListDecorator::TotalItems() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
- SS_Map::toArray() — Method in class SS_Map
- Return an array equivalent to this map.
- SS_Query::table() — Method in class SS_Query
- Return an HTML table containing the full result-set
- SS_Report::title() — Method in class SS_Report
- Return the title of this report.
- SS_Report::TreeTitle() — Method in class SS_Report
- Return the name of this report, which
is used by the templates to render the
name of the report in the report tree,
the left hand pane inside ReportAdmin.
- SS_ReportWrapper::title() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
- Return the title of this report.
- SS_Transliterator::toASCII() — Method in class SS_Transliterator
- Convert the given utf8 string to a safe ASCII source
- SapphireTest::tearDownOnce() — Method in class SapphireTest
- tearDown method that's called once per test class rather once per test method.
- SapphireTest::tearDown() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTestSuite::tearDown() — Method in class SapphireTestSuite
- DisableTypeCacheState::tearDown() — Method in class DisableTypeCacheState
- Called on tear down
- DisableTypeCacheState::tearDownOnce() — Method in class DisableTypeCacheState
- Called once on tear down
- IntrospectionProvider::types() — Method in class IntrospectionProvider
- FieldCreator::type() — Method in class FieldCreator
- Gets the type for elements within this query, or callback to lazy-load this type
- FieldCreator::toArray() — Method in class FieldCreator
- Convert the Fluent instance to an array.
- InterfaceTypeCreator::toType() — Method in class InterfaceTypeCreator
- Generates the interface type from its configuration
- Connection::toType() — Method in class Connection
- PageInfoTypeCreator::toType() — Method in class PageInfoTypeCreator
- Build the constructed type backing this object.
- PaginatedQueryCreator::type() — Method in class PaginatedQueryCreator
- Gets the type for elements within this query, or callback to lazy-load this type
- SortDirectionTypeCreator::toType() — Method in class SortDirectionTypeCreator
- Build the constructed type backing this object.
- SortInputTypeCreator::toType() — Method in class SortInputTypeCreator
- Build the constructed type backing this object.
- TypeCreatorExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Extensions
- Adds functionality to associate an object with a given GraphQL type, either
internal (e.g. String) or complex (e.g. object)
- TypeParserInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Interfaces
- Defines the interface used for services that create GraphQL types
based on simple input, e.g. a formatted string or array
- ArgumentScaffolder::toArray() — Method in class ArgumentScaffolder
- Creates an array suitable for a map of args in a field
- SchemaScaffolder::type() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
- Finds or makes a DataObject definition.
- StaticSchema::typeNameForDataObject() — Method in class StaticSchema
- Given a DataObject subclass name, transform it into a sanitised (and implicitly unique) type
name suitable for the GraphQL schema
- StaticSchema::typeName() — Method in class StaticSchema
- TypeCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL
- Represents a GraphQL type in a way that allows customization through
SilverStripe's {@link DataExtension} system.
- TypeCreator::toType() — Method in class TypeCreator
- Build the constructed type backing this object.
- TypeCreator::toArray() — Method in class TypeCreator
- Convert this silverstripe graphql type into an array format accepted by the
type constructor.
- SiteTreeLinkTracking::trackLinksInField() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
- Scrape the content of a field to detect anly links to local SiteTree pages or files
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::Type() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- Returns the field type.
- Tab — Class in namespace
- Implements a single tab in a {@link TabSet}.
- TabSet — Class in namespace
- Defines a set of tabs in a form.
- TabSet::Tabs() — Method in class TabSet
- Return a dataobject set of all this classes tabs
- TabularStyle — Class in namespace
- This is a form decorator (a class that wraps around a form) providing us with some functions
to display it in a Tabular style.
- TaskRunner — Class in namespace
- TeamCityListener — Class in namespace
- Bind TeamCity test listener. Echos messages to stdout that TeamCity interprets into the test results
- TemplateGlobalProvider — Class in namespace
- Interface that is implemented by any classes that want to expose a method that can be called in any
scope in a template.
- TemplateIteratorProvider — Class in namespace
- Interface that is implemented by any classes that want to expose a method that can be called in any
scope in a template that returns values dependant on the state of the iterator of the current scope.
- TemplateParser — Class in namespace
- This interface needs to be implemented by any template parser that is used in SSViewer
- TestMailer — Class in namespace
- TestOnly — Class in namespace
- Classes that implement TestOnly are only to be used during testing
- TestRunner — Class in namespace
- Controller that executes PHPUnit tests.
- TestRunner::tearDown() — Method in class TestRunner
- TestSession — Class in namespace
- Represents a test usage session of a web-app
It will maintain session-state from request to request
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper — Class in namespace
- Wrapper around SS_HTTPResponse to make it look like a SimpleHTTPResposne
- Text — Class in namespace
- Represents a variable-length string of up to 2 megabytes, designed to store raw text
- TextField — Class in namespace
- Text input field.
- TextParser — Class in namespace
- Parses text in a variety of ways.
- TextareaField — Class in namespace
- TextareaField creates a multi-line text field,
allowing more data to be entered than a standard
text field. It creates the